m/s. s. m. labs pvt. ltd. unit-iii. rightsource industrial solutions

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT

&

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

OF

M/s. S. M. LABS PVT. LTD. UNIT-III. SURVEY NOs: 1058 & 1059, MACHANPALLY VILLAGE,

BOMMALRAMARAM MANDAL, NALGONDA DISTRICT,

TELANGANA STATE.

FOR

PROPOSED BULK DRUG & INTERMEDIATES

MANUFACTURING UNIT

Prepared by:

Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA,

Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072.

Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. 40126589.

Email: [email protected].

UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT

AUTHORITIES

COPY OF

TERMS OF REFERENCE [TOR]

TOR COMPLIANCE

TOR Compliance Report M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page 1

TOR COMPLIANCE REPORT

S. No TOR Point Chapters Page No

1

Executive summary (maximum 2-3 sheets in A4 size paper) of the project covering project description, description of the environment, anticipated environmental impacts & its mitigation measures, environmental management plan, environmental monitoring programme, public consultation, project benefits, Social impacts including R&R.

Enclosed

Site Details

2 Location of the project site covering village, Taluka / Tehsil, District and State on Indian map of 1:1000, 000 scale.

Chapter - II 2-3

3 A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet

Chapter - II 5

4 Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Chapter - II 5

5 Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Chapter - II 4

6

A map showing environmental sensitivity [land use/land cover, water bodies, reserved forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve etc.] and from critically/severely polluted area(s) and Eco-sensitive Areas within 10km radius of the project site vis-à-vis shortest (aerial) distance from the project. If the project is located within 10km of CPAs/severely Polluted Areas, confirm whether moratorium has been imposed on the area.

Chapter - II Chapter - III

5 5

7

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. In addition, if located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area and location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area..

Chapter - II 8-9

8

Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, in addition to site map, provide photographs of plantation/greenbelt in the existing project. If fresh EC application, photographs

Chapter - II 6

9

Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired) – agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included.

Chapter - III 48

10 A copy of the mutual agreement for land acquisition signed with land oustees

Land Document Enclosed as Enclosure - 1

11

Proposal shall be submitted to the Ministry for environment clearance only after acquiring at least 60% of the total land required for the project. Necessary documents indicating acquisition of land shall be included.

Land Document Enclosed as Enclosure - 1



Forest and wildlife related issues

12 Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department

No forest Land in use for the proposed project.

13

Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha

No forest Land in use for the proposed project.

14 Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

15

The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

There is no National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of

Wild Animals with in 10 Kms radius

16

Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

No need of Wildlife Conservation Plan

Not Applicable

17 Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable

Expansion/modernization proposals:

18

Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments should be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

It is a new project

19

In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

It is a new project



Details of Industrial Operations

20 A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated.

There is no major industry with in 10KMs radius.

21

Details of proposed raw materials and products along with production capacity. If expansion project, details for existing unit, separately for existing and new (proposed) unit.

Chapter - II 85-90,10

22

Details of manufacturing process, major equipment and machinery. If expansion project, details of existing unit, separately for existing and new (proposed) unit.

Chapter - II 11-76

23

List of raw materials required and its source along with mode of transportation shall be included. All the trucks for raw material and finished product transportation must be “Environmentally Compliant”.

Chapter - X 7

24 Quantity of fuel required, its source and characteristics and documentary evidence to substantiate confirmed fuel linkage shall be furnished

Chapter - X 40

25

Project site layout plan to scale using AutoCAD showing raw materials, fly ash and other storage plans, bore well or water storage, aquifers (within 1 km) dumping, waste disposal, green areas, water bodies, rivers / drainage passing through the project site shall be included..

Chapter - II 8-9

26 Manufacturing process details of all the plants including captive power plant if any along with process flow chart shall be included

Chapter - II 11-76

27 Mass balance for the raw material and products shall be included.

Chapter - II 85-90

28 Energy balance data for all the components of the plant shall be incorporated. Not Applicable

Environmental Status

29 Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Chapter - III 2-3

30

Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of RL of the project site and MRL of the river should also be provided.

Chapter - III 6

31

One season site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall and AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and HC (methane & non-methane) should be collected. The monitoring stations should take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

Chapter - III 15-25



32 Surface water quality of nearby River (60m upstream and downstream) and other surface drains at eight locations to be provided.

Chapter - III 32-33

33 Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Chapter - III 30-31

34 Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Chapter - III 35

35

Traffic study of the area for the proposed project in respect of existing traffic, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

No major impact due to the proposed project

36

Detailed description on flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) exists in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Chapter - III 53-68

37 Emissions (g/second) with and without the air pollution control measures.

Chapter - IV 6-14

38

Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be well assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours should be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Chapter - IV 6-14

39

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

The company will follow all regulations.

40 Details of water requirement, water balance chart for new unit or for existing unit as well as proposed expansion (in case of expansion).

Chapter -II 78

41 Source of water supply and quantity and permission of withdrawal of water (surface/ground) from Competent Authority.

Will be submitted

42

Details regarding quantity of effluents generated, recycled and reused and discharged to be provided Methods adopted/to be adopted for the water conservation shall be included. Zero discharge effluent concepts to be adopted.

Chapter -II Chapter -X

78 13

43

A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed

Chapter -X

8-21



standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.

44

Action plan for control of ambient air quality parameters as per NAAQES Standards for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOX, etc as per GSR 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009.

Chapter -X

8-27

45

An action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all the sources as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th May, 2008.

Chapter -X 6

46

Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and disposal. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid waste shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Chapter -X 25

46

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 1999 and subsequent amendment in 2003 and 2009. A detailed plan of action should be provided

Will be submitted

47

Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. All rooftops/terraces shall have some green cover

Chapter -X 32

48

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. Rain water harvesting and groundwater recharge structures may also be constructed outside the plant premises in consultation with local Gram Panchayat and Village Heads to augment the ground water level. Incorporation of water harvesting plan for the project is necessary, if source of water is bore well

Chapter -X 53

49

Environment Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the adverse impacts due to the project along with item wise cost of its implementation. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Chapter -X 55

50

Details of Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R & R) involving the project. R&R shall be as per policy of the State Govt. and a detailed action plan shall be included

No Rehabilitation & Resettlement is required

for this project



51 Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Chapter - VI 1-2

52 Disaster Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control needs to be addressed and included.

Chapter -VII 84-89

Occupational health

53

Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,

Chapter -VII 23-28

54

Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Chapter -VII 23-28

55 Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Not applicable because of its is a new project

56 Action plan for the implementation of OHS standards as per OSHAS/USEPA.

57 Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

Corporate Environment Policy

58 Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Chapter -VI

5-8

59

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

60

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

61

Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

62 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the

We will provide sanitation facilities and

restrooms during



casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

construction phase temporarily

63

At least 5 % of the total cost of the project shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Chapter -VIII 1-2

64

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

None

65 The questionnaire for industry sector (available on MOEF website) shall be submitted as an Annexure to the EIA-EMP Report.

We will submit with final EIA

66

‘TORs’ prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall be considered for preparation of EIA EMP report for the project in addition to all the relevant information as per the ‘Generic Structure of EIA given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation shall be provided. The draft EIA-EMP report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board of the concerned State for conduct of Public Hearing. The SPCB shall conduct the Public Hearing/public consultation, district-wise, as per the provisions of EIA notification, 2006. The issues raised in the Public Hearing and during the consultation process and the commitments made by the project proponent on the same shall be included separately in EIA-EMP Report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget (capital and revenue) along with time-schedule of implementation for complying with the commitments made. The final EIA report shall be submitted to the Ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.

Agreed

67 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs.

Agreed

68

The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of two years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports along with Public Hearing Proceedings (wherever stipulated).

Agreed



ADDITIONAL TORs FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY

S. No TOR Point Chapters Page No

1 Manufacturing process details along with the chemical reactions and process flow chart. Chapter -II 11-76

Name of all the solvents to be used in the process and details of solvent recovery system.

Chapter -II 82-84

3 Design details of ETP, incinerator, if any along with boiler, scrubbers/bag filters etc. Chapter -X 13

4

The details of solid and hazardous wastes generation, storage, utilisation and disposal particularly related to the hazardous waste calorific value of hazardous waste and detailed Characteristic of the hazardous waste. Action plan for the disposal of fly ash generated from boiler shall be included.

Chapter -X 50-52

5

Precautions to be taken during storage and transportation of hazardous chemicals shall be clearly mentioned and incorporated

Chapter -VII 30

6

Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used. CAS No./RTECS No./DOT/UN etc to be mentioned against each chemicals.

Chapter -VII 37-81

7

Details of VOCs monitoring in the working zone environment, and other hazardous emissions such as Cholrine, HCl, etc if any.

This is new proposal , we will monitor VOCs and other

hazardous emissions during operational phase

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

The company will take TSDF membership

9 Risk assessment for storage for chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system.

Chapter -VII 1-12

Details of occupational health programme

10 To which chemicals, workers are exposed directly or indirectly.

It is a Greenfield

Project. Measures to be followed

are mentioned in Chapter VII

22-26

11 Whether these chemicals are within Threshold Limit Values (TLV)/ Permissible Exposure Levels as per ACGIH recommendation.

12 What measures company has taken to keep these chemicals within PEL/ TLV.

13 How the workers are evaluated concerning their exposure to chemicals during pre-placement and periodical medical monitoring.

14 Liver function tests (LFT) during pre-placement and periodical examination



15 A Toxic management Plan shall be prepared. Chapter VII 29

16 A write up on “Safe Practice” followed for handling, storage, transportation and unloading of chemicals tobe submitted

Chapter VII 80

17 What are onsite and offsite emergency plan during chemical disaster. Chapter VII 84

18 A write up on “Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage of chemicals”. Chapter VII 35

LIST OF CONTENTS

[INDEX]

Index of EIA Report M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III


LIST OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION

S. No Description Page No

1.1 Identification of project & Project proponent 1

1.1.1 Identification of Project 1

1.1.2 About the Promoters 2

1.2 Purpose of the Report 2

1.3 Objective and Scope of the Study 2

1.3.1 Objective 2

1.3.2 Scope of Study 3

1.3.2.1 Environmental Impact Assessment 3

1.3.2.2 Socio-Economic Assessment 3

1.3.2.3 Regulatory Scoping 3

1.3.2.4 Justification of the Project 4

1.4 Project location and compliance of site with selection criteria

5-6

1.5 Regulatory Framework 7

1.6 Legal Policy and Institutional Frameworks 7-9

CHA PTER - II PROJECT DISCRIPTION


2.1 Type of the project 1

2.2 Location 1

2.3 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 1

2.4 Infrastructure / Site plan Details 8

2.5 Manufacturing process, details with flow charts & material balance

11-76

2.6 Pollution Load 77

2.6.1 Proposed Water Consumption and Waste water Generation details

78

2.6.2 Waste water characteristics 79

2.6.3 Solid & hazardous waste generation details 79

2.7 Power(Energy) requirement 80

2.8 Utilities 80

2.9 Proposed boiler & DG sets 80

2.10 Details of Solvent Input, Recovery & Loss Product Wise

82

2.11 Details of Process Emission 85

2.12 List of Raw Materials product wise & source 85-90



CHAPTER - III DISCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


3.0 Introduction 1

3.1 Study Area 1

3.2 Study Period 1 – 2

3.3 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment 2 – 3

3.3.1 Topography 3

3.3.2. Geology 3

3.3.3 Hydrogeology 3 – 6

3.3.4 Micrometeorology And Climate 7 – 10

3.4 Air Environment 11 – 13

3.4.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 14 – 15

3.4.2 Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) 15 – 25

3.5 Water Environment 26

3.9.1 Methodology For Water Quality Monitoring 26 – 33

3.6 Noise Environment 34

3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations 35 – 37

3.7 Soil Environment 37 – 41

3.8 Land Use Pattern 41

3.8.1 Data Used 41 – 42

3.8.2 Land use / Land Cover Map 42 – 43

3.8.2.1 Basic concepts of land use 43

3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping 43 – 48

3.8.3 Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 49

3.8.3.1 Production 49 – 50

3.8.3.2 Methods for obtaining elevation data used to create DEMs

50

3.8.3.3 Uses 50 – 52

3.9 Ecological Environment 53 – 56

3.9.1 Vegetation and Flora of the Buffer zone 56 – 64

3.9.2 Terrestrial fauna of the Core area and the Buffer zone 64 – 68

3.9.3 Aquatic flora and fauna 68

3.10 Socio-Economic Environment 68

3.10.1 Gender Distribution of the Study Area 69

3.10.2 The Employment Status of Populations 70

3.10.3 Literacy & Illiteracy Rate 71

3.10.4 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area 72 – 74

3.10.5 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent 74



CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


4.1 Introduction 1

4.2 Prediction Of Impacts During Construction Phase 1

4.2.1 Impact On Land Use 2

4.2.2 Impact On Land / Soil Environment 2

4.2.3 Impact On Topography 2

4.2.4 Impact On Air Quality 2 – 3

4.2.5 Impact On Water Quality 3

4.2.6 Impact On Noise Levels 3

4.2.7 Impact On Ecology 3

4.2.8 Impact On Socio-Economic Environment 3

4.3 Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase 3 – 4

4.3.1 Land/Soil Environment Management 4

4.3.2 Air Quality Management 4

4.3.3 Water Quality Management 5

4.3.4 Noise Level Management 5

4.3.5 Ecological Management 5

4.3.6 Social Community Management 6

4.4 Prediction Of Impacts During Operational Phase 6

4.5 Air Environment 6

4.5.1 Source Of Air Pollution 6 – 8

4.5.2 Prediction Of Impacts On Air Environment 8 -14

4.6 Water Environment 16

4.7 Noise Environment 16

4.8 Impact On Land Use 16

4.9 Impact On Soil 16

4.10 Impact Of Solid Waste 17

4.11 Impacts On Ecology 17 – 18

4.12 Impacts On Socio- Economy 18

4.13 Impacts On Hydrology And Geology 18

4.14 Mitigation Measures During Operational Phase 19

4.14.1 Mitigation Measures For Air Environment 19

4.14.2 Mitigation Measures For Water Environment 20

4.14.3 Measures For Hazardous/Solid Waste 20

4.14.4 Measures For Noise 20 – 21

4.14.5 Measures for soil conservation 21

4.14.6 Measures for land use 21

4.14.7 Ecology and Biodiversity 22

4.14.8 Health & Safety Measures 22



CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)


5.1 Introduction 1

CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


6.1 preamble 1

6.2 Monitoring program 1 – 2

6.3 Infrastructural requirement & procurement schedules

3

6.3.1 List of instrumental for environmental monitoring 3 – 4

6.4 Corporate environmental responsibility 5 – 6

6.5 Environmental Management Cell 6 – 8

6.6 Administrative actions & Documentation 9

6.6.1 Data analysis 9

6.6.2 Reporting schedules 9

6.6.3 Environmental monitoring expenditure 9

CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES & RISK ASSESSMENT


7.0 Public Consultation 1

7.1. Introduction 2

7.2. Risk Assessment 2

7.2.1. Level-1Risk Screening 2

7.2.2 Level-2 Major Risk Survey (Semi quantitative) 3

7.2.3. Level-3 Quantitative Risk assessment (Deterministic)

3

7.3 Solvent storage Tanks / Drums Handling Precautions

12

7.4 Effect And Consequence Analysis 13

7.5 Incidents Impact 21

7.6 Safety at the Proposed Plant 21

7.6.1 System Specific Measures 21

7.6.2 Occupational Health, Environment and Safety Policy

21

7.6.3 Environment, Health & Safety Organization 21

7.7 Accident Reporting, Investigation and Analysis 21

7.8 Safety Inspections and Internal Audit 21

7.8.1 Safety Education and Training 21

7.8.2 First Aid 22

7.9 Occupational Health 22

7.9.1 Occupational Health 22

7.9.2 Common Hazards 22



7.9.3 Industrial Hygiene Monitoring 23

7.9.4 Occupational Health Monitoring System 23

7.9.5 Medical Surveillance: 26

7.10 Hazard Control Measures 27

7.11 Operational Safety 28

7.12 Toxic Releases: Controls 29

7.13 Spillages, Leakages: Controls 29

7.14 Hazards in Transportation: Controls 29

7.15 Safety Instructions for Transportation of Hazardous Materials

30

7.16 Other Hazards and Controls 31

7.17 Maintenance Hazards 31

7.18 Risk Reduction Measures 31

7.18.1 Risk Mitigation/Reduction Measures 32

7.19 Personal Protective Equipment 33

7.20 Important Risk Mitigation Measures 33

7.21 Spill Control 35

7.22 Handling of Hazardous Materials 35

7.23 Ventilation 36

7.24 Safe Operating Procedures 36

7. 25 Fire Protection 80

7.26 Static Electricity 80

7.27 Communication System 80

7.28 Safety Inspections 80

7.29 Safe Operating Procedures 80

7.30 Predictive and Preventive Maintenance 80

7.31 Electrical Safety 80

7.32 Color Coding System 81

7.33 Maximum Credible Loss Accident Scenarios 81

7.34 Consequence Analysis Calculations 81

7.35 Disaster Management Plan 84

7.36 Observer 85

7.37 Role Of Chief Emergency Controller 85

7.38 Incident Controller 87

7.39 Fire Services 88

7.40 Plant Operations 89

7.41 Medical Services 89

7.42 Administrative Services 90

7.43 Security Services 92

7.43.1 Role Of Security Guard 92

7.44 Emergency Response 92

7.45 Emergency Capabilities 93

7.45.1 Emergency Handling Procedures 93

7.46 Mitigation Of Environmental Impact During Fire Emergency

95-96

7.47 External and internal Emergency Telephone numbers

98

7.48 Essential Workers 99



CHAPTER - VIII PROJECT BENFITS


8.1 Employment opportunity 1

8.2 Corporate social responsibility (CSR) & socioeconomic development

1-4

8.3 Direct revenue earning to the national and state exchequer

4

8.4 Infrastructural benefit 5

8.5 Other Tangible Benefits 5

CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENFIT ANALYSIS


9.1 Cost benefit analysis 1

CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


10.1 Introduction 1

10.2 Pre-Project Environmental Management Plan 3

10.2.1 Site Preparation 3

10.2.2 Sanitation 3

10.2.3 Noise 3

10.2.4 Construction Equipment And Waste 3

10.2.5 Site Security 3

10.3 Environmental Management During Operation 4

10.3.1 Air Quality 4

10.3.1.1 Air Pollution Control / Management 4

10.3.2 Noise Pollution 8

10.3.3 Water Quality 8

10.3.3.1 Details of ZLD system 13

7.49 Assembly Points 100

7.50 Emergency Control Centre 102

7.51 Raising The Alarm 106

7.52 Declaring Major Emergency 107

7.53 Transport And Evacuation Arrangements 109

7.53.1 Telephone Messages 111

7.54 Mutual Aid 112

7.55 Mock Drill 113



10.3.3.2 The technical details of the systems are as follows 14

10.3.3.3 MEE plant configuration 14

10.3.3.4 Process description (Part - A) 14

10.3.3.5 Process description (Part - B) 15

10.3.3.6 Process description (Part - C) 16

10.3.3.7 Material of construction 17

10.3.3.8 Details of 100 KLD MEE system 18

10.3.3.9 ETP With RO Plant Configuration 21

10.3.3.10 Solid / Hazardous Waste Management 25

10.4 EB [Ecology & Biodiversity 27

10.5 SE [Socio-Economic Aspects 28

10.6 HG [Hydrogeology, Ground Water & Water Conservation]

28

10.7 GEO [Geology] 29

10.8 SC [Soil Conservation] 29

10.9 RH [Risk & Hazards Management] 30

10.10 Greenbelt Development 32

10.11 Objective 32

10.12 Post Project Monitoring 34

10.12.1 Air Pollution Monitoring 34

10.12.2 Waste Water Monitoring 35

10.12.3 Ground Water Monitoring 35

10.12.4 Solid Waste Monitoring 35

10.13 Management Of Public Interests 36

10.13.1 Objective 36

10.13.2 Preference To Local Population 36

10.13.3 Health Camps 36

10.13.4 Public Amenities 36

10.13.5 Public Relations 36

10.14. Environmental Management 37

10.15 Project Details 37

10.16. Process Plant And Machinery 38

10.17 Auxiliary Plants 38

10.18 Resources Available With The Project 38

10.18.1 Land Area 38

10.18.2 Water Requirement 39

10.18.3 Raw Material Requirement 40

10.18.4 Power requirement 40

9.19 Process Details 40

10.19.1 Process Description And Material Balance 40

10.20 Pollution Loads 40

10.20.1 Air Pollution Loads 40

10.20.1.1 Process Emissions 40

10.20.2 Process emission control system 42

10.20.3 Fugitive Emissions 43

10.20.3.1 Emissions – Utilities 48

10.20.4 Wastewater Loads 49



10.20.5 Stage wise Effluent Characteristics 50

10.21 Solid Waste 50

10.21.1 Solid waste characteristics 52

10.22 Roof Water Harvesting 53

10.23 Investment 55

10.23.1 Budget allocation 55

10.24 Occupational safety and Health aspects 55

10.25 Socio-Economic development activities 56-57

10.26 Waste Minimization / Resources Conservation 3D Concept (Reduce/ Reuse / Recycle )

58

10.27 CREP Action Points For Pharmaceutical Industries 59-61

10.28 Conclusion 62

CHAPTER - XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION (THIS WILL CONSTITUETE THE SUMMARY OF THE EIA REPORT)


11.1 Salient features of the project 1-2

11.2 conclusions 2

CHAPTER -XII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED


12.1 Accreditation certificate of the company 1

12.2 RISPL signatory sheet 2

LIST OF TABLES


Table No

Description Page No

1.1 Project location and Compliance of site 5-6

1.2 Applicability of legal policies to the project 6-9

CHAPTER - II PROJECT DISCRIPTION

Table No

Description Page No

2.1 Land use details 8

2.2 List of proposed products and Capacities 10

2.3 Consolidated pollution load of all products in Kgs per day

77



2.4 Proposed water consumption details 78

2.5 Proposed effluent generation details 78

2.6 Proposed HTDS & LTDS details 79

2.7 Proposed solid & hazardous waste generation and disposal

79-80

2.8 List of utilities 80

2.9 Emission characteristics details of boiler 81

2.10 Stack emission details of DG sets 81

2.11 Details of solvent Input ,Recovery & Loss product wise

82-84


Table No

Description Page No

3.1 Frequency distribution wind directions and wind speeds

9

3.2 Ambient air quality sampling locations 12

3.3 National ambient air quality standards 14 – 15

3.4 The maximum ,minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling locations

17

3.5 Ambient Air Quality, Station : A1 (Plant Site) 18

3.6 Ambient Air Quality Station : A2 (Maryala) 19

3.7 Ambient Air Quality Station : A3 (Anantaram) 20

3.8 Ambient Air Quality Station : A4 (Naginenipalli) 21

3.9 Ambient Air Quality Station : A5 (Bommalaramaram)

22

3.10 Ambient Air Quality Station : A6 (Machanpally) 23

3.11 Ambient Air Quality Station : A7 (Madhapuram) 24

3.12 Ambient Air Quality Station : A8 (Choudharpalli) 25

3.13 Surface and ground water sampling locations 27

3.14 Ground water quality in the study area 30 – 31

3.15 Surface water quality the study area 32 – 33

3.16 Noise monitoring locations 35

3.17 Ambient noise levels within study area 37

3.18 Soil sampling location 38

3.19 Soil sampling analysis result 40

3.20 Showing the details of sources & the maps prepared

41

3.21 Showing the topographic maps 41

3.22 Satellite data of national remote sensing center 42

3.23 Land use / Land cover statistics of the study area 48

3.24 List Of Plants Found In The Core Area 54 – 56

3.25 A List Of Trees And Shrubs Including Perennial Climbers Present In The Buffer Area

57 – 62



3.26 List Of Grasses, Herbs And Herbaceous Species Found The Buffer Zone

62 – 64

3.27 List Of Vertebrates Other Than Birds Found In And Around The Project Site

65 – 66

3.28 List Of Birds Either Spotted Or Reported From The Areas In And Around The Project Site

66 – 68

3.29 The demographic details 69

3.30 Employed pattern of the study area 70

3.31 Literacy and illiteracy rate of study area 71


Table No

Description Page No

4.1 Emission details from boiler stack 7

4.2 Emission details from DG set stack 7

4.3 Predicted 24- hourly short term incremental concentrations

10

4.4 Resultant concentration due to incremental GLC’s 11

4.5 Total water requirement 15

4.6 Total waste water generation 15

4.7 Solid waste generation and disposal mode 17


Table No Description Page No

6.1 The details of the monitoring program 1 – 2

6.2 Corporate environmental responsibility 5 – 6

6.3 Responsibilities of EMC 8 – 9

CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES& RISK ASSESSMENT

Table No

Description Page No

7.1 Details of Storage of Raw / Hazardous materials and control measures

5-11

7.2 Possible accident scenario 82

7.3 Details of site main and alternative controller 86

7.4 Incident Controllers 87-88

7.5 Medical Arrangements 91

7.6 Key Personnel 97

7.7 External Emergency Telephone No’s 98



7.8 Internal Emergency Telephone No’s 98

7.9 Essential Workers 100

7.10 List of Assemble points 101

7.11 Fire and Toxicity Control Arrangements 103-105

7.12 Details of Alarms and Sirens 107

7.13 Nominated Persons to Declare Major Emergency 108

7.14 Transport and Evacuation Arrangements 110

7.15 Format to record emergency call 111-112

CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Table No

Description Page No

10.1 Solid waste generation and Disposal 26

10.2 List of Plants for greenbelt 33-34

10.3 The details of the Monitoring Program 35

10.4 List Of Product (Manufacturing Capacity And Therapeutic Category

37

10.5 Land use details of plant site 38

10.6 Water Requirement 39

10.7 Water Consumption-Product Wise 39

10.8 Process Emission details 41

10.9 Process Emission details - Product wise 41

10.10 Fugitive Emissions Details-Product Wise 45-47

10.11 Stack Emission Details of Boiler 48

10.12 Stack Emission Details of DG sets 48

10.13 Waste Water Generation details 49

10.14 Waste Water Generation-Product Wise 50

10.15 Solid waste Generation from the plant 50

10.16 Solid Waste Generation-Product Wise 51

10.17 Available rain water (annual)for harvesting 54

10.18 Budgets for Environmental Management plan 55



LIST OF FIGURES


Figure No

Description Page No

1.1 Topo map showing major industries and reserve forest with in 10kms radius

7

CHAPTER - II PROJECT DISCRIPTION

Figure No

Description Page No

2.1 Location map 2

2.2 Project location map 3

2.3 Google Earth Map Showing Project Site 4

2.4 Topo map showing 10 kms radius 5

2.5 Latest photographs of plant site 6

2.6 Google earth map indicating location of the project and distance from severely polluted area

7

2.6 Infrastructure / Site plan details 9


Figure No

Description Page No

3.1 Showing Base Map of The Study Area 5

3.2 Showing Drainage Map of The Study Area 6

3.3 Windrose diagram 10

3.4 Ambient air quality sampling location map 13

3.5 Ground & surface water sampling location map 28

3.6 Noise sampling location map 36

3.7 Soil sampling location map 39

3.8 Satellite image of the study period 46

3.9 Land use /Land cover of the study area 48

3.10 Pie diagram of land use in the study area 46

3.11 Shows the digital elevation model(DEM) of the study area

52

3.12 Diagram showing total population distribution in the study area

69

3.13 Diagram showing employment pattern in the study area

70

3.14 Diagram showing literacy and illiteracy rate in the study area

71




Figure No

Description Page No

4.1 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SPM 12

4.2 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SO2 13

4.3 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of NOx 14


Figure No

Description Page No

6.1 Environmental management cell 7

CHAPTER - VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES & RISK ASSESSMENT

Figure No

Description Page No

7.1 Comprehensive Assessment – At a Glance 4

CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure No

Description Page No

10.1 Flow chart of EMP 2

10.2 Schematic diagram of waste water treatment 2

10.3 Flow chart for effluent treatment HTDS & HCOD

10

10.4 Flow chart for effluent treatment LTDS 11

10.5 Flow chart for effluent treatment 12

10.6 Schematic diagram of MEE system 13

10.7 Schematic diagram Emissions control system 42

10.8 Schematic diagram for recovery of solvents 44

10.9 Roof water harvesting pit 54

10.10 3 R concept 58



LIST OF ENCLOSURES

S. No Description Enclosure No

1 Land Document Enclosure – 1

2 News paper Advertisement (Public Hearing) Enclosure – 2

3 Minutes of the meeting (Public Hearing ) Enclosure – 3

4 Compliance of the Minutes Enclosure – 4

5 Ground water permission Enclosure – 5

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF

EIA REPORT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF

EIA REPORT

OF

M/s. S. M. LABS PVT. LTD. UNIT-III.

SURVEY NOS: 1058 & 1059, MACHANPALLY VILLAGE,

BOMMALRAMARAM MANDAL, NALGONDA DISTRICT,

TELANGANA STATE.

For

Proposed Bulk Drug & Intermediates

Manufacturing Unit

PREPARED BY

Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar,

IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072.

Ph: 040-65873137, 23070602, 23075699, 40126589.

Fax: 040-23070602. Mail: [email protected]

Executive Summary of EIA Report M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 1

1. INTRODUCTION

M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd proposes to establish a Bulk Drug & Intermediates

manufacturing unit at Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village,

Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State.

The industry proposes to establish unit in an area of 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM). The

Industry is having its administrative office at Plot No: C-5, IDA, Moula-Ali,

Hyderabad. The proposed project cost is about Rs.12.98 Crores, which includes

construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.

The proposal is to obtain Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment,

Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC) and Consent Orders from SPCB to

manufacture proposed products (given in Table-2) with a total production capacity of

48.00 MT/Month. EIA report is prepared considering the Terms of Reference (ToR)

issued by MoEFCC vide F. No. J-11011/289/2013 - IA II (I) Dated 7th August 2014.

1.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The salient features of the unit are furnished below.

TABLE-1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

Project location Details

Name of the project M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III

Location of the project Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village, Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State.

Latitude & Longitude Latitude: 17034’18.32” North Longitude: 78047’6.91”East.

Land acquired for the plant 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM).

Present Land use of the project site

Private Land

Nearest villages Machanpally - 850 Meters (W)

Nearest Town Bhongir- 13 KMs (ESE)

Major urban Settlements Hyderabad - 22 KMs (SW)

Nearest Highway Nearest Railway station

National Highway SH-17 - (Praganpur - Bhongiri) – 12 KMs (ESE) National Highway NH-202 - (Hyderabad- Warangal) – 10 KMs (SE) Bibinagar Railway Station – 10KMs (S)



Nearest Airport

Bhongiri Railway Station – 13 KMs (ESE) Rajiv Gandhi International Airport (Hyderabad) - 50 KMs (SW)

Major Industries near the plant site

There is no Major Industries with in 10 KMs Radius

Reserve Forests with in 10 KMs Radius

Nagineni palli RF - 5.2 KMs(SSW)

Kondamadugu RF - 6.4 KMs (SSW)

Parvathipuram forest block - 7.7 KMs(SW)

China lakshmi puram RF- 9.2 KMs (NNW)

Mallapur RF - 9.6 KMs(NNE)

Venkatapuram RF-9.7 KMs(NE)

Water Bodies with in 10 KMs Radius

Shamirpet vagu - 1.0 KMs (WSW)

Maryala cheruvu - 1.8 KMs(NW)

Kotta cheruvu - 6.5 KMs (NNW)

Jainpalii cheruvu - 7.0 KMs(NNW)

Jagayya cheruvu - 7.3 KMs(NNW)

Bibinagar cheruvu - 9.8 KMs(NNW)

2.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The manufacturing process of bulk drugs consists of chemical synthesis extending to

stages of processing involving different type of chemical reactions. Total production

capacity of proposal will be 48.00 MT/Month. (Given in Table - 2). The unit will take

adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw materials, solvents and

cylinders with in factory premises.

TABLE- 2: PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES

S. No Name of the

Product CAS

Number Therapeutic

category

Quantity In

Kg/Month

Quantity In

Kg/Day

1 5-Cyano Pthalamide 82104-74-3 Drug Intermediate

10000.00 333.33

2 Atorvastatin Calcium 134523-03-8 Lipid-lowering agent

2000.00 66.67

3 Escitalopram Oxalate

219861-08-2 Antidepressant. 2000.00 66.67

4 Lamivudine 134678-17-4 Antiretroviral 2000.00 66.67

5 Lansoprazole 103577-45-3 Antiulcer 3000.00 100.00

6 Levocetirizine Di Hydrochloride

130018-87-0 Antihistamine

2000.00 66.67

7 Losartan Potassium 12470-99-8 Antihypertensive 3000.00 100.00



8 Metformin Hydrochloride

1115-70-4 Hypoglycemic 20000.00 666.67

9 Sildenafil Citrate 171599-83-0 Anti-erectile dysfunction agent

2000.00 66.67

10 Zidovudine 30516-87-1 Antiretroviral 2000.00 66.67

Total 48000.00 1600.00

2.1 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

A) Land Use Details:

M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III, proposes to establish in an area of the total land

is 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM) the usage details are given table No: 3.

TABLE-3: PROPOSED LAND USE DETAILS

S. No Description Area

(SQM)

1 Built up land 1854.86

2 Greenbelt area 17864.94

3 Open area 10348.20

Total 30068.00

More than 33 % of land allotted for Greenbelt.

B) Water Consumption

The Total water consumption for the proposed project is 128.56 KLD. Water

consumption details are given in below Table. No.4. Water requirement will be met

through Ground Water.

TABLE-4: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS

S. No Purpose Water Requirement

In KLD

1 Process 43.06

2 Washings 3.00

3 Boiler Make up 47.00

4 Cooling Towers Make up 24.00

5 DM Plant 2.00

6 Scrubbing system 2.00

7 Domestic Usage 2.50

8 Gardening 5.00

Total 128.56

Out of Total Water consumption of 128.56 KLD an amount of 34.69 KLD of

water will be recovered by the ZLD system and reused, Hence, Total fresh

water requirement is 93.87 KLD and will be met from Ground Water.



C) Energy Requirement

Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through SPDCL. Total

power requirement of proposed plant shall be 850 KVA.

D) Utilities:

For generation of Steam, the industry proposing two numbers of 4.0TPH coal fired

boilers. The coal requirement will be met from government allocation or from local

authorized sources.

Proposing two numbers of 250 KVA DG sets for usage during the power failures.

The emission details are presented in bellow table No.5 & 6

TABLE-5: EMISSION CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF BOILERS

Particulars Units 4.0 TPH Coal fired Boiler

Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal

Coal Consumption TPD 10.0

Ash Content % 47

Sulphur Content % 0.8

Nitrogen Content % 1.07

No. of Stacks No 1

Height of the Stack m 32

Diameter of Stack m 0.60

Temperature of Flue Gas oC 110

Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 8.5

Particulate Matter at outlet of Bag filter (Based on 115 mg/Nm3 at outlet)

gm/sec 0.27

Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 1.15

Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 1.54

Pollution Control Equipment -

Cyclone separator followed by

suitable pack of Bag filters

TABLE-6: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF DG SETS

Capacity

In KVA

Emission

of SPM in

mg/m3

Emission

Of SO2

in mg/m3

Emission

of NOx

in

mg/m3

Stack

dia.

In m

Flue Gas

Temp. in OC

Stack

Height

in m

Flue gas

Velocity

In

m/sec.

2X250 KVA 65.0 110.0 135.0 0.30 220 10 18.50



3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 Study Area Included In Environmental Setting

Studies were carried out in about 10 KMs radius area from the site with respect to

meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling

and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out.

The air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality in the study area is

evaluated based on this physical sampling and analysis.

The base line data were monitored during the study period of October 2014 –

December 2014. The study team conducted site surveys and field experiments for

gathering the information on air quality, water quality, noise quality and soil quality.

3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA

A. Temperature:

During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as

16.00 °C and 36.80°C respectively.

B. Relative Humidity:

During the study period the minimum and maximum relative humidity at project site,

was recorded 42.00 % and 64.00 % respectively

C. Wind Pattern during Study Period

The analysis of the average wind pattern shows predominant winds from SE, E and

ESE with wind frequencies of 9.7, 8.4 and 8.0 % respectively. The calm conditions

were prevailed for 24.9 % of the total time. Average wind speed 1.55 m/s.

D. Rainfall

No rainfall is observed during the study period at project site. The normal annual

rainfall in the District is 689.89 mm (Source: Director of Economics & Statistics).

3.3 SAMPLING LOCATION DETAILS

Total eight locations were selected for Base line status. Air, Water & Noise results

are presented in Table 7, 8 & 9 respectively.



3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

The ambient air monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day, twice a week for 12

week per location in the study area. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was

carried out at eight locations during period of October 2014 – December 2014.

Particulate Matter (PM10): Maximum value of 61.53 μg/ m3 was recorded at

Anantaram.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5): Maximum value of 22.46 μg/ m3 was recorded at

Bommalaramaram.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): Maximum value of Sulfur dioxide of 13.91 μg/ m3

obtained near the sampling location of Machanpally.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx): A maximum value of 18.27 μg/ m3 was prevailing

at the time of sampling at Choudharpalli sampling station.

Carbon Monoxides (CO): Maximum value of Carbon Monoxide of 0.46 mg/

m3 obtained near the sampling location of Choudharpalli.

Hydro Carbons (HC)

Hydro Carbons concentration in study area was found to be Below Detectable

Limit of< 0.1 ppm.



TABLE-7: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98TH PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE

SAMPLING LOCATIONS

* VOC Values monitored was Below Detectable Limit i.e 1 ppm

* HC & PAH Values monitored was Below Detectable Limit i.e 0.1 ppm

Code Name of Sampling

Location

PM 10(µg/M3) PM 2.5(µg/M

3) SO2(µg/M

3) NOX(µg/M

3) CO (mg/M

3)

Min Max 98 th Min Max 98 th Min Max 98 th Min Max 98 th Min Max 98 th

A1 Project Site 46.13 56.33 56.27 14.22 21.14 21.10 8.54 12.68 12.66 13.63 16.25 15.96 0.12 0.51 0.44

A2 Maryala 49.31 60.52 60.48 17.42 21.93 21.79 9.65 13.13 13.00 12.85 16.56 16.50 0.13 0.29 0.29

A3 Anantaram 50.36 62.14 61.53 15.83 20.35 20.02 9.28 13.53 13.22 14.28 17.85 17.71 0.12 0.41 0.37

A4 Naginenipalli 49.33 61.24 60.77 19.32 22.58 22.37 9.78 12.88 12.87 12.94 16.92 16.87 0.14 0.36 0.35

A5 Bommalaramaram 52.86 60.26 59.78 18.62 22.56 22.46 9.74 12.95 12.92 14.38 17.32 17.09 0.12 0.35 0.35

A6 Machanpally 47.32 60.93 60.92 18.92 21.92 21.80 10.22 14.52 13.91 12.62 17.24 16.94 0.14 0.36 0.36

A7 Madhapuram 40.38 62.52 61.52 15.30 21.67 21.56 8.45 12.54 11.65 12.85 18.13 18.13 0.11 0.54 0.45

A8 Choudharpalli 45.47 60.35 60.01 15.30 22.60 21.92 7.90 10.97 10.87 14.25 18.65 18.27 0.13 0.47 0.46

CPCB Standards’ 100.00 60.00 80.00 80.00 2.00



3.5 WATER QUALITY

Water sampling and subsequent analysis was carried out to determine both the

groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.

Ground water samples are collected at 8 locations and surface water samples was

collected at 8 locations in the study area. These samples were analyzed for physical

and chemical parameters to ascertain the Baseline status in the existing surface

water and ground water bodies.

TABLE-8: WATER ANALYSIS RESULTS

S. No Parameters Ground water Surface water

Min Max Min Max

1 pH 7.35 8.13 7.32 8.72

2 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 485.10 1570.90 398.60 1007.00

3 Total hardness (mg/l) 400.00 800.00 200 560

4 Chlorides (mg/l) 49.99 549.82 29.99 274.94

5 Fluoride (mg/l) 0.56 1.83 <1.0 <1.0

6 Sulphates (mg/l) 14.85 96.00 34.15 82.53

Ground water samples collected from 8 locations within 10 KMs radius of the

plant site analyzed as per the Standard methods and the water quality of the

study area is found to be above limits for some parameters.

Surface Water samples collected at 8 locations within 10 KMs radius from the

plant and water quality of the study area is found to be above limits for some

parameters.

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations during the period of

October 2014 – December 2014.

During monitoring period, the LEQ (dB (A)) noise levels varied between 62.01 dB (A)

to 65.99 dB (A) during day time in the study area respectively.

Noise levels varied between 53.17 dB (A) to 55.47 dB (A) during night time in the

study area respectively.



The noise level varied at the same place at different times due to fluctuations in

traffic movements as well as commercial and domestic activities going on in the

study area but it was under the permissible limit as prescribed by CPCB.

TABLE-9: NOISE LEVELS OF THE STUDY AREA

S.No

Name of the place

Day Time In Leq

Night Time In Leq

CPCB NORMS (Day time)

CPCB NORMS (Night time)

1. Project Site 63.76 54.42

75dB (A) 70dB (A)

2. Maryala 64.86 54.85

3. Anantaram 65.99 55.47

4. Naginenipalli 62.01 53.84

5. Bommalaramaram 63.60 55.15

6. Machanpally 62.56 54.14

7. Madhapuram 62.75 53.17

8. Choudharpalli 64.78 54.29

3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

On data obtained, the soil quality at around the site is appropriate and normal in

terms of soil contaminants.

3.8 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA

Land use / Land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution

satellite data (Satellite Imagery Acquisition: 14-Feb-2014) and with the help of

Survey of India Topographic maps on 1: 50,000 scale. Two seasons’ data (Rabi year

2014) is used for the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by the

ground truth/field visits.

TABLE-10: LAND USE / LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA

S. No LANDUSE Area in Sq. Km Area in Percentage (%)

1 Built- Up Land 13.816 4.4

2 Water bodies 31.464 6.4

3 Crop Land 163.908 55.2

4 Forest 17.584 5.6

5 Wastelands 98.596 31.4

Total 314 100



3.9 DEMOGRAPHIC AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE

This Detailed Study of the Base-Line Data of Population, Gender Ratio, Rural &

Semi-Urban Demographic Distribution, Literacy Rate, Social Amenities available in

the study Area like, Transport, Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health

Facilities, Employment Rate and other Developmental Indices of Eight Villages,

falling within 10 KMs of the Project-Influence Area and especially, that of

‘Machanpally’ Village, where the project site is located, are obtained from Primary

Sources.

Of the total population of the study area of 60,425, Male & Female

populations are 50.60% and 49.40%, respectively while, the Demographic

distribution for Rural & Semi-Urban Areas is 36.28% & 63.72%, respectively.

The Average Literacy Rate in the study areas is 49.68% while the rate

of Illiteracy stands at 41.28% for Men and at an alarmingly high of 59.57%

for Women Populations.

Further, of the total Population of 60,425 of the Study Area, 32,547 are

employed, 1,994 are Unemployed or still Employable while 25,885 are Other

Non-Working Population.

All the Villages, in the study area, are electrified – both for Domestic Purpose

and common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also

are provided with Domestic Water.

4.0 IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Air Environment - Process Emissions Details

Process emissions are SO2, NH3, HCl, CO2, H2 and N2 which are liberated from

manufacturing process of proposed products.

S. No Name of the Gas Quantity

In Kgs/Day Treatment Method

Polluting Process Emission Details

1 Sulfur dioxide 190.00 Scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution

2 Ammonia 5.00 Scrubbed by using Chilled water media

3 Hydrogen chloride 13.00 Scrubbed by using Chilled water media

Non- Polluting Process Emission Details

1 Carbon dioxide 17.00 Dispersed into Atmosphere

2 Hydrogen 3.00 Diffused by using Nitrogen through Flame arrestor

3 Nitrogen 9.00 Dispersed into Atmosphere



PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Scrubbers with 300 mm X 3 mtrs & 300mm X 4 mtrs capacities will be installed for

control of process emissions. The Schematic diagram of emission control system is

given below.

FIGURE-1: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The Particulate matter generated from two nos of 4.0 TPH coal fired boilers will be

controlled by using cyclone separator followed by bag filters. The sulphur dioxide

(SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NOX) from boiler will be dispersed in to atmosphere by

providing adequate stack height of 32 meters for effective dispersion and dilution.

From the dispersion modeling studies conducted, it is concluded that the maximum

ground level concentration will occur. These predicted ground level concentrations

when added to Baseline scenario, the overall scenario levels of PM, SO2 and NOX

are well within the permissible limits as specified by CPCB.

4.2 Water Environment

The total water requirement for proposed project is 128.56 KLD and total waste

water generated will be 65.33 KLD which is from process, floor & reactor washes,

cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM plant and domestic usage.

The effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are given below.



TABLE-11: EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS

S. No Purpose Effluent In KLD

1 Process 45.33

2 Washings 3.00

3 Boiler Blow down 7.00

4 Cooling Towers Blow down 4.00

5 DM Plant Regeneration 2.00


7 Domestic 2.00

Total 65.33

TABLE-12: HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT DETAILS

S. No Purpose HTDS In KLD

LTDS In KLD

Effluent In KLD

Disposal Method

1 Process 44.10 1.23 45.33 HTDS Effluent sent to MEE system and Condensate to ETP. LTDS effluents treated in ETP-RO Rejects to ME system and RO permeate to reuse, Condensate from MEE to reuse and MEE residue to AFTD.

2 Washings 0.00 3.00 3.00

3 Boiler Blow down 7.00 0.00 7.00

4 Cooling towers Blow down

0.00 4.00 4.00

5 DM Plant Regeneration

2.00 0.00 2.00

6 Scrubbing system 2.00 0.00 2.00

7 Domestic 0.00 2.00 2.00 Septic tank followed by Soak pit

Total 55.1 10.23 65.33

Effluent Treatment / Disposal: Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) concept consisting of

steam stripper, MEE system, ATFD, Biological Treatment and RO will be installed to

treat the effluents generated from plant and to reuse the treated water.

The MEE System with 80 KLD capacities and RO system with 70 KLD Capacity will

be installed for treatment of effluents generated from plant operations.

The details of MEE system given in EIA Report Chapter-10.

4.3 Noise Environment The main sources of noise pollution in the plant are Boilers, Reactors, DG Sets,

compressors and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during

operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and

transporting activity may also increases the noise levels.

All the noise generating equipments like motor’s, gear boxes and compressors are

regularly maintained with lubricating material to avoid noise generation. All the DG



sets are providing with acoustic enclosures. A thick greenbelt will be developed

along the periphery of the plant boundaries to minimize the noise pollution from the

source.

4.4 Land Environment

The proposed plant activities are unlikely to alter the land-use pattern in the project

site. The unit will take adequate measures for storage, handling and disposal of

hazardous waste. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land

environment.

4.5 Ecological Environment

Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried in the study area. As per baseline

studies, there are no endangered, threatened & protected plants and animal species

were recorded in the study area. Hence, no significant adverse impact is envisaged

on ecology.

4.6 Hazardous /Solid Waste

The Hazardous / Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project

are given below.

TABLE-13: HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE & HAZARDOUS WASTE

GENERATION, DISPOSAL DETAILS

S. No Description Quantity

In Kg/Day

Method Of Disposal

Hazardous Waste Generation, Disposal Details

1 Inorganic waste 56.00 Sent to TSDF

2 MEE salts 2011.00 Sent to TSDF

3 ETP Sludge 50.00 Sent to TSDF

4 Organic waste 720.00 Sent to Cement Industries

5 Spent carbon 96.00 Sent to Cement Industries

6 Solvent Distillation Residue 276.00 Sent to Cement Industries

7 Used oils 1.2 KL / Annum

SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling

8 Detoxified Containers & Container Liners

20 Nos / Day

After Detoxification sent back to suppliers / SPCB Authorized Parties

9 Used Lead Acid Batteries 4 Nos/ Annum

Send back to suppliers for buyback of New Batteries

Solid Waste Generation Details, Disposal Details

10 Coal ash from Boiler 9400.00 Sent to Brick Manufacturers



4.7. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

The Risk assessment studies have been conducted for identification of hazards, to

calculate damage distances and to spell out risk mitigation measures. The details

are discussed in detail in Chapter – 7 of EIA Report.

5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 5.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and

designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to pre-construction

(preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages

and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts identified during

the construction phase are mainly due to site preparation, foundation work, material

handling, and construction of buildings and installation of the machinery.

All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise levels due to construction activity.

Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night

particularly during the period of 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum

environmental impact.

5.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE

A) Air Pollution Management

Gaseous emissions from reactions shall be scrubbed in a two stage scrubber

to control the gaseous emissions into the atmosphere.

Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the

storage tanks and all the reactors are will be provided with primary and

secondary condensers with chilled brine circulation to avoid fugitive emissions

and solvent losses which ensures the recovery up to 95% and also controlled

by closed operations and suitable handling methods.

Adequate stack height of 32 meters will be provided to the proposed boilers

for effective dispersion of pollutants’ and stack monitoring facilities for the

periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated

norms.

To prevent the particulate matter delivering from the boilers will be arrested by

providing Cyclone separator followed by Bag filters.



B) Water Pollution Management

The HTDS effluents will be collected and treated in steam stripper, MEE system &

ATFD. Condensate along with LTDS effluent will be sent to biological treatment

including R.O system for treatment and reuse. There will be no discharge of effluent

outside the plant premises. The unit will be treated as ZLD unit. Salts from ATFD

and sludge from the ETP will be sent to TSDF for land fill.

C) Noise Pollution Management

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for

the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

Green Belt Development around plant boundaries and within plant in an area

of 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM).

A thick Greenbelt along the periphery of the compound wall arrests the Noise

pollution from the plant.

D) Hazardous Waste Management

The hazardous wastes generated from the industry will be from distillation/process,

ETP sludge, Process organic residues, process Inorganic residues, MEE salts, spent

catalyst/spent carbon, discarded containers and bags which will properly stored in

a hazardous waste storage area with leachate collection system and then

transported and properly disposed.

The entire organic residues will be disposed to cement industries for incineration and

Inorganic residues sent to TSDF for secure land fill.

E) Green Belt

The industry proposed to develop greenbelt on all sides of the industry in an area of

4.4 Acres (17864.94 SQM) from the total area of 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM) of land,

with an amount of Rs.5, 50,000 /- for greenbelt. The amount will be spent during the

period of five years. First year amount will be Rs.3, 00,000 for plantation. Second

year amount will be Rs.1, 02,000/- for development of plants. Third year amount will

be Rs. 71,500/- for maintenance and development. Fourth & Fifth year amount will

be Rs. 38,250/- & Rs. 38,250/- for development. A list of plants suitable for greenbelt

and to the local agro climatic conditions is given in the EIA report.



F) Solvent Recovery

The solvents like Isopropyl alcohol, Ethyl acetate, Acetone, THF, n- Hexane,

Methanol and Toluene will be recovered up to 95% by using distillation.

5.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III will provide a dedicated Environmental

Management Cell with trained staff to look after the proper environmental

management of the proposed plant including operation & maintenance of all

facilities.

5.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to

assess the status of environment during project operation. The regular monitoring

will be carried out with the MoEFCC/NABL recognized laboratory.

6.0 ROOF WATER HARVESTING

Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using. A

rainwater harvesting system comprises various stages – flow of rainwater through

pipes or drains, filtration and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge.

Roof top area is considered for harvesting rainwater for this project and other areas

are excluded due to possibility of chemical contamination. Roof top rainwater

harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/

storage in urban areas where natural recharge is considerably reduced due to

increased urban activities and not much land is available for implementing any other

artificial recharge measure.

FIGURE-3: ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE



7.0 EMP BUDGET The unit has proposed for 200.0 Lakhs as capital cost and 16.5 Lakhs as recurring

cost for environment pollution control measures.

TABLE-15: BUDGETS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

S. No Particulars Proposed

Capital Cost (Rs. Lac)

Recurring Cost (Rs. Lac)

Per Annum

1 Pollution Control Equipment 10.0 2.0

2 ZLD System 180.0 8.0

3 Rain Water Harvesting 3.0 0.0

4 Green Belt Development 3.0 2.5

5 Health & Safety 4.0 2.0

6 Environmental Monitoring 0.0 2.0

Total 200 16.5

8.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase

the chance of more employment opportunities for local peoples. There are no

Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues involved in this project. The project

infrastructures will be of use to people of the area. The revenue of the village will be

definitely increasing due to the project.

9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

Proposed project will result in considerable growth and up liftments of local

community in the nearby villages by providing the employment. The proposed project

will generate direct and indirect employment to the nearby villages and the

unavailable technical persons will be recruited from outside.

10.0 CONCLUSION

M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III has committed to implement all the pollution

control measures to protect the surrounding environment – adapting Zero-Liquid-

Discharge System for all its Effluents, by controlling process emissions and Safe-

Disposal of all Solid Wastes – generated either as process wastes or packing

wastes. The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy.

Industrial growth is an indication of all-round Socio-Economic Development – by

generating local Employment and Business Opportunities. The implementation of

this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the

surrounding area.

CHAPTER -I

INTRODUCTION

EIA Report M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 1

CHAPTER- I

INTRODUCTION

1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

M/s. S.M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III proposes to establish a Bulk Drug & Intermediates

manufacturing unit at Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village, Bommalramaram

Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State.

The industry proposes to establish unit in an area of 7.4 Acres (30068.0SQM) with

investment of 12.98 Crores. The Industry is having its administrative office at Plot No: C-5,

IDA, Moula-Ali, Hyderabad.

Machanpally village is at a distance of 850 meters in W Direction from the site.

Bhongir is a Town; it is at a distance of 4.5 KMs in W side from the project site.

Site is at a distance of 22 KMs from state capital Hyderabad in SW direction.

Nearest State Highway from the site is SH-17 (Praganpur - Bhongir road) at a

distance of 5.9 KMs in E side from the project site.

Nearest National Highway from the site is NH-202 (Hyderabad-Warangal) at a

distance of 10 KMs in SE side from the project site.

The co-ordinates of the proposed location are Latitude: 17034’18.32” North and

Longitude: 78047’6.91” East.

The Industry intends to manufacture Bulk Drugs, requires Environment Clearance, from

MoEFCC, GOI, New Delhi and Consent for Establishment and Consent for Operations

from State pollution control Board.



1.1.2 ABOUT THE PROMOTERS

Mr. M. Malla Reddy, is Graduate in Chemistry, has work experience of more than 35years

in different Bulk Drug industries.

Mr. G. Manikya Reddy, has work experience of more than 35 years in different Bulk Drug

industries

1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

As per the notification No J-11013/41/2006/A.11 dated 14th September 2006, and circular

dated 13th October 2006, issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (IA Division),

GOI, New Delhi. M/s. S.M. Labs Pvt. Ltd, Unit-III falls under 5(f) A category and requires

Environmental Clearance. The industry engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial

Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents. The

consulting firm has submitted an application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary

enclosures for obtaining Terms of Reference to IA Division, MoEFCC, GOI, New Delhi.

The project proposal was considered and appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee

(EAC) in its 19th Meeting of the EAC meeting held during 28th- 30th May 2014. The EAC –

MoEFCC has given Terms of Reference vide letter No: J-11011/289/2013 - IA II (I) Dated

7th August 2014. As per Issued TOR - EIA Study was carried out with necessary

Environmental studies & Monitoring during October 2014 – December 2014.

1.2.1 PUBLIC HEARING The Environmental Public Hearing was conducted on 25.05.2016 at project site Survey

Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village, Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District,

Telangana State. The Public Hearing Minutes and compliance Report are enclosed as

enclosure.

1.3 OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY

1.3.1 OBJECTIVE

The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the

proposed project to meet the Environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) Government of India. Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), issued a circular making it

mandatory to obtain Environment Clearance for 65 categories of industries. Bulk Drug &

Intermediates is one of them, occupying 5th place.



Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (IA Division) issued the notification as

No.J-11031/41/2006-1A-11 (1) on 14th September 2006 and circular on 13th October 2006.

The study would include the description of project setting, appraisal of project activities and

assessment of adverse impacts related to the location, design, construction and operation

of the project. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared that includes

mitigation measures, including evaluation of alternatives to reduce or mitigate/eliminate the

impacts that likely to cause most significant environmental burdens.

As per the above notification the industry seeks Environment Clearance from MoEFCC,

GOI, New Delhi, and Consents from State Pollution Control Board is not attached since

the same is to be obtained, after obtaining the EC.

Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA) based on one season

(Three Months) data, which would be used as management planning tool for better

Environmental Management by suggesting control measures to avoid pollution problems

arising out of the project. The report will include a detailed Environmental Management

Plan (EMP). The study will be carried out incorporating all the details and requirements of

State Pollution Control (SPCB) and Ministry of Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climatic Change as per their requirements.

1.3.2 SCOPE OF STUDY

1.3.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

To assess the impact of the project on Land use, Ambient Air Quality, Water

Quality, Noise levels, Ecology & Biodiversity, Hydrology & Geology, and Socio-

economic status of area.

To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse

impacts due to proposed project.

Collection and testing of water sources and soil.

To prepare environmental monitoring plan for operational phase.

Green Belt development

1.3.2.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT

Socio-Economic Aspect: As this is a small Drug Manufacturing Unit, which construction

doesn’t disturb any existing Habitat, no Resettlement & Rehabilitation required, for this

project activity.



1.3.2.3 REGULATORY SCOPING

Obtaining Consent for Establishment

Obtaining Consent for Operation from State Pollution control board.

1.3.2.4 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT.

M/s. S.M. Labs Pvt. Ltd, Unit-III proposes to establish a Bulk Drug & Intermediates

manufacturing unit. These bulk drugs are used in the manufacture of medicines, most of

which are life saving drugs. The demand of such products is tremendous in our country

and there is a huge gap in the demand and supply chain. The market of these products

has a fast progressing growth and there is ample opportunity in indigenous as well as

export market.

Easy availability of Raw materials, Infrastructure and Man power. This result in the

availability of cheaper products than imported products and also revenue to the state. Due

to the above reasons, hence it is justified to set up an industry at the location.



1.4 PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE WITH SELECTION CRITERIA.

TABLE 1.1: PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE.

Project location Details

Latitude & Longitude Latitude: 17034’18.32” North Longitude: 78047’6.91”East.

Climatic Conditions

Annual Max Temp is 36.80C Annual Min Temp is 16.00C Normal Annual Rainfall is 689.89 mm

Land acquired for the plant 7.17 Acres(30068.0 SQM)

Land use Single crop Land

Nearest Village Machanapally - 850 meters (W)

Nearest Town Bhongir- 4.5 KMs (W)

Major urban Settlements Hyderabad - 22 KMs (SW)

Nearest Highway Nearest Railway station Nearest Airport

National Highway SH-17 - (Praganpur - Bhongiri) – 12 KMs (ESE) National Highway NH-202 - (Hyderabad- Warangal) – 10 KMs (SE) Bibinagar Railway Station – 10 KMs (S) Bhongiri Railway Station – 13 KMs (E) Rajiv Gandhi International Airport (Hyderabad) - 50 KMs (SW)

National Parks Nil [within 10 KMs radius]

Major Industries near the plant site

There is no Major Industries with in 10 KMs Radius

Wild life sanctuary Nil [within 10 KMs radius]

Water Bodies

Shamirpet vagu - 1 KMs (WSW)

Maryala cheruvu - 1.8 KMs (NW)

Kotta cheruvu - 6.5 KMs (NNW)

Jainpalii cheruvu - 7.0 KMs (NNW)

Jagayya cheruvu - 7.3 KMs (NNW)

Bibinagar cheruvu - 9.8 KMs (NNW)

Reserve Forest

Nagineni palli RF - 5.2 KMs (SSW)

Kondamadugu RF - 6.4 KMs (SSW)

Parvathipuram forest block - 7.7 KMs (SW)

China lakshmi puram RF- 9.2 KMs (NNW)

Mallapur RF - 9.6 KMs (NNE)

Venkatapuram RF-9.7 KMs (NE)

Historical Places Nil [within 10 KMs radius]

Socio-Economic This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio,



Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic Distribution,

Literacy Rate, Social Amenities available in the

study Area like, Transport, Sanitation, Drinking

Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment

Rate and other Developmental Indices of Eight

Villages falling within the 10 KMs Radius of the

proposed Project Site.



FIGURE -1.1: TOPO MAP SHOWING INDUSTRIES & RESERVED FOREST WITHIN 10 KMs RADIUS



1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The MoEFCC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and administrative core of

the sector. Legislation for environmental protection in India for chemical industry is mainly

EIA Notification- 2006, Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act-1974, Air (Prevention

& Control of Pollution) Act-1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act,

1977; Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules

2008, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.

1.6 LEGAL POLICY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORKS

The principal environmental regulatory authority is the Ministry of Environment & Forests

(MoEFCC), New Delhi which formulates environmental policies and accords environmental

clearances for different projects. Table 1.3 highlights the relevant environmental

legislations applicable to the proposed project.

TABLE 1.2: APPLICABILITY OF LEGAL POLICIES TO THE PROJECT

S. No Legal frame work coordinating

authority Objectives of the policy

Applicability to the

proposed project

Environmental Legality

1 Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act 1974

CPCB

Prohibits the discharge of pollutants into water bodies beyond a given standard, and lays down penalties for non-compliance

Applicable

2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977

Provides for a levy and collection of a cess on water consumed by industries and local authorities

Applicable

3 Forest (Conservation) Act 1980, Forest Conservation Rules, 1981

MoEFCC, Forest Department (SFD)

Restrictions on conversions of Forest for uses other than reforestation, including use for roads

Not Applicable

4 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

CPCB Provides means for the control and abatement of air pollution.

Applicable

5 The Air(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982

CPCB

Defined the procedures for conducting meetings of the boards, the powers of the presiding officers, decision-making etc

Applicable

6 Environment (Protection) Act 1986 (EPA) followed by

Ministry of Environment and Forests

Ensure that appropriate measures are taken to conserve and protect the

Applicable



amendment in May1994 (Schedule-I)

(MoEFCC) Environment before commencement of operations.

7 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification no. S.O. 60 (E) 1994,

Under its ambit, 32 types of industries are liable to opt for Environmental clearance from MoEF, by providing adequate EIA report

Applicable

8 The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986

Lay down the procedures for setting standards of emission or discharge of environmental pollutants

Applicable

9 The Hazardous Wastes management (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989

Procedure for inventory, control, handling and disposal of hazardous waste. Provide for setting up of disposal sites/landfill sites design, operation and closure

Applicable

10 Bio Medical Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1998

Provide for collection, segregation, storage, treatment and disposal of biomedical wastes according to the standards and procedures

Not Applicable

11 Wildlife Protection Act 1972

MoEFCC

Protection of wildlife (wild animals, defined plants and birds) in either National Parks or sanctuaries

Not Applicable

Social legal framework

12

Land Acquisition Act 1894

Provides for the acquisition of land for public purposes and for Companies and for determining the amount of compensation to be made on account of such acquisition.

Not Applicable.

Other relevant legal Framework

13

Central Motor Vehicles Act, 1988

Ministry of Road Transport and Highways / Traffic Department

To control vehicular air and noise pollution. To regulate development of the transport sector, check and control vehicular air and noise pollution.

Not Applicable

14 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958

Archaeological Survey of India (ASI)

Provides for the preservation of ancient and historical monuments and archaeological sites and remains of national importance

Not Applicable

Handling of Radioactive Isotopes

15 Atomic Energy Act, 1962

AERB/BARC/ GoI

Handling and use of radioisotopes

Not Applicable

16 Atomic Energy AERB / Handling and use of Not



(Radiation Protection) Rules, 2004

BARC/ GoI radioisotopes and management and prevention of harmful radiation generated from therein

Applicable

17 Radiation Surveillance Procedures for Medical Applications of Radiation , 1989

AERB/ BARC/ GoI

Surveillance of Radiations generated in any premises associated with handling of radioactive substances

Not Applicable

18 AERB Safety Code No. AERB/SC/MED(Rev-1),2001

AERB / BARC/GoI

Sets out safety methods for radiation / nuclear medicine laboratories

Not Applicable

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER -II


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 1

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

M/s. S.M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III proposes to establish Bulk Drug & Intermediates

manufacturing unit. The company proposes to invest an amount of Rs. 12.98

Crores. The company proposes to manufacture the products which are given in

table 2.2

2.2 LOCATION



Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State. Industry proposes to

establish unit in an area of 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM).

The Industry is having its administrative office at Plot No: C-5, IDA, Moula-Ali,

Hyderabad.

2.3 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The industry intends to obtain approval within one year and to implement the

recommendations. The industry proposes to implement the recommendations of the

Authorities from construction stage.



FIGURE 2.1: LOCATION MAP

Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village, Bommalramaram Mandal,

Nalgonda District, Telangana State.



FIGURE 2.2: PROJECT LOCATION MAP



FIGURE 2.3: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SHOWING PROJECT SITE



FIGURE 2.4: TOPO MAP SHOWING 10 KM RADIUS



FIGURE 2.5: LATEST PHOTOGRAPHS OF PLANT SITE



FIGURE 2.6: GOOGLE EARTH MAP INDICATING LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND DISTANCE FROM SEVERELY

POLLUTED AREA

54.00 Kms

45.00 Kms



2.4 SITE / INFRASTRUCTURE DETAILS:

M/s. S.M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III is a new unit located at Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059

Machanpally Village, Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State.

The proposed plant is having site in an area of 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM). The plant

area falls at the intersection of Latitude: 17034’18.32” North, Longitude: 78047’6.91”

East. The nearest railway station is Bhongiri Railway Station which is around 13 Kms

from the unit and the major railheads are Secunderabad & Hyderabad. The National

Highway NH-202 connecting Hyderabad with Warangal is around 10 Kms (SE) from

the plant site. The land usage details are given in Table 2.1.

Note: Route map to be imposed.

TABLE 2.1: LAND USE DETAILS

S. No Description Area (SQM)




Total 30068.00



FIGURE 2.7: SITE PLAN



TABLE 2.2: LIST OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND CAPACITIES

S. No Name of the Product

CAS Number

Therapeutic category

Quantity In

Kg/Month

Quantity In

Kg/Day

1. 25-Cyano Pthalamide 82104-74-3 Drug Intermediate

10000.00 333.33

2. 3Atorvastatin Calcium 134523-03-8 Lipid-lowering agent

2000.00 66.67

3. 8Escitalopram Oxalate

219861-08-2 Antidepressant. 2000.00 66.67

4. 9Lamivudine 134678-17-4 Antiretroviral 2000.00 66.67

5. 4Lansoprazole 103577-45-3 Antiulcer 3000.00 100.00

6. 7Levocetirizine Di Hydrochloride

130018-87-0 Antihistamine 2000.00 66.67

7. 10

Losartan Potassium 12470-99-8 Antihypertensive 3000.00 100.00

8. 1Metformin Hydrochloride

1115-70-4 Hypoglycemic 20000.00 666.67

9. 5Sildenafil Citrate 171599-83-0 Anti-erectile dysfunction agent

2000.00

66.67

10. Zidovudine 30516-87-1 Antiretroviral 2000.00 66.67

Total 48000.00 1600.00



2.5 MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF THE PRODUCTS

1. 5-CYANO PHTHALIDE

Process Description:

Stage-1

1-Oxo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzofuran-5- carboxylic acid reacts with thionyl chloride and

ammonia Gas to get Stage-1 Product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 product reacts with thionyl chloride to get 5-Cyano phthalide as Product.

5-CYANO PHTHALIDE

Route of synthesis:

Stage-1:

1-Oxo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzofuran

-5-carboxylic acid

O

O

OH

O+ SOCl2 + NH3

Thionyl Chloride Ammonia


-5-carboxamide

O

O

NH2

O

C9H7NO3

177.16

Sulphur dioxide Hydrochloric acid

+ SO2+ 2HCl

C9H6O4

178.14

118.97 17.03

64.06 2X36.5=73.0



Stage-2:


-5-carboxamide

O

O

NH2

O

C9H7NO3

177.16


-5-carbonitrile

O

NO

C9H5NO2

159.14

+ SOCl2

Thionyl Chloride

118.97

SO2

+ 2HCl

64 2X36.5=73

Sulfurdioxide Hydrochloric Acid

+

5-CYANO PHTHALIDE

Flow-Chart:

Stage-1

112.00Kg

Effluent Water

Stage-2

100.00Kg

Toluene Rec

Ethyl acetate Rec

5-Carboxy Phthalic Acid

Thionyl Chloride

Toluene

Ammonia

Water SO2

Stage-1

Thionyl Chloride

Toluene

SO2

HCl

5-CYANO PHTHALIDE



5-CYANO PHTHALIDE

Material Balance :

Material Balance of 5-Cyano phthalide

Stage-1

Batch Size:100.0Kg

Name of the input Quantity

in Kg

Name of the out put Quantity

in Kg

5-Carboxy Phthalic Acid 115.00 Stage-1 112.00

Thionyl Chloride 76.80 Toluene Recovery 470.00

Toluene 500.00 Toluene Loss 25.00

Ammonia 30.00 Effluent water 148.12

Water 100.00 (Water-100,Ammonium chloride-

47.12,Toluene-1)

Process Emission 41.35

(Sulfur dioxide)

Organic Residue 25.33

(Organic impurities-21.33,

Toluene-4)

Total 821.80 Total 821.80

Material Balance of 5-Cyano phthalide

Stage-2

Batch Size:100.0Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-1 112.00 5-Cyano Phthalide 100.00

Thionyl Chloride 75.20 Toluene Recovery 470.00



(Sulfur dioxide-40.45, Hydrogen

chlorie-46.15)


(Organic impurities-0.6,Toluene-

5)




2. ATORVASTAIN CALCIUM


Stage-1

Tert-Butyl-2-[(4R,6S)-6-(cyano methyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-4-yl] acetate

reduction with Hydrogen on Palladium Carbon in presence of Methanol gives tert-

Butyl-2-[(4R,6S)-6-(amino ethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-4-yl] acetate.

Stage-2

Aniline on condensed with Dimethyl Carbonate and 2-Methyl-2-butanone in

presence of Methanol gives 4-Methyl-3-oxo-N-Phenyl pentanamide.

Stage-3

4-Methyl-3-oxo-N-phenyl pentanamide upon reaction with Benzaldehyde in presence

of Potassium Carbonate, Acetone and Toluene media gives 2-Benzylidene-4-methyl-

3-oxo pentanoic acid phenyl amide.

Stage-4

2-Benzylidene-4-methyl-3-oxo pentanoic acid phenyl amide on reaction with tert-

Butyl-2-[(4R, 6S)-6(amino ethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-4-yl] acetate and fluoro

benzaldehye in presence of Para toluene sulfonic acid, Isopropyl alcohol and toluene

media to give Atorvastatin ester.

Stage-5

Atorvastatin ester undergoes hydrolysis in presence of sulfuric acid and methanol

gives Atorvastatin.

Stage-6

Atorvastatin upon salt formation with calcium acetate in presence of Isopropyl

alcohol gives Atorvastatin Calcium.



ATROVASTAIN CALCIUM

Procedure:

Stage-1

tert-Butyl-2-[(4R,6S)-6-(Cyanomethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-4-yl]acetate

O

O

O

O

N + 2 H2

Hydrogen

tert-Butyl-2-[(4R,6S)-6-(aminoethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-4yl]acetate

O O

O O

H2N

269.0 4.0

273.0

Stage-2

Aniline

NH2

+

Dimethyl carbonate

O

O

O +

2-Methyl-2-butanone

CO

4-Methyl-3-oxo-N-phenyl pentanamide

O

NH

O

+ 2 CH3OH

93 90 86 205 64.0



Stage-3

4-Methyl-3-oxo-N-phenyl pentanamide

O

NH

O

205

Benzaldehyde

O

+

106

2-Benzylidine-4-methyl-3-oxo pentanoic acid phenylamide

O

NH

O

293

+ H2O

18

Stage-4

2-Benzylidine-4-methyl-3-oxo pentanoic acid phenylamide

O

NH

O

293

tert-Butyl-2-[(4R,6S)-6-(aminoethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-4yl]acetate

O O

O O

H2N

273.0

+

Fluoro benzaldehyde

O

F

+

124

NH

O

N

O O

O

O

C

CH3

CH3

CH3

F

+ 2 H2O

65436.0



Stage-5

NH

O

N

O O

O

O

C

CH3

CH3

CH3

F

654

+ 2 H2O

NH

O

N

OH OH

OH

O

F

36.0

+

558 58

O

+ C

CH3

CH3

CH3

HO

74

Stage-6

NH

O

N

OH OH

OH

O

F

558

+ CH3COOCa

158

NH

O

N

*OH OH

O

O

F 2

Ca2+

+ 2 CH3COOH

Atorvastatin Calcium

1154120.0



ATROVASTAIN CALCIUM

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

64.00Kg

Stage-2

52.00Kg

Methanol Rec

Stage-3

68.00KgEffluent Water

Stage-4

132.00Kg

TolueneRec

Acetone Rec

Effluent water

Toluene Rec

IPA Rec

Methanol Rec

H2

Stage-5

106.40.00KgEffluent Water

Stage-6

100.00Kg

Methanol Rec

IPA Rec

Tert-Butyl-2-[(4R,6S)]-6-(cyanomethyl)-

2,2-dimethyl-1,3-Dioxan-4-yl] acetate

Palladium carbon

Methanol

Hydrogen

Aniline

Dimethyl Carbonate

2-Methyl-2-Butanone

Sulfuric Acid

Methanol

Water

Effluent Water

Stage-2

Benzaldehyde

Potassium carbonate

Acetone

Toluene

Water

Stage-3

Fluorobenzaldehyde

Stage-1

Toluene

Paratoluene sulfonic acid

IPA

Water

Atrovastatin Ester

Sulfuric Acid

Methanol

Water

Atrovastatin

Calcium Acetate

IPA

Activated CarbonSpent Carbon

ATORVASTATIN CALCIUM



ATROVASTAIN CALCIUM

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Atrovastain Calcium Stage-1

Batch Size:100.0Kg

Name of the input Quantity in Kg

Name of the out put Quantity in Kg

Tert-Butyl-2-[(4R,6S)]-6-(cyanomethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-Dioxan-4-yl] acetate

66.40 Stage-1 64.00

Palladium carbon 1.20 Methanol Recovery 370.00

Methanol 400.00 Methanol Loss 24.00

Hydrogen 5.00 Spent Palladium carbon Reuse

1.20


(Hydrogen )


(Organic impurities-3.4, Methanol-6)



Batch Size:100.0Kg



Aniline 27.20 Stage-2 52.00

Dimethyl Carbonate 27.20 Methanol Recovery 140.00

2-Methyl-2-Butanone 27.20 Methanol Loss 7.10

Sulfuric Acid 0.80 Effluent Water 330.40

Methanol 136.00 (Water-328,sulfuric Acid-0.8,Methanol-1.6)

Water 328.00 Organic Residue 16.90






Batch Size:100.0Kg



Stage-2 52.00 Stage-3 68.00

Benzaldehyde 27.60 Acetone Recovery 130.00

Potassium carbonate 5.00 Acetone Loss 5.00

Acetone 140.00 Toluene Recovery 200.00


Water 680.00 Effluent Water 691.60

(Water-680,generated water-4.6,Potassium carbonate-5, Toluene-2)


(Organic impurities-7,Acetone-5, Toluene-7)

Total 1124.60 Total 1124.60


Batch Size:100.0Kg



Stage-3 68.00 Atrovastatin Ester 132.00

Fluorobenzaldehyde 28.80 IPA Recovery 300.00

Stage-1 64.00 IPA Loss 16.00

Toluene 520.00 Toluene Recovery 480.00

Paratoluene sulfonic acid 2.00 Toluene Loss 26.00

IPA 320.00 Effluent Water 694.40

Water 680.00 (Water-680,generated water-8.4,PTSA-2,Toluene-4)


(Organic impurities-20.4,IPA-4, Toluene-10)

Total 1682.80 Total 1682.80




Batch Size:100.0Kg



Atrovastatin Ester 132.00 Atrovastatin 106.40

Sulfuric Acid 2.40 Methanol Recovery 450.00



(Water-792.8,Sulfuric acid-2.4, Acetone-11.7,tert-butanol-14.9)



Total 1414.40 Total 1414.40


Batch Size:100Kg



Atrovastatin 106.40 Atrovastatin Calcium 100.00

Calcium Acetate 15.00 IPA Recovery 370.00

IPA 400.00 IPA Loss 20.00

Activated Carbon 2.00 Acetic Acid 11.40

Spent Carbon 2.00


(Organic impurities-10,IPA-10)




3. ESCITALOPRAM OXALATE

Process Description

Stage-1

4-[4-Dimethylamino-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-hydroxy-butyl]-3-hydroxy methyl-

benzonitrile Hydro bromide reacts with D-P-Toluyl-D-Tartaric Acid in the presence of

Sodium hydroxide to get DPTAA Salt (stage-1)

Stage-2

DPTAA Salt on reaction with Methane sulfonyl chloride, Triethyl amine and using

Isopropyl alcohol and Toluene as solvents forms Escitalopram Base. Escitalopram

Base on reaction with Oxalic acid using Acetone as solvent to get Escitalopram

Oxalate.



ESCITALOPRAM OXALATE

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

Step-A

N CH3

H3C

OHOH

CN

F

H3C

O

O

OHO

O

HO O

O

CH3

+

4-[(1S)-4-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-hydroxybutyl]-3-(hydroxymethyl) benzonitrile

Hydrobromide

D(+) Dipara Tolyl Tartaric Acid

423.32

1/2 X386.35=193.17C20H23FN2O2 HBr

C20H18O8

N CH3

H3C

OHOH

CN

F

CH3

O O

OH

O

O

HO

O O

CH3

DPTTA Salt (Stage-1)

535.58

C30H32FN2O6

+ NaOH

HBr

Sodium hydroxide

40.0

1/2 + NaBr + H2O

Sodium Bromide

102.89

Water

18.0

1/2



Step-B

N CH3H3C

OHOH

CN

F

CH3

O O

OH

O

O

HO

O O

CH3

DPTTA Salt (Stage-1A)

535.58

C30H32FN2O6

1/2

+ NaOH

Sodium Hydroxide

40.0

N CH3

H3C

OHOH

CN

F

CH3

O O

ONa

O

O

NaO

O O

CH3

1/2

+ + H2O

Stage-1 Compound

C20H23FN2O2

342.4

D-P-Toluyl-D-Sodium Tartarate

C20H16Na2O8

1/2 X 430.32=215.16

Water

18.0

Stage-2

N CH3

H3C

OHOH

CN

F

Stage-1 Compound

C20H23FN2O2

342.4

+ CH3SO2Cl + (C2H5)3N +

Oxalic Acid dihydrate

O

OHO

HO

2 H2O

MSC TEA

114.55 101.19 C6H6O6

126.0

O

F

N

CH3

CH3

CN

O

OHO

HO

Escitalopram Oxalate

C22H23FN2O5

414.43

+ CH3SO3H + (C2H5)3N HCl + 2H2O

MSA TEA HCl Water

96.11 137.65 36.0




Flow Chart:

Stage-1

85.00Kg

Stage-2

100.00Kg

Toluene Rec

IPA Rec

Acetone Rec

MDC Rec

Effluent Water

4-[4-Dimethylamino-1

-(4-fluoro-phenyl)

-1-hydroxy-butyl]-3-hydroxy

methyl-benzonitrile HBr

D-P-Toluyl-D-Tartaric Acid

Sodium hydroxide

Toluene

IPA

Water

Stage-1

Methane Sulfonyl Chloride

Triethyl amine

MDC

Sodium hydroxide (10%)

Oxalic Acid

Acetone

Activated Carbon

Water

Effluent Water



Material Balance:

Material Balance of Escitalopram oxalate Stage-1

Batch Size:100.0 Kg



4-[4-Dimethylamino-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-hydroxy-butyl]-3-hydroxy methyl-benzonitrile HBr

120.00 Stage-1 85.00

D-P-Toluyl-D-Tartaric Acid 48.00 Toluene Recovery 660.00

Sodium hydroxide (20%) 100.00 Toluene Loss 35.00

Toluene 700.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Recovery 470.00

Isopropyl Alcohol 500.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 25.00


(Water-800,generated water-9.63, Sodium bromide-25.5,water from sodium hydroxide-80,Toluene-1.5)

D-P-Toluyl-D-Sodium Tartarate Recovered for Reuse

53.40


(Organic Impurities-14.47, Toluene-4.5,IPA-5)

Total 2268.00 Total 2268.00



Material Balance of Escitalopram oxalate

Stage-2

Batch Size: 100.0 Kg


in Kg


In Kg

Stage-1 85.00 Escitalopram Oxalate 100.00

Methane Sulfonyl Chloride 28.50 MDC Recovery 1130.00

Triethyl amine 25.00 MDC Loss 60.00

MDC 1200.00 Acetone Recovery 423.00

Sodium hydroxide (10%) 100.00 Acetone Loss 22.00

Oxalic Acid 32.00 Effluent Water 917.01

Acetone 450.00 (Water-750,generated water-8.94,

MSA-23.9,TEA HCl-34.17,Sodium

Hydroxide-10,water from sodium

hydroxide-90)

Activated Carbon 10.00 Spent Carbon 10.00


(Organic impurities-3.49,MDC-10,

Acetone-5)

Total 2680.50 Total 2680.50



4. LAMIVUDINE


Stage-1:

Menthol condensed with Glyoxalic acid, Formaldehyde in presence of cyclohexane

solvent to give Stage-1 Compound

Stage-2

Stage-1 Compound reacts with [1, 4] Dithane-2,5-diol in presence of Triethyl amine,

Acetic Acid and Toluene solvent media to give stage-2 product. Further it is

recrystallized in n-Hexane to give pure compound of Stage-2.

Stage-3:

Stage-2 Compound chlorinated with Thionyl chloride and condensed with cytosine to

produce Lamivudine crude compound in presence of Toluene and MDC solvents

media. Further Compound is purified in Activated Carbon, Water and MDC to give

Pure Compound of Lamivudine



LAMIVUDINE

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

H3C

CH3

CH3

OH

Menthol

C10H20OMol. Wt.: 156.3

+O

O

OH

Glyoxalic acid

C2H2O3

Mol. Wt.: 74.0

Cyclohexane O

O

CH3

H3C CH3

O

+ H2O

Stage-1

C12H20O3

Mol. Wt.: 212.3

Water

Mol.wt:18

Stage-2

O

O

CH3

H3C CH3

O

Stage-1

C12H20O3

Mol. Wt.: 212.3

S

S OH

HO

[1,4]Dithiane-2,5-diol

C4H8O2S2

Mol. Wt.: 152.2

+2

Toluene

N-Hexane

CH3

H3C CH3

OS

OH

2

Stage-2

C14H24O4SMol. Wt.: 288.4

COOH



Stage-3

CH3

H3C CH3

OS

OH

COOH

Stage-2

C14H24O4SMol. Wt.: 288.4

+ SOCl2

Thionyl chloride

Mol.Wt:119

MDC

CH3

H3C CH3

OS

OH

COCl

+ SO2 + HCl

Stage-3A Sulphur

Dioxide

Hydrochloric

Acid

64 36.5Mol.Wt:306.5

CH3

H3C CH3

OS

OH

COCl

Stage-3A

Mol.Wt:306.5

N

ONH

H2N

cytosine

C4H5N3O

Mol. Wt.: 111.1

+Toluene N

ONH

N

CH3

H3C CH3

OS

OH

O

+ HCl

Hydrochloric

Acid

36.5

Lamivudine

C18H27O4N3S

Mol. Wt.: 381.6

C14H23O3SCl

C14H23O3SCl



LAMIVUDINE

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

112.00Kg

Stage-2

152.00Kg

Stage-3


Toluene Recn-Hexane Rec

Ethyl Acetate Rec

TolueneRec

n-Hexane Rec

Effluent Water

Effluent Water

L(+ )Menthol

Glyoxalic Acid (35%)

Sodium Bisulfate

Sodium Carbonate

Formaldehyde

Cyclohexane

Water

Cyclohexane Rec

LAMIVUDINE

Stage-12,5 Diethane

Acetic AcidTriethyl Amine

Toluenen-Hexane

Activated CarbonDM Water

Stage-2CytosineHMDSThioinyl ChlorideMethylene DichlorideToluenen-HexaneEthyl AcetateWater

SO2



LAMIVUDINE

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Lamivudine

Stage-1

Batch Size: 200Kg


in Kg


in Kg

L(+ )Menthol 82.60 Stage-1 112.00

Glyoxalic Acid (35%) 112.00 Cyclohexane Recovery 1055.00

Sodium Bisulfate 63.00 Cyclohexane Loss 45.00

Sodium Carbonate 15.00 Effluent Water 2416.60

Formaldehyde 16.00 (Water-2300,gen.water-9.8,water

From Glyoxalic Acid-72.8,Sodium

Carbonate-15,Sulphuric Acid-

3,Formaldehyde-16)

Sulphuric Acid 3.00 Inorganic Solid Waste 63.00

Cyclohexane 1100.00 (Sodium Bisulfate)

DM Water 2300.00

Total 3691.60 Total 3691.60

Material Balance of Lamivudine

Stage-2

Batch Size: 200Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-1 112.00 Stage-2 152.00

2,5 Diethane 85.00 Toluene Recovery 655.00

Acetic Acid 43.00 Toluene Loss 35.00

Triethyl Amine 3.00 n-Hexane Recovery 210.00

Toluene 700.00 n-Hexane Loss

10.00

n-Hexane 230.00 Effluent Water 2086.00

Activated Carbon 5.00 (Water-2000,Acetic Acid-43,

Triethyl Amine-3,Thioacetic acid-40)

DM Water 2000.00 Spent Carbon 10.00

Hyflo 5.00 Organic Residue 25.00

(Organic impurities-5,Toluene-10,

n-Hexane-10)

Total 3183.00 Total 3183.00



Material Balance of Lamivudine Stage-3

Batch Size: 200.0Kg



Stage-2 152.00 Lamivudine 200.00

Cytosine 58.55 Methylene Dichloride Recovery

1050.00

HMDS 15.00 Methylene Loss 50.00

Thioinyl Chloride 63.00 Toluene Recovery 300.00

Dimethylformamide 54.00 Toluene Loss 10.00

Triethyl amine 102.00 n-Hexane Recovery 180.00

MSA 1.00 n-Hexane Loss 10.00

Methylene Dichloride 1100.00 Ethyl Acetate Recovery 130.00

Toluene 310.00 Ethyl Acetate Loss 10.00

n-Hexane 200.00 DMF Recovery 40.00

Ethyl Acetate 150.00 DMF Loss 10.00

Water 2500.00 Triethyl Amine Reuse 102.00

HMDS Reuse 15.00

Effluent Water 2542.52

(Water-2500,Hydrochloric acid-38.52,DMF-4)


(Sulphur dioxide)


(Organic impurities-2.15, n-Hexane-10,Ethylacetate-10)

Total 4705.55 Total 4705.55



5. LANSOPRAZOLE

Process Description

Stage-1

2, 3-Lutidine oxidised with Hydrogen Peroxide in the Presence of Acetic acid and

subsequently on Nitration with Nitric Acid, Sulfuric Acid to produces stage-1

Stage-2

Stage-1 Product reacts with 2, 2, 2- tri fluoro ehtanol and Sodium hydroxide to give

Stage-2A reaction mass. Reaction Mass (Stage-2A) reacts with Acetic Anhydride in

presence of Acetic Acid, an intermediate is formed. Further it is treated with dry

hydrochloric acid and Sodium hydroxide to give stage-2 Compound.

Stage-3

Above compound Chlorinated with Thionyl chloride in presence of Toluene solvent

media to give stage-3 chloro compound

Stage-4

Stage-3 Condensed with 2-Mercapto benz imidazole in Presence of Sodium

Hydroxide and Toluene solvent media to give Stage-4 Compound.

Stage-5

Stage-4 Compound reacts with Hydrogen peroxide in presence of IPA produces

pharma. The product is further purified with carbon and Water to get pure compound

of Lansoprazole.



LANSOPRAZOLE

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

N

CH3

CH3

2,3-Lutidine

107.00

+ H2O2

Hydrogen peroxide

34.00

+ HNO3

Nitric acid

63.00

N

NO2

CH3

CH3

O

+ 2

4-Nitro-2,3-Dimethyl pyridine-N-Oxide

168.00

Water

36.0

H2O

C7H9N C7H8N2O3

Stage-2

N

NO2

CH3

CH3

O

+

4-Nitro-2,3-Dimethyl

pyridine-N-Oxide

168.00

CF3CH2OH + K2CO3 + (CH3CO)2O + NaoH + HCl

Trifluoro

ethanol

Potassium

carbonate

Acetic

anhydride

Sodium

hydroxide

Hydrogen

chloride

100 138 102 40 36.5

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2OH

. HCl

2-Hydroxy methyl-3-methyl

pyridine hydrochloride

257.5

+ KHCO3

Potassium

bicarbonate

100

+ KNO2

Potassium

nitrite

85

+ CH3COONa

Sodium acetate

82

+ CH3COOH

Acetic acid

60

C7H8N2O3

C9H11ClF3NO2



Stage-3

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2OH

. HCl

2-Hydroxy methyl-3-methyl


257.5

+ SOCl2

Thionyl chloride

119

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2Cl

. HCl

2-Chloromethyl-3-methyl


276

+ SO2

64

+ HCl

36.5

C9H11ClF3NO2C9H10Cl2F3NO

Stage-4

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2Cl

. HCl

2-Chloromethyl-3-methyl


276

+

N

HN

HS + 2 NaoH

2-Mercapto

benzimidazole

Sodium hydroxide

2x40=80.0

150

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2 S

N

HN

2[4-(2,2,2-Tri fluoro ethoxy)-3-methyl

pyridinyl]methyl thio]-1H-Benzimidazole

+ 2 NaCl

Sodium chloride

2x58.5=117.0

+ 2H2O

Water

36.0

C9H10Cl2F3NOC7H6N2S

C16H14F3N3OS

353.0



Stage-5

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2 S

N

HN

2[4-(2,2,2-Tri fluoro ethoxy)-3-methyl

pyridinyl]methyl thio]-1H-Benzimidazole

353

+ H2O2

Hydrogen peroxide

34

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2 S

N

HN

O

Lansoprazole

369

+ H2O

Water

18

C16H14F3N3OS

C16H14F3N3O2S



LANSOPRAZOLE

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

65.00Kg

Stage-2

90.00Kg

Stage-3

90.00Kg Effluent Water

TolueneRec

MIBK Rec

Effluent Water

Effluent Water

SO2

2,3-Lutidine

Acetic Acid

Hydrogen Peroxide (50%)

Sulfuric Acid

Nitric Acid

Water

Stage-1

Sodium Hydroxide

Potassium Carbonate

MIBK

Toluene

Water

Stage-2

Methylene Dichloride

Toluene

Thionyl Chloride

Stage-3

Sodium Hydroxide

Water

2-Mercapto Benzimidazole

Stage-4

Isopropyl Alcohol

Hydrogen Peroxide (50%)

Chloroform

Acetone

Sodium Hydroxide

Stage-4

105.00Kg

Stage-5


Effluent Water

MDC Rec

Toluene Rec

HCl

Isopropyl Alcohol Rec

Acetone Rec

Chloroform

LANSOPRAZOLE



LANSOPRAZOLE

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Lansoprazole

Stage-1

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

2,3-Lutidine 46.00 Stage-1 65.00

Acetic Acid 46.00 Acetic acid Recovery 45.00

Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 33.00 Effluent water 358.80

(Water-322, gen.water-15.5,water

from hydrogen peroxide-16.5, Nitric

acid-2.9, hydrogen peroxide-1.9)

Nitric Acid 30.00 Organic Residue 8.20

Water 322.00 (Organic impurities-7.2,Acetic acid-1)


Material Balance of Lansoprazole Stage-2

Batch Size:100Kg



Stage-1 65.00 Stage-2 90.00

Sodium Hydroxide 18.00 MIBK Recovery 120.00

Potassium Carbonate 53.00 MIBK Loss 6.00

Tri Fluoro Ethanol 39.00 Toluene Recovery 210.00

MIBK 130.00 Toluene Loss 10.00

Acetic Anhydride 130.00 Acetic Anhydride Recovery 87.00

TEBAC 1.00 Acetic Anhydride Loss 4.00

Toluene 225.00 Effluent Water 1429.00

Hydrogen Chloride Gas 14.00 (Water-1300, Potassium Nitrite-33, Potassium Bicarbonate-39,Sodium Acetate-31,Sodium Hydroxide-3, Acetic Acid-23)

Activated Carbon 3.00 Organic Residue 19.00

(Organic impurities-10,Toluene-5, MIBK-4)

Water 1300.00 Spent Carbon 3.00

Total 1978.00 Total 1978.00




Stage-3

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-2 90.00 Stage-3 90.00

Methylene Dichloride 175.00 Toluene Recovery 220.00


Thionyl Chloride 41.00 Methylene Dichloride Recovery 167.00

Methylene Dichloride Loss 8.00


(Organic impurities-6,Toluene-5)

Process Emissions 35.00

(Sulfur Dioxide-22,Hydrogen

Chloride-13)



Stage-4

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-3 90.00 Stage-4 105.00

Sodium Hydroxide 30.00 Effluent Water 594.00

Water 540.00 (Water-540, gen.Water-12,Sodium

Chloride-38,Sodium hydroxide-4)

2-Mercapto Benzimidazole 49.00 Organic Residue 10.00





Stage-5

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-4 105.00 Lansoprazole Pharma 100.00

Isopropyl Alcohol 250.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Recovery 230.50

Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 22.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 10.00

Catalyst 1.00 Chloroform Recovery 436.75

Chloroform 465.00 Chloroform Loss 23.25

Acetone 125.00 Acetone Recovery 110.75

Sodium Hydroxide 12.00 Acetone Loss 6.25

Acetic Acid 18.00 Effluent Water 424.50

Water 375.00 (Water-375,Isopropyl Alcohol-

2.5,Sodium Acetate-25,Hydrogen

Peroxide-1,gen.Water-10,Water

from Hydrogen Peroxide-11)

Catalyst Reuse 1.00


(Organic impurities-17,IPA-7,

Acetone-6)

Total 1373.00 Total 1373.00



6. LEVO CETIRIZINE DI HYDROCHLORIDE

Process Description

Stage-1

Step-A

P-Chlorobenzo phenone is condensed with Ammonium formate to produce the C-(4-

Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl methylamine

Step-B

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl methylamine reacts with Hydrochloric Acid in the

presence of Methanol solvent media to get Stage-1 Compound.

Stage-2

Stage-1 reacts with Sodium hydroxide in the presence of L-tartaric acid to get Stage-

2 compound.

Stage-3

Stage-2 is treated with p- Toluene sulphonyl chloride and Sodium hydroxide in

Methylene dichloride medium, the compound is obtained

Stage-4

Stage-2 and Stage-3 Compound on condensation in Methanol medium, the product

is obtained.

Stage-5

Stage-4 is treated with Hydrobromic Acid and Dilute Acetic acid, the compound is

obtained

Stage-6

Stage-5 reacts with Chloro ethanol in the presence of Triethyl amine to get stage-6

Compound

Stage-7

Stage-6 is treated with Sodium monochloro acetate in the presence of Hydrochloric

acid and DMF solvent media to get Levocetrizine dihydrochloride



LEVO CETRIZINE DI HYDROCHLORIDE

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

Step-A

O

Cl

p-chloro benzophenone

C13H9ClO216.66

Ammonium formate

63.05

+Toluene

Cl

NH2

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamine

C13H12ClN217.69

+ CO2 + H2O

Carbon dioxide

44

Water

18

NH4HCO2

Step-B

Cl

NH2 +


C13H12ClN217.69

HCl

Hydrochloric acid

36.5

Methanol

Cl

NH2


C13H13Cl2N254.19

HCl



Stage-2

Cl

NH2


C13H13Cl2N254.19x2=508.38

HCl

2 + 2NaOH

L-Tataric acid

Water

Cl

NH2

Cl

NH2+

Sodium hydroxide

2x40=80



+ 2 NaCl

C13H12ClN217.69

C13H12ClN217.69

+ 2 H2O

Sodium chloride

2x58.5=117

Water

2x18=36

(+d) (-l)

Stage-3

para toluene sulphonyl chloride

C7H7ClO2S 190.65

n,n-bis( 2-chloro ethyl) amine Hydrochloride

C4H10Cl3N 178.5

SodiumHydroxide

2X40=80

1-Methanesulfonyl-4-methyl-benzene,(2-chloro-ethyl)-chloromethyl-amine

CH3

SO2Cl

+HN

Cl

Cl

HCl

+ 2NaOHMDC

CH3

SO2 N

Cl

Cl

C11H15Cl2NO2S

296.21

+ 2NaCl

Sodium chloride

2x58.5=117

+ 2H2O

36.0



Stage-4

1-Methanesulfonyl-4-methyl-benzene,(2-chloro-ethyl)-chloromethyl-amine

CH3

SO2 N

Cl

Cl

C11H15Cl2NO2S

296.21

Cl

NH2

+

(L)_(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamine-1-methane sulfonyl-4-methyl-benzene(2-ethyl-methyl-amine

C13H12ClN

217.69

N

Cl

N S

O

O

CH3

1-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-4-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-piperazine

+

C24H25ClN2O2S

440.50

MeOH

2HCl

Hydrochoric acid

2x58.5=117.0



Stage-5

N

Cl

N S

O

O

CH3

1-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-4-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-piperazine

C24H25ClN2O2S

440.99

+ HBr + CH3COOH

Hydrobromic acid

81.0

Acetic acid

60.0

+ H2O

Water

18.0

N

HN

Cl

1-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-piperazine

+ CH3COOBr +

SO2H

CH3

C17H19ClN2

286.80

Bromo acetate

138.95

pTSA

156.20

C7H8O2S

Stage-6

N

HN

Cl

1-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-piperazine

C17H19ClN2

286.80

+

Chloro ethanol

C2H5ClO

80.51

C19H23ClN2O

330.85

CH3

OH

Cl

1-{4-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-piperazin-1-yl}-ethanol

CH3

NN

Cl

OH

TEA+ HCl

36.5



Stage-7: Pharma

C19H23ClN2O

330.85

1-{4-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-piperazin-1-yl}-ethanol

CH3

NN

Cl

OH

Sodium monochloro acetate

Na+

O

O-Cl + 2HCl

DMF

C2H2ClNaO2

116.48

Hydrochloric acid

2x36.5=73

NaCl

Levocetrizine dihydrochloride Sodium chloride

58.50C21H25ClN2O3.2HCl

461.89

+

CH3

O

OO

N

N

Cl

2 HCl

+



LEVOCETRIZINE DIHYDROCHLORIDE

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

140.00Kg

Stage-2

60.00Kg

Stage-3

80.00Kg Effluent Water

MDC Rec

Effluent Water

Effluent Water

Stage-4

110.00Kg

Stage-5


MDC Rec

Toluene Recm

Stage-6

75.00Kg

Stage-7


Effluent Water

DMF Rec

Acetone Rec

MDC Rec

p-chloro benzo phenone

Ammonium formate

Hydrochloric acid

Toluene

Activated carbon

Water

CO2

Toluene Rec

Stage-1

Sodium hydroxide

Tartaric acid

MDC

Water

para toluene sulphonyl chloride

n,n-bis( 2-chloro ethyl)amine HCl

Sodium Hydroxide

MDC

Water

Stage-3

Stage-2

Ethyl di isopropyl amine

Methanol

Methanol Rec

Stage-4

Hydro bromic acid

Acetic acid

Toluene

Water

Stage-5

Chloro ethanol

Triethyl amine

Toluene

Water

Toluene Rec

Stage-6

Sodium mono chloro acetate

Hydrochloric acid

Di methyl formamide

MDC

Activated Carbon

Acetone

Water

LEVOCETRIZINE DI HYDROCHLORIDE



LEVOCETRIZINE DI HYDROCHLORIDE

Material Balance:

Material balance of Levo Cetrizine di Hydrochloride

Stage-1

Batch Size: 100Kg


in kg


in Kg

p-chloro benzo phenone 120.00 Stage-1 140.00

Ammonium formate 37.00 Toluene Recovery 750.00

Hydrochloric acid 25.00 Toluene Loss 40.00


Activated carbon 10.00 (Water-900,generated water-

10,Hydrochloric acid-5,

Toluene-0.5)

Water 900.00 Spent carbon 10.00


(Carbon dioxide)


(Organic impurities-2,

Toluene-10)

Total 1892.00 Total 1892.00


Stage-2

Batch Size: 100Kg


in kg


in Kg

Stage-1 140.00 L-Stage-2 60.00

Sodium hydroxide 25.00 MDC Recovery 665.00

Tartaric acid 32.00 MDC Loss 35.00

MDC 700.00 Effluent Water 877.00

Water 800.00 (Water-800, generated water-

10,Sodium Chloride-32,

Sodium hydroxide-3,

L-Tartaric Acid-32)

D-Isomer Recycled for reuse 60.00

Total 1697.00 Total 1697.00




Stage-3

Batch Size: 100Kg


in kg


in Kg

para toluene sulphonyl chloride 52.00 Stage-3 80.00

n,n-bis( 2-chloro ethyl)amine

HCl

50.00 MDC Recovery 660.00

Sodium Hydroxide 25.00 MDC Loss 35.00


Water 800.00 (Water-800,generated water-

9.8,Sodium chloride-31.9,Sodium

hydroxide-3.18)


(Organic impurities-2.12,MDC-5)

Total 1627.00 Total 1627.00

Material balance of Levo Cetrizine dihydrochloride

Stage-4

Batch Size: 100Kg


in kg


in Kg

Stage-3 80.00 Stage-4 110.00

Stage-2 60.00 Methanol Recovery 370.00

Ethyl di isopropyl amine 28.00 Methanol Loss 20.00

Methanol 400.00 Spent Hydrochloric Acid 19.70

Ethyl diisopropyl amine

Recovered for Reuse 28.00



Methanol-10)





Stage-5

Batch Size: 100Kg


in kg


in Kg

Stage-4 110.00 Stage-5 70.00

Hydro bromic acid 23.00 Toluene Recovery 362.00

Acetic acid 15.00 Toluene Loss 20.00


Water 500.00

(Water-500,Bromoacetate-

34.65,Hydrobromic Acid-2.8,

PTSA-38.96,Toluene-0.5)


(Organic Impurities-7.59,

Toluene-11.5)

Total 1048.00 Total 1048.00

Material balance of Levo Cetrizine di-Hydrochloride

Stage-6

Batch Size: 100Kg


in kg


in Kg

Stage-5 70.00 Stage-6 75.00

Chloro ethanol 20.00 Toluene Recovery 370.00

Triethyl amine 24.70 Toluene Loss 20.00


Water 350.00

(Water-350,Triethyl amine

hydrochloride-36.6,Chloro

ethanol-0.35,Toluene-2)



Toluene-3)




Material balance of Levo Cetrizine di-Hydrochloride

Stage-7:Pharma

Batch Size: 100Kg


in kg


in Kg

Stage-6 75.00 Levo Cetrizine dihydrochloride 100.00

Sodium mono chloro acetate 27.00 MDC Recovery 230.00

Hydrochloric acid 17.00 MDC Loss 12.00

Di methyl formamide 100.00 Acetone Recovery 84.00

MDC 250.00 Acetone Loss 5.00

Activated Carbon 10.00 DMF Recovery 87.00

Acetone 100.00 DMF Loss 5.00


(Water-200,Sodium chloride-

13.26,Acetone-0.5,DMF-0.5)

Spent Carbon 10.00


(Organic Impurities-15.74, MDC-

8,Acetone-5.5,DMF-2.5)




7. LOSARTAN POTASSIUM

Process Description

Stage-1

OTBN and Sodium nitrate are made to react together in Toluene solvent medium

using TEA HCl as catalyst. Product is isolated by using Hydrochloric acid. Reaction

proceeds as per the below equation.

Stage-2

The Above stage-1 material is treated with Trityl chloride. Methylene dichloride is

used as solvent. Product is washed with water and crystallized in Methanol

Stage-3

Stage-2 is dissolved in Methylenedichloride and treated with N-Bromosuccinimide

(NBS). Methylene dichloride is distilled-off to obtain the product. Finally the product

is treated with Sodium Metabisulhite solution. The product is washed with Ethyl

acetate while centrifuging.

Stage-4

Stage-3 mass is dissolved in sodiumborohidride solution. Butylchloroformyl

imidazole (BCFI), TBAB is made to react with stage-3 solution.

Finally treated the mass is dissolved in IPA and HCL mixture. The mass is isolated

by precipitated with water. The reaction mass pH is adjusted with NaOH to get the

Losartan Base.

Stage-5

The stage-4 mass is treated with Potassium hydroxide in Methanol solvent medium.

Product is purified with Carbon. Pharma is isolated by distilling of Methanol.



LOSARTAN POTASSIUM

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

Ortho tolylbenzonitrile

CN

CH3

+

Sodium Azide

NaN3 + NaNO2 + 2 HCl

CH3

NN

NHN

5-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2H-tetrazole

Sodium nitrite Hydrochloric Acid

C14H11N

193.24

65.0 69.0 2X36.46=72.92 C14H12N4

236.27

+ 2 NaCl + H2O + N2

2X58.44=116.89 18.0 28.0 Stage-2

CH3

NN

NHN

5-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2H-tetrazole

C14H12N4

236.27

+

trityl chloride

Cl + HCl

5-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-trityl-2H-tetrazole

36.46

CH3

NN

NN

C19H15Cl

278.78

C33H26N4

478.59



Stage-3

5-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-trityl-2H-tetrazole

CH3

NN

NN

C33H26N4

478.59

+

N-Bromosuccinimide

OON

Br

CH2Br

NN

NN

5-(4'-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-trityl-2H-tetrazole

C4H4BrNO2177.98

C33H25BrN4 557.48

OO

HN

+

Succinimide

C4H5NO299.09

Stage-4 CH2Br

NN

NN

5-(4'-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-trityl-2H-tetrazole

C33H25BrN4 557.48

NH

N

ClCH3

HO+

HO

N

N

HN

N N

N

Cl

+ NaOH

Sodium hydroxide

+

trityl alcohol

OH

Losartan Base

+ NaBr

Sodium bromide

C22H23ClN6O 422.91

C19H16O260.33

102.89

40.0C8H13ClN2O

188.65

Butylchloroformyl imidazole



Stage-5

HO

N

N

HN

N N

N

Cl

Losartan Base

C22H23ClN6O 422.91

+ KOH

HO

N

N

KN

N N

N

Cl

C22H22ClKN6O 461.00

Losartan PotassiumPotassium hydroxide

56.11

+ H2O

18.0



LOSARTAN POTASSIUM

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

70.00Kg

Stage-2

120.00Kg

Stage-3


MDC Rec

Methanol Rec

Effluent Water

Effluent Water

Stage-4

95.00Kg

Stage-5


MDC Rec

Ethyl acetate Rec

Methanol Rec

N2

Toluene Rec

Methanol Rec

IPA Rec

2-Cyano-4-Methyl biphenyl (OTBN)

Sodium Azide

TEA HCl

Hydrochloric acid

Sodium nitrite

Toluene

Water

Stage-1

Trityl chloride

TEA

MDC

Methanol

Water

Stage-2

N-Bromosuccinimide (NBS)

Sodium meta bisulphate

Methylenedichloride

Ethyl Acetate

Water

Stage-3

Butyl chloro formyl imidazole (BCFI)

TBAB

Methanol

IPA HCl

Sodium hydroxide

Water

Effluent Water

Stage-4

Potassium hydroxide

Methanol

Activated Carbon

Water

LOSARTAN POTASSIUM



LOSARTAN POTASSIUM Material Balance:

Material Balance Of Losartan Potassium Stage-1

Batch Size:100kg



2-Cyano-4-Methyl biphenyl (OTBN)

60.00 Stage-1 70.00

Sodium Azide 22.00 Toluene Recovery 370.00

TEA HCl 25.00 Toluene Loss 20.00

Hydrochloric acid 23.00 Effluent water 1068.88

Sodium nitrite 23.00 (Water-1000,generated water-5.6,Sodium chloride-36.28,Toluene-2.0,TEA HCl-25)

Toluene 400.00 Organic Residue 15.43

Water 1000.00 (Organic Impurities-7.43, Toluene-8)


(Nitrogen)

Total 1553.00 Total 1553.00


Batch Size:100kg



Stage-1 70.00 Stage-2 120.00

Trityl chloride 83.00 MDC Recovery 380.00

TEA 30.00 MDC Loss 20.00

MDC 400.00 Methanol Recovery 90.00



(Water-300,TEA HCl-40.8, Methanol-2.5)


(Organic Impurities-15.7, Methanol-2.5)





Batch Size:100kg



Stage-2 120.00 Stage-3 130.00

N-Bromosuccinimide (NBS) 45.00 MDC Recovery 370.00

Sodium meta bisulphate 10.00 MDC Loss 20.00

Methylenedichloride 400.00 Ethyl Acetate Recovery 185.00

Ethyl Acetate 200.00 Ethyl Acetate Loss 10.00


(Water-600,Sodium meta bisulphate-10,Succinimide-25)


(Organic impurities-10,MDC-10, Ethylacetate-5)

Total 1375.00 Total 1375.00


Batch Size:100kg



Stage-3 130.00 Stage-4 95.00

Butyl chloro formyl imidazole (BCFI)

45.00 Methanol Recovery 750.00

TBAB 5.00 Methanol Loss 30.00

Methanol 800.00 IPA Recovery 268.00

IPA HCl 300.00 IPA Loss 15.00

Sodium hydroxide 27.00 Effluent Water 759.70

Water 700.00 (Water-700,Sodium bromide-24,Sodium chloride-24.8,generated water-7.4, Methanol-1.5,IPA-2)


(Organic Impurities-8.1, Methanol-3.5)

By-Product 60.70

(Trityl alcohol)

Total 1990.00 Total 1990.00



Material Balance Of Losartan Potassium Stage-5:Pharma Batch Size:100kg



Stage-4 95.00 Losartan Potassium 100.00

Potassium hydroxide 20.00 Methanol Recovery 368.00


Activated Carbon 15.00 Effluent Water 413.40

Water 400.00 (Water-400,generated water-4,Potassium hydroxide-7.4,Methanol-2)

Spent Carbon 15.00






8. METFORMIN HDYROCHLORIDE


Stage-1

Dimethyl amine Hydrochloride reacts with Dicyandiamide in the presence of Xylene

and Methanol as a solvent media to give Metformin Hydrochloride as product.

METFORMIN HDYROCHLORIDE

Route of synthesis:

Stage-1:

Dimethylamine Hydrochloride

HN

CH3H3C

H

Cl

C2H8ClN

81.54

+

Dicyanodiamide

H2N NH2

NCN

C2H4N4

84.07

H3CN

H3C

NH

NH

NH2

NHH

Cl

C4H12ClN5

165.62

Metformin Hydrochloride

Xylene



METFORMIN HDYROCHLORIDE

Flow Chart:

Stage-1


Xylene Rec

Methanol Rec

Dimethyl amine Hcl

Dicyandiamide

Xylene

Activated carbon

Triethylamine

Sodium chloride

Hyflo

Methanol

Water

METFORMIN HYDROCHLORIDE

METFORMIN HYDROCHLORIDE

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Metformin Hydrochloride Stage-1

Batch Size: 100.0Kg



Dimethyl amine Hcl 108.00 Metformin Hydrochloride 100.00

Dicyandiamide 50.00 Xylene Recovery 1500.00

Xylene 1550.00 Xylene Loss 50.00

Activated carbon 4.00 Methanol Recovery 410.00

Triethylamine 38.50 Methanol Loss 22.00

Sodium chloride 70.00 Effluent water 3738.50

Hyflo 3.00 (Water-3600,Methanol-5,Dimethyl Amine Hydrochloride-25,Sodium chloride-70,Triethylamine-38.5)

Methanol 440.00 Spent carbon + Hyflo 7.00


(Organic Impurities-20,Methanol-3)

Total 5863.50 Total 5863.50



9. SILDENAFIL CITRATE


Stage-1

4-Amino-1-methyl-3-n-propyl pyrazole-5-carboxamide reacts with 2-Ethoxy-5-(4-

methyl piperazinyl) sulfonic benzoic acid in the presence of MDC as solvent media to

give stage-1 as product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 reacts with potassium hydroxide and H ydrochloric acid in the presence of t-

Butanol as a solvent media to give stage-2 as product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 reacts with citric acid in the presence of acetone as a solvent media to give

sildenafil citrate as product.

SILDENAFIL CITRATE

Route of synthesis:

Stage-1:

2-Ethoxy-5-(4-methyl piperazinyl)

sulfonyl benzoic acid

N

NS COOH

OC2H5H3C

O O

C14H20N2O5S

328.38

+

4-Amino-1-methyl-3-n-propyl

pyrazole-5-carboxamide

NN

H2N

H2N

CH3

CH3

O

C8H14N4O

182.22

+ SOCl2

Thionyl chloride

118.97

+ NH3

17.03

Ammonia

N

NS

OC2H5H3C

O O

NH

NN

CH3

H2N

CH3

O

O

4-[2-Ethoxy-5-(4-methyl-piperazine-1-sulfonyl)-

benzoylamino]-2-methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-

carboxylic acid amide

C22H32N6O5S

492.59

+ SO2

Sulphur dioxide

64.06

+ HCl

Hydrochloric acid

36.5

+ NH4Cl

53.49

Ammonium

chloride

MDC



Stage-2:

N

NS

OC2H5H3C

O O

NH

NN

CH3

H2N

CH3

O

O

4-[2-Ethoxy-5-(4-methyl-piperazine-1-sulfonyl)-

benzoylamino]-2-methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-

carboxylic acid amide

C22H32N6O5S

492.59

N

NS

N

HNN

N

CH3

CH3

O

OO

H3C OC2H5

5-[2-Ethoxy-5-(4-methyl-piperazine-1-sulfonyl)-phenyl]-1-

methyl-3-propyl-1,6-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one

C22H30N6O4S

474.57

+ KOH + HCl

Potassium hydroxide

56.10

Hydrochloric acid

36.5

+ 2H2OKCl +

74.55

Potassium chloride 2X18=36.00

t-Butanol



Stage-3:

N

NS

N

HNN

N

CH3

CH3

O

OO

H3C OC2H5

Sildenafil Base

C22H30N6O4S

474.57

+

Citric acid

HO COOH

COOH

COOH

C6H8O7

192.12

Acetone

N

NS

N

HNN

N

CH3

CH3

O

OO

H3C OC2H5

HO COOH

COOH

COOH

Sildenafil Citrate

C28H38N6O11S

666.69



SILDENAFIL CITRATE

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

70.00Kg

Stage-2

73.00Kg

Stage-3

100.00Kg

t-Butanol Rec

Effluent Water

Effluent Water

Acetone Rec

SO2

MDC Rec

Petroleum ether Rec4-Amino-1-methyl-3-n-propyl

pyrazole-5-carboxamide

2-Ethoxy-5-(4methylpiperazinyl)

Thionyl chloride

DMF

MDC

Petroleum ether

Water

Stage-1

Potassium hydroxide

Hydrochloric acid (30%)

t-Butanol

Water

Stage-2

Citric acid

Acetone

SILDENAFIL CITRATE



SILDENAFIL CITRATE

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage1




4-Amino-1-methyl-3-n-propyl pyrazole-5-carboxamide

29.50 Stage-1 77.50

2-Ethoxy-5-(4methylpiperazinyl) sulfonyl benzoic acid

53.10 MDC Recovery 280.00

Thionyl chloride 19.30 MDC Loss 15.00

Ammonia 2.80 Petroleum ether Recovery 57.00

DMF 0.50 Petroleum ether Loss 3.00


Sodium sulfate 20.00 (Water-500,Ammonium chloride-

8.7,DMF-0.5,Hydrochloric Acid-5.92)

Petroleum ether 60.00 Inorganic Solid Waste 20.00

Water 500.00 (Sodium sulfate)


(Sulfur dioxide)


(Organic impurities-2.18,MDC-5)


Material Balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-2




Stage-1 77.50 Stage-2 73.00

Potassium hydroxide 10.00 t-Butanol Recovery 280.00

Hydrochloric acid (30%) 21.70 t-Butanol Loss 15.00

t-Butanol 300.00 Effluent Water 386.50

Water 350.00 (Water-350,generated water-6, Potassium chloride-13.3,t-Butanol-2,water from HCl-15.2)


(Organic impurities-1.7,t-Butanol-3)




Material Balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-3

Batch Size: 100.0Kg



Stage-2 73.00 Sildenafil Citrate 100.00

Citric acid 29.50 Acetone Recovery 283.00

Acetone 300.00 Acetone loss 15.00


(Organic Impurities-2.5,Acetone-2)




10. ZIDOVUDINE

Process Description

Stage-1

β-Thymidine is reacted with Trityl chloride and Tri ethyl amine in the presence of 1,

4-dioxane to give 5’-O-Trityl Thymidine.

Stage-2

5’-O-Trityl Thymidine is reacted with methane sulphonyl chloride and tri ethylamine

in the presence of Toluene to give mesyl thymidine intermediate, which is reacted

with tri ethylamine in the presence of methanol to give 5’-O- Trityl -2,3’-Anhydro

Thymidine.

Stage-3

5’-O-Trityl -2, 3’-Anhydro Thymidine is reacted with sodium azide and ammonium

chloride in the presence of di methyl sulphoxide to give 5’-O-Trityl -Zidovudine.

Stage-4

5’-O-Trityl –Zidovudine is reacted with p-Toluene sulphonic acid monohydrate in the

presence of Methanol to give Zidovudine.



ZIDOVUDINE

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

OHO

HO

N

HN

O

O

CH3

+ (C6H5)3CCl

Triethyl amine

+ C6H15N

1,4-Dioxane

C OO

HO

N

HN

O

O

CH3

+

Thymidine

C10H14N2O5

242.23

Trityl chloride

278.78 101.19

Trityl thymidine

C29H28N2O5

484.54

C6H15N.HCl

Triethyl amine hydrochloride

137.69



Stage-2

Step-A

C OO

HO

N

HN

O

O

CH3

Trityl thymidine

C29H28N2O5

484.54

+ CH3SO2Cl + C6H15N

114.55 101.19

Toluene

C OO

O

N

HN

O

O

CH3

+

SO2CH3

C6H15N.HCl

Methanesulfonic acid 5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-2-trityloxymethyl-tetrahydro-furan-3-yl ester

137.69

C30H30N2O7S

562.63



Step-B

C OO

O

N

HN

O

O

CH3

SO2CH3

Methanesulfonic acid 5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-2-trityloxymethyl-tetrahydro-furan-3-yl ester

C30H30N2O7S

562.63

C OO

N

N

O

CH3

O

Methanol

5-O-Trityl-2,3-anhydro thymidin

C29H26N2O4

466.53

+ C6H15N

101.19

+

C7H16O3S

Triethyl methane sulfonate

SO O

O

180.27

+ NH3

17.0



Stage-3

C OO

N

N

O

CH3

O

5-O-Trityl-2,3-anhydro thymidin

C29H26N2O4

466.53

+ NaN3 + NH4Cl

C OO

N

HN

O

CH3

+

O

N3

NaCl + NH3

5-O-Trityl-Zidovudine

C29H27N5O4

509.56

58.5

Sodium azide

65.01

53.49

17.0

Stage-4

C OO

N

HN

O

CH3

O

N3

5-O-Trityl-Zidovudine

C29H27N5O4

509.56

+

+ H2OMethanol

HOO

N

HN

O

CH3

O

N3

+ C O +

Zidovudine

C10H13N5O4

267.24

Trityl methyl Ether

CH3

S OO

OH

p-Toulenesulfonic Acid

C7H8SO3

172.2

CH3

C20H18O

274.36

S OO

Sulfonic Acid

OH

C6H6O3S

158.18

18.0



ZIDOVUDINE

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

110.00Kg

Stage-2

100.00Kg

Stage-3

100.00Kg

Toluene Rec

Methanol Rec

Effluent Water

Effluent Water

1,4-Dioxane Rec

Toluene Rec

?-Thymidine

1,4-Dioxane

Tri ethyl amine

Trityl chloride

Toluene

Water

Stage-1

Toluene

Methyl sulfonyl chloride

Tri ethyl amine

Methanol

Water

Stage-2

Sodium azide

Ammonium chloride

DMSO

Water

Stage-3

Toluene

Methanol

PTSA Monohydrate

Sodium carbonate

Ethyl Acetate

Activated Carbon

Water

Stage-4

50.00Kg

Toluene Rec

Ethyl Acetate Rec

Methanol Rec

NH3

DMSO Rec

Effluent Water

NH3

Effluent Water

ZIDOVUDINE



ZIDOVUDINE

Material Balance:

Material balance of Zidovudine Stage-1

Batch Size:50.0 Kg


Name of the out put Quantity In Kg

β-Thymidine 70.00 Stage-1 110.00

1,4-Dioxane 700.00 1,4-Dioxane Recovery 660.00

Tri ethyl amine 23.00 1,4-Dioxane Loss 35.00

Trityl chloride 64.00 Toluene Recovery 470.00


Water 950.00 Effluent water 984.30

(Water-950,Triethyl Amine HCl-31.3,Toluene-3)


(Organic impurities-15.7,1,4-Dioxane-5,Toluene-2)

Total 2307.00 Total 2307.00


Batch Size:50.0 Kg



Stage-1 110.00 Stage-2 100.00


Methyl sulfonyl chloride 26.00 Toluene Loss 60.00

Tri ethyl amine 50.00 Methanol Recovery 660.00



(Water-1000,TEA-4.5, Tri ethyl methane sulfonate-40, Toluene-2,Methanol-2)

Triethyl Amine Hydrochloride Recovery

31.30


(Organic impurities-6.4, Toluene-10,Methanol-3)


(Ammonia)

Total 3086.00 Total 3086.00




Batch Size:50.0 Kg



Stage-3 100.00 Zidovudine 50.00


Methanol 800.00 Toluene Loss 94.00

PTSA Monohydrate 34.00 Ethyl Acetate Recovery 1215.00

Sodium carbonate 10.00 Ethyl Acetate Loss 65.00

Ethyl Acetate 1300.00 Methanol Recovery 753.00

Activated Carbon 5.00 Methanol Loss 40.00


(Water-1196.5,Sulfonic Acid-31.2,Sodium carbonate-10,Methanol-2,Toluene-2)

0

Spent Carbon 5.00


(Organic impurities-12.46, Toluene-20,Trimethyl ether-53.84,Ethylacetate-10, Methanol-5)

Total 5369.00 Total 5369.00


Batch Size:50.0 Kg



Stage-2 100.00 Stage-3 100.00

Sodium azide 14.00 DMSO Recovery 560.00

Ammonium chloride 12.00 DMSO Loss 30.00

DMSO 600.00 Effluent water 1417.60

Water 1400.00 (Water-1400,Sodium Chloride-12.6,DMSO-5)


(Ammonia) 0


(Organic impurities-9.75, DMSO-5)

Total 2126.00 Total 2126.00



2.6 POLLUTION LOAD

Pollution load and generation of waste per day from all the proposed products is given in below table 2.3

TABLE 2.3: CONSOLIDATED POLLUTION LOAD OF ALL PRODUCTS PER DAY QUANTITES

S.No

Product Name

Production Capacities

Kg/Day

Water Input

In Liters

Effluent Details Solid waste Details Emissions Details

Water In Effluent In Kgs

Inorganics In Water In Kgs

Organics in water In Kgs

TDS In Kgs

COD In Kgs

HTDS In Kgs

LTDS In Kgs

Total Effluent In Kgs

Organic waste In Kgs

Inorganic waste In Kgs

Spent carbon In Kgs

Total Hazardous

waste In Kgs

Process In Kgs

Fugitive In Kgs


666.67 24000.00 24000.00 890.00 33.33 890.00 50.00 24923.33 0.00 24923.33 153.33 0.00 46.67 200.00 0.00 480.00

2 5-Cyano Pthalide

333.33 333.33 333.33 157.07 3.33 157.07 10.40 493.73 0.00 493.73 86.43 0.00 0.00 86.43 137.83 166.67

3 Atorvastatin Calcium

66.67 1658.67 1662.53 6.80 22.80 6.80 57.04 461.07 1231.07 1692.14 74.60 0.00 1.33 75.93 2.67 88.73

4 Lansoprazole 100.00 2537.00 2602.00 201.80 2.50 201.80 6.00 2806.30 0.00 2806.30 78.20 0.00 3.00 81.20 35.00 77.50

5 Sildenafil Citrate

66.67 566.67 580.80 18.61 1.67 18.61 4.07 601.08 0.00 601.08 10.92 13.33 0.00 24.25 6.93 32.00

6 Zidovudine 66.67 3033.33 3031.00 83.40 13.67 83.40 29.03 3128.07 0.00 3128.07 105.43 0.00 3.33 108.76 4.97 256.00


66.67 2366.67 2386.53 122.33 2.67 122.33 7.59 2545.00 0.00 2545.00 67.33 0.00 13.33 80.66 16.33 128.00


66.67 1033.33 1159.05 62.38 1.00 62.38 3.12 1222.43 0.00 1222.43 28.31 0.00 6.67 34.98 0.00 94.67

9 Lamivudine 66.67 4533.33 4588.40 75.01 33.33 75.01 38.99 4696.75 0.00 4696.75 31.43 42.00 6.67 80.10 22.59 120.00

10 Losartan Potassium

100.00 3000.00 3017.00 193.28 10.00 193.28 20.04 3220.28 0.00 3220.28 83.83 0.00 15.00 98.83 8.69 140.00

Total 1600.00 43062.33 43360.64 1810.68 124.30 1810.68 226.28 44098.04 1231.07 45329.11 719.81 55.33 96.00 871.14 235.01 1583.57



2.6.1 PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION

TABLE 2.4: WATER REQUIREMENT DETAILS


In KLD

1 Process 43.06

2 Washings 3.00

3 Boiler Daily water Make up 47.00

4 Cooling Towers Daily water Make up

24.00

5 DM Plant 2.00



8 Gardening 5.00

Total 128.56




TABLE 2.5: EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS


1 Process 45.33

2 Washings 3.00





7 Domestic 2.00

Total 65.33



TABLE 2.6: HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT DETAILS

S. No Purpose HTDS

In KLD

LTDS In KLD

Effluent In KLD

Disposal Method


2 Washings 0.00 3.00 3.00



0.00 4.00 4.00


2.00 0.00 2.00

6 Scrubbing system

2.00 0.00 2.00


Total 55.1 10.23 65.33

2.6.2 WASTE WATER CHARACTERISTICS:

Estimated wastewater characteristics

*We are going to achieve zero discharge.

2.6.3 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS

TABLE - 2.7: PROPOSED HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND

DISPOSAL


In Kg/Day

Method Of Disposal








S. No Parameters

Unit

Results

Before treatment

After treatment*

1. pH pH unit 8.5-9.0 7.0-7.5

2. HTDS mg/L >5000 <500-800

3. LTDS mg/L <5000 <300

4. COD mg/L 4000-4500 50-100






20 Nos / Day






2.7 Power (Energy) Requirement

The power requirement for this proposal project is about 850 KVA and will be met

from the State Power Distribution Corporation.

2.8 Utilities

TABLE 2.8: LIST OF UTILITIES

S. No Description Capacity Status

1 Coal fired boilers 2 X 4.0TPH Proposed

2 DG Sets 2 X 250KVA Proposed

3 Cooling towers 2 X 200TR Proposed

2.9 PROPOSED BOILER & DG SETS:

For generation of Steam, the industry proposing two numbers of 4.0TPH coal fired


authorized sources.

Proposing two numbers of 250 KVA DG sets for usage during the power failures.

The emission details are presented in below table No 2.9 & 2.10



TABLE 2.9: EMISSION CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF BOILER

Particulars Units 4.0 TPH Coal fired

Boiler



Ash Content % 47



No. of Stacks No 1






gm/sec 0.27



Pollution Control Equipment - Cyclone separator

followed by suitable pack of Bag filters

TABLE 2.10: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF DG SETS

Capacity

In KVA

Emission

of SPM

in

mg/Nm3

Emission

Of SO2

in

mg/Nm3

Emission

of NOx

in

mg/Nm3

Stack

dia.

In m

Flue

Gas

Temp.

in OC

Stack

Height

in m

Flue gas

Velocity

In m/sec.

250 KVA 65.0 110.0 135.0 0.30 220 10 18.50



2.10 DETAILS OF SOLVENTS INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS PRODUCT WISE

A liquid substance capable of dissolving other substances; "the solvent does not change its state in forming a solution". Details of

solvents given below in a table 2.11.

TABLE 2.11: DETAILS OF SOLVENT INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS [PRODUCT WISE]

S. No Product Name Production

in Kgs/Day

Solvent Details

Solvent Name

Solvent Input

In Kgs/Day

Solvent Recovery

In Kgs/Day

Solvent Loss

In Kgs/Day

Solvent to waste water

In Kgs/Day

Solvent to

Residue In

Kgs/Day


666.67 Xylene 10333.33 10000.00 333.33 0.00 0.00

Methanol 2933.33 2733.33 146.67 33.33 20.00

Total

13266.67 12733.33 480.00 33.33 20.00

2 5-Cyano Pthalide 333.33 Toluene 3333.33 3133.33 166.67 3.33 30.00

Total

3333.33 3133.33 166.67 3.33 30.00

3 Atorvastatin Calcium 66.67 Methanol 677.33 628.67 36.67 0.00 12.00

Acetone 93.33 86.67 3.33 0.00 3.33

Toluene 493.33 453.33 24.67 4.00 11.33

IPA 480.00 446.67 24.00 0.00 9.33

Total

1744.00 1615.33 88.67 4.00 36.00

4 Lansoprazole 100.00 MIBK 130.00 120.00 6.00 0.00 4.00

Toluene 460.00 430.00 20.00 0.00 10.00




175.00 167.00 8.00 0.00 0.00

IPA 250.00 230.50 10.00 2.50 7.00

Chloroform 465.00 436.75 23.25 0.00 0.00

Acetone 125.00 110.75 6.25 0.00 6.00

Total

1605.00 1495.00 73.50 2.50 27.00

5 Sildenafil Citrate 66.67 MDC 200.00 186.67 10.00 0.00 3.33

t-Butanol 200.00 186.67 10.00 1.33 2.00

Acetone 200.00 188.67 10.00 0.00 1.33

Total

600.00 562.00 30.00 1.33 6.67

6 Zidovudine 66.67 1,4-Dioxane 466.67 440.00 23.33 0.00 3.33

Toluene 2413.33 2268.00 119.33 4.67 21.33

Methanol 1000.00 942.00 50.00 2.67 5.33

DMSO 400.00 373.33 20.00 3.33 3.33

Ethyl acetate 866.67 810.00 43.33 0.00 6.67

Total

5146.67 4833.33 256.00 10.67 40.00


66.67 Toluene 1066.67 988.00 53.33 5.33 20.00

MDC 1100.00 1036.67 54.67 0.00 8.67

Methanol 266.67 246.67 13.33 6.67 0.00

Acetone 66.67 56.00 6.67 0.33 3.67

DMF 66.67 58.00 3.33 3.67 1.67

Total

2566.67 2385.33 131.33 16.00 34.00

8 Escitalopram Oxalate 66.67 Toluene 466.67 440.00 23.33 1.00 3.00



IPA 333.33 313.33 16.67 0.00 3.33

MDC 800.00 753.33 40.00 0.00 6.67

Acetone 300.00 282.00 14.67 0.00 3.33

Total

1900.00 1788.67 94.67 1.00 16.33

9 Lamivudine 66.67 Cyclohexane 733.33 703.33 30.00 0.00 0.00

Toluene 673.33 636.67 30.00 0.00 6.67

n-Hexane 286.67 260.00 13.33 0.00 13.33


733.33 700.00 33.33 0.00 0.00

Ethyl acetate 100.00 86.67 6.67 0.00 6.67

DMF 36.00 26.67 6.67 2.67 0.00

Total

2562.67 2413.33 120.00 2.67 26.67

10 Losartan Potassium 100.00 Toluene 400.00 370.00 20.00 2.00 8.00

MDC 800.00 750.00 40.00 0.00 10.00

Methanol 1300.00 1208.00 55.00 6.00 16.00

Ethyl acetate 200.00 185.00 10.00 0.00 5.00

IPA 300.00 268.00 15.00 2.00 0.00

Total

3000.00 2781.00 140.00 10.00 39.00

Total Solvents of all products

1600.00

35725.00 33740.67 1580.83 84.83 275.67



2.11 DETAILS OF PROCESS EMISSIONS.











2.12 LIST OF THE RAW MATERIALS PRODUCT WISE

1. 5-CYANO PHTHALIDE

S. No Raw Material Used in Kgs/Batch

Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 5-Carboxy Phthalic Acid 115.00 383.33 Indigenous

2 Thionyl Chloride 76.80 256.00 Indigenous

3 Toluene 500.00 1666.67 Indigenous

4 Ammonia 30.00 100.00 Indigenous



2. ATORVASTAIN CALCIUM


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 Tert-Butyl-2-[(4R,6S)]-6-(cyanomethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-Dioxan-4-yl] acetate

66.40 44.27 Indigenous

2 Palladium carbon 1.20 0.80 Indigenous

3 Methanol 1016.00 677.33 Indigenous

4 Hydrogen 5.00 3.33 Indigenous

5 Aniline 27.20 18.13 Indigenous

6 Dimethyl Carbonate 27.20 18.13 Indigenous

7 2-Methyl-2-Butanone 27.20 18.13 Indigenous

8 Benzaldehyde 27.60 18.40 Indigenous

9 Potassium carbonate 5.00 3.33 Indigenous

10 Acetone 140.00 93.33 Indigenous


12 Fluorobenzaldehyde 28.80 19.20 Indigenous



13 Paratoluene sulfonic acid 2.00 1.33 Indigenous

14 IPA 720.00 480.00 Indigenous

15 Atrovastatin Ester 132.00 88.00 Indigenous

16 Sulfuric Acid 3.20 2.13 Indigenous

17 Calcium Acetate 15.00 10.00 Indigenous

18 Activated Carbon 2.00 1.33 Indigenous

3. ESCITALOPRAM OXALATE


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 4-[4-Dimethylamino-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-hydroxy-butyl]-3-hydroxy methyl-benzonitrile HBr

120.00 80.00 Indigenous

2 D-P-Toluyl-D-Tartaric Acid 48.00 32.00 Indigenous

3 Sodium hydroxide (20%) 200.00 133.33 Indigenous


5 Isopropyl Alcohol 500.00 333.33 Indigenous

6 Methane Sulfonyl Chloride 28.50 19.00 Indigenous

7 Triethyl amine 25.00 16.67 Indigenous

8 MDC 1200.00 800.00 Indigenous

9 Oxalic Acid 32.00 21.33 Indigenous



4. LAMIVUDINE


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 L(+ )Menthol 82.60 55.07 Indigenous

2 2,5 Diethane 85.00 56.67 Indigenous

3 Acetic Acid 43.00 28.67 Indigenous


5 Cyclohexane 1100.00 733.33 Indigenous

6 Cytosine 58.55 39.03 Indigenous

7 Dimethylformamide 54.00 36.00 Indigenous

8 Ethyl Acetate 150.00 100.00 Indigenous

9 Formaldehyde 16.00 10.67 Indigenous

10 Glyoxalic Acid (35%) 112.00 74.67 Indigenous

11 HMDS 15.00 10.00 Indigenous

12 Methylene Dichloride 1100.00 733.33 Indigenous

13 MSA 1.00 0.67 Indigenous

14 n-Hexane 430.00 286.67 Indigenous

15 Sodium Bisulfate 63.00 42.00 Indigenous



16 Sodium Carbonate 15.00 10.00 Indigenous

17 Sulphuric Acid 3.00 2.00 Indigenous

18 Thioinyl Chloride 63.00 42.00 Indigenous



5. LANSOPRAZOLE


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 2,3-Lutidine 46.00 46.00 Indigenous

2 2-Mercapto Benzimidazole

49.00 49.00

Indigenous

3 Acetic Acid 64.00 64.00 Indigenous

4 Acetic Anhydride 130.00 130.00 Indigenous



7 Catalyst 1.00 1.00 Indigenous

8 Chloroform 465.00 465.00 Indigenous

9 Hydrogen Chloride Gas 14.00 14.00 Indigenous

10 Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 55.00 55.00 Indigenous

11 Isopropyl Alcohol 250.00 250.00 Indigenous

12 Methylene Dichloride 175.00 175.00 Indigenous

13 MIBK 130.00 130.00 Indigenous

14 Nitric Acid 30.00 30.00 Indigenous

15 Potassium Carbonate 53.00 53.00 Indigenous

16 Sodium Hydroxide 60.00 60.00 Indigenous

17 TEBAC 1.00 1.00 Indigenous



20 Tri Fluoro Ethanol 39.00 39.00 Indigenous

6. LEVO CETIRIZINE DI HYDROCHLORIDE


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 p-chloro benzo phenone 120.00 80.00 Indigenous

2 Acetic acid 15.00 10.00 Indigenous

3 Activated carbon 20.00 13.33 Indigenous

4 Ammonium formate 37.00 24.67 Indigenous

5 Chloro ethanol 20.00 13.33 Indigenous

6 Di methyl formamide 100.00 66.67 Indigenous

7 Ethyl di isopropyl amine 28.00 18.67 Indigenous



8 Hydro bromic acid 23.00 15.33 Indigenous

9 Hydrochloric acid 42.00 28.00 Indigenous

10 MDC 1650.00 1100.00 Indigenous


12 n, n-bis ( 2-chloro ethyl)amine HCl

50.00 33.33

Indigenous

13 para toluene sulphonyl chloride

52.00 34.67

Indigenous

14 Sodium hydroxide 50.00 33.33 Indigenous

15 Sodium mono chloro acetate 27.00 18.00 Indigenous

16 Tartaric acid 32.00 21.33 Indigenous




7. LOSARTAN POTASSIUM


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 2-Cyano-4-Methyl biphenyl (OTBN)

60.00 60.00

Indigenous


3 Butyl chloro formyl imidazole (BCFI)

45.00 45.00

Indigenous


5 Hydrochloric acid 23.00 23.00 Indigenous

6 IPA HCl 300.00 300.00 Indigenous



9 Methylenedichloride 400.00 400.00 Indigenous

10 N-Bromosuccinimide (NBS)

45.00 45.00

Indigenous

11 Potassium hydroxide 20.00 20.00 Indigenous

12 Sodium Azide 22.00 22.00 Indigenous

13 Sodium hydroxide 27.00 27.00 Indigenous

14 Sodium meta bisulphate 10.00 10.00 Indigenous

15 Sodium nitrite 23.00 23.00 Indigenous

16 TBAB 5.00 5.00 Indigenous

17 TEA 30.00 30.00 Indigenous

18 TEA HCl 25.00 25.00 Indigenous


20 Trityl chloride 83.00 83.00 Indigenous



8. METFORMIN HDYROCHLORIDE


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 Dimethyl amine Hcl 108.00 720.00 Indigenous

2 Dicyandiamide 50.00 333.33 Indigenous

3 Xylene 1550.00 10333.33 Indigenous

4 Activated carbon 4.00 26.67 Indigenous

5 Triethylamine 38.50 256.67 Indigenous

6 Sodium chloride 70.00 466.67 Indigenous

7 Hyflo 3.00 20.00 Indigenous


9. SILDENAFIL CITRATE


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 4-Amino-1-methyl-3-n-propyl pyrazole-5-carboxamide

29.50

19.67

Indigenous

2 2-Ethoxy-5-(4methylpiperazinyl) sulfonyl benzoic acid

53.10

35.40

Indigenous


4 Ammonia 2.80 1.87 Indigenous

5 Citric acid 29.50 19.67 Indigenous

6 DMF 0.50 0.33 Indigenous

7 Hydrochloric acid (30%) 21.70 14.47 Indigenous


9 Petroleum ether 60.00 40.00 Indigenous

10 Potassium hydroxide 10.00 6.67 Indigenous

11 Sodium sulfate 20.00 13.33 Indigenous

12 t-Butanol 300.00 200.00 Indigenous

13 Thionyl chloride 19.30 12.87 Indigenous



10. ZIDOVUDINE


Used in Kgs/Day

Source

1 β-Thymidine 70.00 46.67 Indigenous

2 1,4-Dioxane 700.00 466.67 Indigenous


4 Ammonium chloride 12.00 8.00 Indigenous

5 DMSO 600.00 400.00 Indigenous



9 Methyl sulfonyl chloride 26.00 17.33 Indigenous

10 PTSA Monohydrate 34.00 22.67 Indigenous

11 Sodium azide 14.00 9.33 Indigenous

12 Sodium carbonate 10.00 6.67 Indigenous


16 Tri ethyl amine 73.00 48.67 Indigenous

18 Trityl chloride 64.00 42.67 Indigenous

DESCRIPTION OF THE

ENVIRONMENT

CHAPTER -III

EIA Report M/s S.M. Labs Pvt Ltd. Unit-III

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - III Page 1

CHAPTER-III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION

The baseline environmental qualities of various environmental components like air,

noise, water,land, flora and fauna and socio-economic form an important and integral

part of any environmental study. The baseline data forms the basis for predicting

/assessing the environmental impacts of the proposed project. The baseline

environmental quality is assessed through field surveys within the impact zone as well

as secondary data for various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water and

land and socio-economic.

Various environmental conditions exist in the area surrounding the project site, which

are liable to be affected due to the project activities, have been assessed quantitatively

as well as qualitatively. In order to assess the feasibility of the said project, a study

related to the present environment condition has been carried out by generating the

baseline data.

3.1 STUDY AREA

M/s. S.M Labs (P) Ltd., proposed to establish new bulk drug and intermediate

manufacturing unit – III at Sy. No.s 1058 & 1059, Machanpally Village, Bommalramaram

Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State. It is necessary for the environmental

assessment studies to establish baseline status for valued Environmental components,

which are likely to be affected because of the proposed activity.

Hence, it is imperative to study the existing environmental conditions not only to

establish the pre-project physical, biological, and socio-economic conditions, but also to

predict environmental impacts caused during the construction and operation phases of

the project.

3.2 STUDY PERIOD

The baseline study was assessed during October 2014 – December 2014 in a study

area covering 10 km radial distance from the project site. The Base Map showing 10

Km Radius of the project site is shown in Figure 3.1



The ambient air quality, water quality, and soil quality status within the area forms the

baseline information over which the predicted impacts due to the proposed project can

be superimposed in order to obtain the post project scenario of the study area

environment.

3.3 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment

Scope and Methodology

In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water and its quality

and quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as geographical

set-up, climate and rainfall conditions, hydrological features, topography, soil

characteristics, the nature and thickness of underlying frock formations and other

related aspects that prevail in an area. Therefore the study envisages indentifying the

existing ground water conditions comprising both quality and potential within the project

site and its neighborhood, relating the projected utilization for the production, identifying

the likely impacts on surface and ground water resources and indicating mitigation

measures. In order to accomplish the proposed objective of the study, the scope and

methodology adopted is as follows:

Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the

reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) Geological Survey

of India (GSI), other Institutions and Departments.

Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role in the

occurrence of ground water its quality and potential.

Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area.

Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the project

site.

Bring out various events and processes that comprise the project activity.

Identify the site specific environmental issues and mitigation measures and

Compile a consolidated, comprehensive and meaningful report of the Project

site and its catchment area.

Initially the data and scientific information available in the EIA and EMP reports and

reports of Central Ground Water Board have been collected. Subsequently field

investigation was carried out to study surface rock outcrops, geological cross sections in

the road cuttings and open wells were observed. Inventory of wells representing the



entire watershed area was carried out. Hydrogeological data of about 10 wells was

collected. Water levels were recorded in the bore wells and Dug wells were observed to

be dry.

The inventoried well data showed that the depth to water level ranging between 18-30m

below ground level.

Information already available and the data collected during the survey is collated and

analyzed to comprehend the overall ground water situation in the area. An attempt is

made to predict the likely changes that could occur on account of the proposed bulk

drug manufacturing and certain mitigation measures have been indicated to avoid

adverse effect on the ground water environment.

3.3.1 Topography

The site is a part of pediplain shallow weathered and is a plain land sloping towards

South and South West. The site is at an altitude of 520 m MSL. No major streams are

passing through the site. Drainage pattern observed is Dendritic to sub-dendritic.

3.3.2. Geology

The region of the subject area belongs to the Grey Granite of Archaean Age. This is

correlated with the boulders and sheet rock exposed in the buffer zone and well

inventory data.

3.3.3 Hydrogeology

The proposed manufacturing unit is located on the divide portion of the catchment and

is over the run off zone. No major streams are passing through the site. The catchment

area of the proposed site is small and recharge conditions are moderate. However, the

buffer zone of 10Kms radius has good catchment and recharge potential with streams

and tanks of considerable storage potential.

All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes of storm

flows during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon season. The width of

the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock formations. A

drainage map of the area around the proposed plant is shown in Figure 3.2.



The proposed area is categorized as Safe by the Groundwater department and scope

for development & stage of groundwater is limited. The site is feasible for groundwater

extraction for the proposed bulk drug manufacturing unit and also as the area falls

under safe area thrust should be on providing artificial recharge structures and

utilization of surface water tanks located nearby with due permission from the State

Government.



FIGURE 3.1 SHOWING BASE MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.1 SHOWING DRAINAGE MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



3.3.4 Micrometeorology and Climate

The micrometeorological conditions at the project site will regulate the transport and

diffusion of air pollutants released into the atmosphere. The principle meteorological

variables are horizontal convective transport (average wind speed and direction),

vertical convective transport (atmospheric stability, mixing height) and topography of

the area.

The meteorological data recorded during the study period is used for interpretation of

the baseline information as well as input for air quality simulation models.

Meteorological data was collected for post monsoon (October, November December

2014). A meteorological station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above

the ground level. All care was taken to see that the station is free from obstructions

to free flow of winds. Wind speed, wind direction, temperature and relative humidity

data was collected daily on hourly basis during the study period.

The wind rose diagram for the study area is shown in Figure 3.2. The analysis of the

average wind pattern shows predominant winds from SE,E and ESE with wind

frequencies of 9.7, 8.4 and 8.0 % respectively. The calm conditions were prevailed

for 24.9 % of the total time. Average wind speed 1.55 m/s.

A. Temperature:

During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as

16.00 °C and 36.80°C respectively.

B. Relative Humidity:

During the study period the minimum and maximum relative humidity at project site,

was recorded as 42.00 % and 64.00 % respectively.

C. Rainfall

No rainfall is observed during the study period at project site. The normal annual

rainfall in the District is 689.8.00 mm (Source: Director of Economics & Statistics).

D. Wind Direction and Wind Speed

The data on surface meteorological parameters (hourly average wind speed &

direction) in the study area were collected during October 2014 to December 2014

by installing automatic weather monitoring station at project site. The sensors of this

equipment were kept at about 10 m above ground level with free exposure to the



atmosphere. The data on temperature as well relative humidity were also recorded

simultaneously using a data logger.

These were positioned considering wind speed, downward and upward direction.

The recording was on hourly basis for three months. Wind rose of sixteen sector

basis data was collected on 24 hourly bases.

The hourly wind speed and wind direction observations are computed and the wind

rose diagrams are presented in Figure 3.3. The Frequency Distribution Wind

Directions and Wind Speeds are shown in Table 3.1. The following observations can

be made from the collected data;

Calm period is observed to be 24.9 % during the time of monitoring.

The predominant wind direction is SE, & E.

Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in ESE.

Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 0.5 - 2.1 m/sec, 2.1

-3.6 m/Sec, 3.6 – 5.7 m/sec , 5.7 – 8.8 m/sec & >= 11.1 m/Sec with frequency

of distribution percentages ranges from 54.6, 12.1, 6.3 ,2.0 & 0.1



TABLE 3.1: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION WIND DIRECTIONS AND WIND SPEEDS

S. No Directions Wind Classes (m/s)

0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total (%)

1 N 348.75 - 11.25 2.0 0.8 0.3 0.1 0.0 0.0 3.2

2 NNE 11.25 - 33.75 5.6 1.4 0.6 0.2 0.0 0.0 7.9

3 NE 33.75 - 56.25 4.0 1.1 0.5 0.2 0.0 0.0 5.8

4 ENE 56.25 - 78.75 5.1 0.8 0.6 0.3 0.0 0.0 6.9

5 E 78.75 - 101.25 6.1 1.4 0.7 0.1 0.0 0.0 8.4

6 ESE 101.25 - 123.75 6.3 0.9 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.0

7 SE 123.75 - 146.25 6.9 1.6 0.8 0.3 0.0 0.0 9.7

8 SSE 146.25 - 168.75 2.6 0.7 0.3 0.1 0.0 0.0 3.7

9 S 168.75 - 191.25 2.0 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 2.6

10 SSW 191.25 - 213.75 0.7 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.1

11 SW 213.75 - 236.25 0.8 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.1

12 WSW 236.25 - 258.75 1.3 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.8

13 W 258.75 - 281.25 1.5 0.4 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.3

14 WNW 281.25 - 303.75 3.0 0.6 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 4.0

15 NW 303.75 - 326.25 2.3 0.8 0.3 0.1 0.0 0.0 3.4

16 NNW 326.25 - 348.75 4.3 0.8 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.5

Sub-Total 54.6 12.1 6.3 2.0 0.0 0.1 75.1

Calms

24.9

Missing/Incomplete

0.0

Total

100.0



FIGURE 3.3: WINDROSE DAIGRAM: PERIOD: October 2014– December 2014

Source: WRPLOT VIEW - Lakes Environmental Software

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST2.4%

4.8%

7.2%

9.6%

12%

WIND SPEED

(m/s)

>= 11.1

8.8 - 11.1

5.7 - 8.8

3.6 - 5.7

2.1 - 3.6

0.5 - 2.1

Calms: 24.86%



3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the ambient air quality monitoring is to establish the baseline conditions

with respect to the study area of a 10 km radius around the project site. The sources of

pollution are industries, vehicular traffic, agricultural fields, unpaved roads and domestic

fuel burning etc.

The base line status of the ambient air quality will be assessed through scientifically

designed Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Network.

The selection of sampling locations in the air quality surveillance programme is based

on the following.

(a) Representation of project site.

(b) Representation of down wind direction.

(c) Representation of upwind direction.

(d) Representation of cross sectional distribution in the down wind direction.

(e) Representation of residential areas.

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient

Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was

carried out at eight locations during the study period and the locations are shown in

Figure 3.4. The locations of the different stations with respect to its distance and

direction from project site are shown in Table 3.2.



TABLE 3.2: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS

S. No. Code Name of Sampling

Location Distance (KMs)

w.r.t Project Direction

w.r.t Project

1 A1 Project Site -- --

2 A2 Maryala 2.4 ESE

3 A3 Anantaram 8.7 SE

4 A4 Nagineniaplli 5.0 SSW

5 A5 Bommal Ramaram 4.6 WSW

6 A6 Machanpally 0.9 W

7 A7 Madhapuram 6.3 NNW

8 A8 Chaudharpalli 1.8 ENE

The monitoring was carried out for a three month period (October 2014 – December

2014) at a frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a continuous 24- hour

schedule.

The following parameters were monitored in the study area :

Particulate Matter (PM10)

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Hydro Carbons (HC)

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)

PAH’S



FIGURE 3.4: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



3.4.1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 for the notified Industrial, Residential,

Rural and Other Areas as well as Sensitive Areas are presented in table below. The

state has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.

TABLE 3.3: NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

S.No

Pollutant

Time Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial, Residential, Rural and

Other Area

Ecological Sensitive Area

(Notified by Central

Government)

Methods of

Measurement

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3

Annual* 24 Hours**

50

80

20

80

Improved west and Gaeke Ultraviolet fluorescence

2 Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2 µg/m

3

Annual* 24 Hours**

40

80

30

80

Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Nn-Arsenite) Chemiluminescence

3 Particulate matter (size Less than 10µm) µg/m3

Annual* 24 Hours**

60

100

60

100

Gravimetic TOEM Beta Attenuation

4 Particulate matter (size less than 2.5 µm) µg/m

3

Annual* 24 Hours**

40

60

40

60

Gravimetic TOEM Beta Attenuation

5 Ozone µg/m3

8 hours** 1 hour**

100

180

100

180

UV Photometric Chemilminescence Chemical Method

6 Lead (Pb) µg/m

3

Annual* 24 hours**

0.50

1.0

0.50

1.0

AAS /ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper ED-XRF using Teflon filter.

7 Carbon Monooxide mg/m

3

8 hours** 1 hour**

02

04

02

04

Non Dispersive Infra Red(NDIR) Spectroscopy

8 Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours**

100

400

100

400

Chemilminescence Indophenols blue method

9 Benzene µg/m3 Annual*

05

05

Gas Chromatography based continuous analyzer Absorption and Desorption followed by



GC analysis

10 Benzo(a) pyrene (BaP)- Particulate Phase only ng/m3

Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction followed by HPLC/GC analysis

11 Arsenic ng/m3 Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

12 Nickel ng/m3 Annual* 20 20 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

G.S.No.826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW.

*Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for a week 24

hourly at uniform interval.

**24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year.

3.4.2. Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ)

The Maximum, Minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling are shown in

Table 3.4. The location wise monitored Ambient Air Quality details are presented in

Table 3.5 to Table 3.12.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

Particulate Matter (PM10) monitored in the study area showed 98th percentile values

in the range of 56.27 – 61.53 μg/ m3. Highest value of 61.53 μg/ m3 was recorded

at Anantaram.

2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored in the study area showed 98th percentile

values in the range of 20.02 – 22.46 μg/m3. Highest value of 22.46 μg/ m3 was

recorded at Bommalaramaram.

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data

was in the range of 10.87 – 13.91 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 13.91

μg/ m3 obtained near the sampling locations of Machanpally.



4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were in

the range with 98th percentile values between 15.96 – 18.27 μg/ m3. A maximum

value of 18.27μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Choudharpalli

sampling station.

5. Carbon Monoxides(CO)

98th percentile value of Carbon Monoxide in the study area from the monitored data

was in the range of 0.29 – 0.46 mg/ m3. Maximum value of Carbon Monoxide of

0.46 mg/ m3 obtained near the sampling locations at Choudharpalli.

6. Hydro Carbons (HC)

Hydro Carbons concentration in study area was found to be Below Detectable Limit

of< 0.1 ppm.



TABLE 3.4: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98TH PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE

SAMPLING LOCATIONS

* VOC Values monitored was Below Detectable Limit i.e 1 ppm

* HC & PAH Values monitored was Below Detectable Limit i.e 0.1 ppm


Location

PM10(µg/M3) PM2.5(µg/M3) SO2(µg/M3) NOX(µg/M3) CO (mg/M3)

Min Max 98 th Min Max 98 th Min Max 98 th Min Max 98 th Min Max 98 th

A1 Project Site 46.13 56.33 56.27 14.22 21.14 21.10 8.54 12.68 12.66 13.63 16.25 15.96 0.12 0.51 0.44

A2 Maryala 49.31 60.52 60.48 17.42 21.93 21.79 9.65 13.13 13.00 12.85 16.56 16.50 0.13 0.29 0.29

A3 Anantaram 50.36 62.14 61.53 15.83 20.35 20.02 9.28 13.53 13.22 14.28 17.85 17.71 0.12 0.41 0.37

A4 Naginenipalli 49.33 61.24 60.77 19.32 22.58 22.37 9.78 12.88 12.87 12.94 16.92 16.87 0.14 0.36 0.35

A5 Bommalaramaram 52.86 60.26 59.78 18.62 22.56 22.46 9.74 12.95 12.92 14.38 17.32 17.09 0.12 0.35 0.35

A6 Machanpally 47.32 60.93 60.92 18.92 21.92 21.80 10.22 14.52 13.91 12.62 17.24 16.94 0.14 0.36 0.36

A7 Madhapuram 40.38 62.52 61.52 15.30 21.67 21.56 8.45 12.54 11.65 12.85 18.13 18.13 0.11 0.54 0.45

A8 Choudharpalli 45.47 60.35 60.01 15.30 22.60 21.92 7.90 10.97 10.87 14.25 18.65 18.27 0.13 0.47 0.46

CPCB Standards’ 100.00 60.00 80.00 80.00 2.00



TABLE 3.5: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: A1(PLANT SITE)

Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO HC VOC PAH

03.10.2014 1 46.13 14.22 9.12 13.63 0.12 BDL BDL BDL

04.10.2014 1 47.54 15.66 9.65 13.85 0.12 BDL BDL BDL

09.10.2014 2 49.74 17.14 9.87 14.01 0.13 BDL BDL BDL

10.10.2014 2 51.14 18.63 10.12 14.12 0.15 BDL BDL BDL

15.10.2014 3 52.80 18.69 10.54 14.63 0.32 BDL BDL BDL

16.10.2014 3 53.15 19.00 10.41 14.64 0.35 BDL BDL BDL

21.10.2014 4 53.65 19.55 11.20 15.02 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

22.10.2014 4 52.54 20.14 8.54 13.69 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

27.10.2014 5 53.99 20.69 9.65 14.15 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

28.10.2014 5 55.54 21.14 10.25 15.21 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

02.11.2014 6 56.05 17.65 10.66 14.20 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

03.11.2014 6 55.26 18.54 11.92 14.65 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

08.11.2014 7 54.89 20.85 10.54 15.11 0.33 BDL BDL BDL

09.11.2014 7 55.58 21.05 12.63 16.25 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

14.11.2014 8 56.12 18.74 12.68 15.54 0.13 BDL BDL BDL

15.11.2014 8 53.11 17.54 10.54 14.14 0.51 BDL BDL BDL

20.11.2014 9 53.24 20.21 11.63 14.25 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

21.11.2014 9 56.21 20.18 10.54 14.63 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

26.11.2014 10 56.33 19.85 10.14 15.25 0.33 BDL BDL BDL

27.11.2014 10 52.21 20.54 11.54 15.63 0.36 BDL BDL BDL

02.12.2014 11 50.14 17.65 10.85 14.94 0.19 BDL BDL BDL

03.12.2014 11 52.63 19.55 11.63 14.67 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

08.12.2014 12 56.12 18.54 10.84 15.25 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

09.12.2014 12 55.18 20.63 9.63 14.57 0.18 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 46.13 14.22 8.54 13.63 0.12 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum 56.33 21.14 12.68 16.25 0.51 0.00 0.00 0.00

Average 53.30 19.02 10.63 14.67 0.24 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 Percentile 56.27 21.10 12.66 15.96 0.44 0.00 0.00 0.00



TABLE 3.6: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: A2(MARYALA)


03.10.2014 1 49.31 17.42 10.62 15.31 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

04.10.2014 1 50.14 18.35 11.25 14.64 0.13 BDL BDL BDL

09.10.2014 2 50.63 19.62 9.86 12.85 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

10.10.2014 2 51.12 19.23 10.35 14.65 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

15.10.2014 3 56.35 20.15 10.42 14.22 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

16.10.2014 3 54.82 19.62 11.14 16.25 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

21.10.2014 4 58.21 20.87 11.82 14.92 0.16 BDL BDL BDL

22.10.2014 4 59.54 21.55 12.65 16.35 0.15 BDL BDL BDL

27.10.2014 5 59.82 21.62 13.13 16.56 0.13 BDL BDL BDL

28.10.2014 5 57.55 20.15 9.65 15.54 0.28 BDL BDL BDL

02.11.2014 6 58.36 20.32 11.61 16.42 0.15 BDL BDL BDL

03.11.2014 6 60.52 21.55 11.65 15.84 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

08.11.2014 7 58.91 19.63 12.83 16.22 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

09.11.2014 7 59.14 18.68 9.85 15.15 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

14.11.2014 8 51.93 20.54 11.64 14.64 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

15.11.2014 8 52.36 21.93 10.80 13.52 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

20.11.2014 9 50.48 21.55 10.58 14.55 0.28 BDL BDL BDL

21.11.2014 9 51.82 20.32 12.50 15.83 0.28 BDL BDL BDL

26.11.2014 10 60.15 21.53 12.12 15.80 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

27.11.2014 10 60.43 19.59 10.70 12.85 0.29 BDL BDL BDL

02.12.2014 11 50.32 20.32 10.55 15.60 0.19 BDL BDL BDL

03.12.2014 11 52.85 21.50 12.11 14.62 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

08.12.2014 12 51.48 21.32 11.64 16.23 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

09.12.2014 12 53.54 19.60 12.85 14.64 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 49.31 17.42 9.65 12.85 0.13 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum 60.52 21.93 13.13 16.56 0.29 0.00 0.00 0.00

Average 54.99 20.29 11.35 15.13 0.22 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 Percentile 60.48 21.79 13.00 16.50 0.29 0.00 0.00 0.00



TABLE 3.7: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: A3(ANANTARAM)


03.10.2014 1 50.41 18.25 12.52 16.44 0.20 BDL BDL BDL

04.10.2014 1 51.52 17.82 11.61 14.58 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

09.10.2014 2 52.93 18.55 11.55 15.24 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

10.10.2014 2 53.65 19.23 9.28 14.42 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

15.10.2014 3 55.22 16.85 12.62 16.65 0.33 BDL BDL BDL

16.10.2014 3 54.95 17.66 12.85 16.93 0.32 BDL BDL BDL

21.10.2014 4 53.56 18.78 13.53 14.95 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

22.10.2014 4 52.84 19.64 11.34 16.32 0.16 BDL BDL BDL

27.10.2014 5 59.52 19.23 10.63 16.84 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

28.10.2014 5 60.11 17.45 10.32 15.52 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

02.11.2014 6 58.34 16.22 9.54 15.83 0.33 BDL BDL BDL

03.11.2014 6 59.58 20.35 9.68 14.54 0.41 BDL BDL BDL

08.11.2014 7 50.36 19.60 11.23 16.53 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

09.11.2014 7 51.22 15.83 11.64 15.24 0.12 BDL BDL BDL

14.11.2014 8 53.54 16.23 12.57 17.52 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

15.11.2014 8 54.63 17.23 10.23 16.53 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

20.11.2014 9 60.81 18.24 12.55 16.82 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

21.11.2014 9 62.14 17.81 12.53 16.51 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

26.11.2014 10 57.55 16.83 10.37 17.13 0.27 BDL BDL BDL

27.11.2014 10 60.38 19.54 10.83 17.85 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

02.12.2014 11 55.82 16.31 11.52 17.54 0.19 BDL BDL BDL

03.12.2014 11 58.35 17.85 12.50 16.93 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

08.12.2014 12 55.26 18.53 12.13 14.28 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

09.12.2014 12 57.52 18.85 12.46 15.28 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 50.36 15.83 9.28 14.28 0.12 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum 62.14 20.35 13.53 17.85 0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00

Average 55.84 18.04 11.50 16.10 0.24 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 Percentile 61.53 20.02 13.22 17.71 0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00



TABLE 3.8: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: A4(NAGINENIPALLI)


03.10.2014 1 50.11 19.32 11.28 14.62 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

04.10.2014 1 52.52 19.85 12.55 14.95 0.18 BDL BDL BDL

09.10.2014 2 51.15 20.53 10.32 13.82 0.16 BDL BDL BDL

10.10.2014 2 52.34 21.32 9.86 15.96 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

15.10.2014 3 53.56 19.84 10.63 14.72 0.17 BDL BDL BDL

16.10.2014 3 52.85 20.63 10.53 15.64 0.15 BDL BDL BDL

21.10.2014 4 50.64 21.55 10.24 16.30 0.18 BDL BDL BDL

22.10.2014 4 50.92 20.22 10.12 14.20 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

27.10.2014 5 55.65 20.93 9.95 13.62 0.36 BDL BDL BDL

28.10.2014 5 56.83 19.64 10.32 14.84 0.33 BDL BDL BDL

02.11.2014 6 58.22 20.33 10.63 16.82 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

03.11.2014 6 59.84 22.58 12.65 16.10 0.18 BDL BDL BDL

08.11.2014 7 60.22 21.84 12.88 15.13 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

09.11.2014 7 61.24 20.46 12.22 16.65 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

14.11.2014 8 53.53 19.66 11.43 14.94 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

15.11.2014 8 52.81 21.85 10.94 15.30 0.32 BDL BDL BDL

20.11.2014 9 56.34 20.64 10.45 16.52 0.17 BDL BDL BDL

21.11.2014 9 56.85 22.12 9.78 14.60 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

26.11.2014 10 54.22 20.84 10.20 13.43 0.19 BDL BDL BDL

27.11.2014 10 49.53 21.52 9.96 12.94 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

02.12.2014 11 49.54 20.66 10.63 13.60 0.19 BDL BDL BDL

03.12.2014 11 53.51 21.46 12.80 16.92 0.31 BDL BDL BDL

08.12.2014 12 54.32 19.85 12.60 16.80 0.27 BDL BDL BDL

09.12.2014 12 49.33 20.34 12.85 16.48 0.19 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 49.33 19.32 9.78 12.94 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum 61.24 22.58 12.88 16.92 0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00

Average 54.00 20.75 11.08 15.20 0.22 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 Percentile 60.77 22.37 12.87 16.87 0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00



TABLE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: A5 (BOMMALARAMARAM)


06.10.2014 1 52.94 19.68 10.35 14.62 0.28 BDL BDL BDL

07.10.2014 1 53.54 20.35 10.44 15.35 0.31 BDL BDL BDL

12.10.2014 2 54.90 19.82 10.95 14.68 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

13.10.2014 2 55.12 20.54 11.52 15.27 0.18 BDL BDL BDL

18.10.2014 3 52.86 20.63 11.66 16.13 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

19.10.2014 3 53.62 21.54 10.64 15.32 0.15 BDL BDL BDL

24.10.2014 4 54.54 21.82 11.66 15.84 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

25.10.2014 4 53.63 19.64 10.32 14.38 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

30.10.2014 5 54.24 20.42 12.88 15.95 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

31.10.2014 5 56.30 21.64 12.95 14.74 0.35 BDL BDL BDL

05.11.2014 6 55.85 20.32 12.56 16.46 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

06.11.2014 6 56.98 22.34 10.62 14.74 0.12 BDL BDL BDL

11.11.2014 7 57.15 21.12 9.84 16.36 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

12.11.2014 7 58.54 18.62 11.26 17.32 0.30 BDL BDL BDL

17.11.2014 8 59.10 20.34 9.74 14.55 0.34 BDL BDL BDL

18.11.2014 8 60.26 21.58 10.52 15.74 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

23.11.2014 9 58.38 22.56 11.67 16.83 0.12 BDL BDL BDL

24.11.2014 9 59.22 19.64 12.69 15.82 0.31 BDL BDL BDL

29.11.2014 10 54.64 21.94 12.87 14.65 0.12 BDL BDL BDL

30.11.2014 10 55.82 21.32 10.39 14.74 0.27 BDL BDL BDL

05.12.2014 11 54.64 20.98 11.65 15.93 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

06.12.2014 11 53.63 20.66 11.76 15.44 0.28 BDL BDL BDL

11.12.2014 12 53.65 19.94 9.92 14.88 0.23 BDL BDL BDL

12.12.2014 12 52.93 20.37 11.68 15.94 0.30 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 52.86 18.62 9.74 14.38 0.12 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum 60.26 22.56 12.95 17.32 0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00

Average 55.52 20.74 11.27 15.49 0.24 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 Percentile 59.78 22.46 12.92 17.09 0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00



TABLE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: A6 (MACHANPALLY)


06.10.2014 1 47.32 18.92 10.34 14.84 0.32 BDL BDL BDL

07.10.2014 1 48.18 19.44 11.55 13.72 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

12.10.2014 2 49.30 20.56 12.62 16.53 0.36 BDL BDL BDL

13.10.2014 2 49.26 21.65 10.84 13.88 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

18.10.2014 3 50.31 20.54 11.22 13.22 0.16 BDL BDL BDL

19.10.2014 3 52.14 21.30 13.15 17.24 0.28 BDL BDL BDL

24.10.2014 4 54.56 19.84 14.52 16.35 0.18 BDL BDL BDL

25.10.2014 4 55.24 20.52 12.56 14.90 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

30.10.2014 5 53.54 21.64 10.22 15.96 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

31.10.2014 5 52.94 21.92 11.54 12.62 0.31 BDL BDL BDL

05.11.2014 6 59.63 20.34 12.40 13.80 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

06.11.2014 6 60.30 20.60 12.53 15.22 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

11.11.2014 7 60.90 21.65 13.20 16.40 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

12.11.2014 7 59.35 20.44 11.45 14.66 0.31 BDL BDL BDL

17.11.2014 8 60.10 21.28 10.90 15.20 0.35 BDL BDL BDL

18.11.2014 8 60.93 19.60 11.42 13.78 0.19 BDL BDL BDL

23.11.2014 9 59.85 19.46 12.70 15.30 0.17 BDL BDL BDL

24.11.2014 9 58.30 20.30 11.28 14.84 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

29.11.2014 10 57.22 20.95 12.30 16.58 0.32 BDL BDL BDL

30.11.2014 10 56.32 19.62 13.12 15.25 0.34 BDL BDL BDL

05.12.2014 11 55.50 19.80 12.60 14.80 0.15 BDL BDL BDL

06.12.2014 11 55.24 20.58 12.43 13.72 0.32 BDL BDL BDL

11.12.2014 12 52.98 21.39 11.90 13.40 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

12.12.2014 12 53.40 20.45 10.22 15.74 0.27 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 47.32 18.92 10.22 12.62 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum 60.93 21.92 14.52 17.24 0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00

Average 55.12 20.53 11.96 14.91 0.24 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 Percentile 60.92 21.80 13.91 16.94 0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00



TABLE 3.11: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: A7(MADHAPURAM)


06.10.2014 1 49.52 18.82 9.25 16.11 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

07.10.2014 1 50.15 19.55 8.92 16.85 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

12.10.2014 2 49.52 20.24 10.58 16.23 0.15 BDL BDL BDL

13.10.2014 2 50.34 21.21 12.54 15.65 0.54 BDL BDL BDL

18.10.2014 3 52.92 20.55 9.65 15.92 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

19.10.2014 3 53.85 21.42 9.62 17.61 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

24.10.2014 4 56.98 19.63 8.75 18.12 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

25.10.2014 4 56.34 18.77 9.96 16.98 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

30.10.2014 5 58.62 21.67 10.40 17.83 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

31.10.2014 5 59.66 20.65 10.60 16.21 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

05.11.2014 6 60.34 16.93 10.54 15.85 0.11 BDL BDL BDL

06.11.2014 6 62.52 19.62 8.93 15.63 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

11.11.2014 7 52.11 16.10 9.91 14.64 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

12.11.2014 7 51.87 18.25 9.68 12.85 0.31 BDL BDL BDL

17.11.2014 8 49.31 16.83 8.75 15.66 0.32 BDL BDL BDL

18.11.2014 8 50.48 16.61 9.38 16.83 0.35 BDL BDL BDL

23.11.2014 9 53.23 17.94 8.45 16.62 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

24.11.2014 9 55.81 19.25 10.36 16.84 0.16 BDL BDL BDL

29.11.2014 10 56.38 19.94 9.64 17.32 0.18 BDL BDL BDL

30.11.2014 10 40.38 19.55 9.35 16.10 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

05.12.2014 11 48.26 17.34 8.52 16.80 0.28 BDL BDL BDL

06.12.2014 11 48.34 18.27 8.50 18.13 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

11.12.2014 12 49.85 19.35 10.16 16.52 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

12.12.2014 12 52.30 15.30 9.97 17.30 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 40.38 15.30 8.45 12.85 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum 62.52 21.67 12.54 18.13 0.54 0.00 0.00 0.00

Average 52.88 18.91 9.68 16.44 0.23 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 Percentile 61.52 21.56 11.65 18.13 0.45 0.00 0.00 0.00



TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: A8(CHOUDHARPALLI)


06.10.2014 1 50.32 17.22 9.68 15.95 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

07.10.2014 1 51.35 16.55 8.95 16.82 0.44 BDL BDL BDL

12.10.2014 2 52.52 17.92 10.12 16.74 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

13.10.2014 2 54.31 16.53 10.30 18.65 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

18.10.2014 3 52.65 15.92 10.40 14.52 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

19.10.2014 3 50.16 17.25 9.95 16.60 0.36 BDL BDL BDL

24.10.2014 4 54.30 16.92 8.60 17.51 0.47 BDL BDL BDL

25.10.2014 4 55.10 17.84 9.70 16.90 0.28 BDL BDL BDL

30.10.2014 5 56.34 18.62 10.97 16.83 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

31.10.2014 5 57.22 20.33 10.55 16.95 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

05.11.2014 6 56.55 20.62 9.84 16.84 0.19 BDL BDL BDL

06.11.2014 6 57.36 22.60 8.82 17.82 0.18 BDL BDL BDL

11.11.2014 7 59.62 21.12 9.84 15.44 0.21 BDL BDL BDL

12.11.2014 7 60.35 19.25 9.73 17.30 0.22 BDL BDL BDL

17.11.2014 8 53.54 16.52 8.95 17.20 0.16 BDL BDL BDL

18.11.2014 8 54.26 15.84 9.32 16.45 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

23.11.2014 9 56.22 17.25 8.48 17.20 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

24.11.2014 9 59.15 18.22 10.66 16.85 0.13 BDL BDL BDL

29.11.2014 10 50.32 19.95 10.75 15.84 0.14 BDL BDL BDL

30.11.2014 10 52.54 19.66 9.98 16.10 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

05.12.2014 11 45.47 17.33 8.40 16.80 0.24 BDL BDL BDL

06.12.2014 11 49.53 18.44 7.90 14.25 0.26 BDL BDL BDL

11.12.2014 12 51.44 17.58 8.90 16.50 0.31 BDL BDL BDL

12.12.2014 12 50.30 15.30 9.95 17.35 0.25 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 45.47 15.30 7.90 14.25 0.13 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum 60.35 22.60 10.97 18.65 0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00

Average 53.79 18.12 9.61 16.64 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 Percentile 60.01 21.92 10.87 18.27 0.46 0.00 0.00 0.00



3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water sampling and subsequent analysis were carried out to determine both the

groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.

Groundwater occurs in the hard rocks occur under water table conditions in the

weathered zone and semi- confined and confined conditions in fractured zones. bore

wells and Two dug wells were inventoried to assess the groundwater conditions. The

depth to water levels was found to be 10-15m in dug wells which go dry in summer

while that of bore wells it is reported between 65-100m with limited yields of 30 – 50

lpm. The quality of water is found to be potable

The baseline water quality status in the region is established by analyzing surface water

and ground water. Water requirement at site would be met through ground water.

3.5.1 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring

Ground water samples and surface water samples at eight locations were collected

from the study area. The wastewater samples are collected at inlet and out let areas.

These samples were analyzed for physico - chemical parameters to ascertain the

baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies. Samples were

collected during the study period and analyzed as per standard methods of water and

wastewater analysis (APHA). The details of surface and ground water sampling

locations are given in Table 3.13 and sampling locations of ground water quality and

surface quality monitoring are shown in Figure 3.5. The physic - chemical

characteristics of the ground water samples and surface water samples are presented

in the Tables 3.14 to Tables 3.15.



TABLE 3.13: SURFACE AND GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

S No.

Code Name of Sampling Location Distance (km) w.r.t Project

Direction w.r.t Project

Ground Water Sampling Locations

1 GW1 Near Project Site -- --

2 GW2 Maryala 2.4 ESE

3 GW3 Anantaram 8.7 SE

4 GW4 Nagineniaplli 5.0 SSW

5 GW5 Bommal Ramaram 4.6 WSW

6 GW6 Machanpally 0.9 W

7 GW7 Madhapuram 6.3 NNW

8. GW8 Chaudharpalli 1.8 ENE

Surface Water Sampling Locations

1 SW1 Tank Near Maryala 1.9 SE

2 SW2 Tank Near Hanumapur 7.4 ESE

3 SW3 Shamirpet Vagu Near Tajpur 6.9 SE

4 SW4 Bibinagar Cheruvu 9.9 S 5 SW5 Shamirpet Vagu Near Jalapuram 7.4 WNW

6 SW6 Kotta cheruvu near Madhapuram 6.6 NNW 7 SW7 Jaggaya cheruvu near Madhapuram 7.4 N

8 SW8 Tank Near Chaudharpalli 2.4 NE



FIGURE 3.5: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



A. Summary of Groundwater Samples within 10 Km Radius

pH of the ground water samples collected was in the range between 7.35 – 8.13

Total dissolved solids in the samples were in the range between 485.1 – 1570.90

mg/l.

Total hardness was found to vary between 400.00 – 800.00 mg/l.

Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 49.99 – 549.82mg/l.

Fluoride concentration was found to vary between 0.56 – 1.83 mg/l

Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 14.85 – 96.00 mg/l.

Ground water samples collected from eight locations within 10 km radius from the plant

site & analyzed as per standard methods of water and wastewater analysis (APHA) and

The water quality of the study area is found to be above limits for some parameters.

B. Summary of Surface Water Samples within 10 km Radius:

pH of the water samples collected was in the range between 7.32 - 8.72.

Total dissolved solids in the samples were in the range between 398.60 –

1007.00 mg/l.

Total hardness was found to be in the range of 200 – 560 mg/l.

Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 29.99 – 274.94 mg/l.

Fluoride concentration was found to be <1.0 mg/l.

Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 34.15 – 82.53 mg/l.

Heavy metal concentration in all the samples was found to be well within the

limits.

Surface Water samples collected at 8 locations within 10 km radius from the plant and

water quality of the study area is found to be above limits for some parameters.



TABLE 3.14: GROUNDWATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No

Parameter

Method

Unit

GW1

GW2

GW3

GW4

IS 10,500 Limits Acceptable Permissible

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 8.04 8.13 8.1 7.35 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B Hazen < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 5 15 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 485.1 1570.9 957.6 1162.7 500 2000

4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3)

APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 360 550 300 400 200 600

5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 400 690 620 540 200 600

6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 92.18 160.3 160.3 128.2 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 41.31 70.47 53.46 51.03 30 100 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 D mg/l 14.85 90.27 50.15 37.7 200 400 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- C mg/l 49.99 549.82 324.93 374.94 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l 3.03 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 0.69 0.78 1.48 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 0.78 1.16 1.07 1.1 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.2 5.4 9.89 10.26 45 No Relaxation 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 65.65 360.1 173.3 203.5 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l <5.0 <5.0 5.5 117 -- -- 24 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 760 2400 1512 1850 -- -- 25 Phosphates as P2O5 APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P B mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 <0.1 < 0.1 -- --

Continued ……….



TABLE 3.14: GROUNDWATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No

Parameter

Method

Unit

GW5

GW6

GW7

GW8

IS 10,500 Limits Acceptable Permissible

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.41 7.98 7.48 7.61 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B Hazen < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 5 15 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 546 660.5 1533.4 922.4 500 2000 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 200 370 500 250 200 600 5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 520 500 630 800 200 600 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 112.2 120.2 160.3 224.4 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 58.32 48.66 55.89 58.32 30 100 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 D mg/l 35.1 36.2 96 84.1 200 400 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- C mg/l 159.95 149.95 524.84 369.88 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l 3.03 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 0.69 0.78 1.48 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 0.78 1.16 1.07 1.1 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 9.92 8.11 8.05 10.4 45 No Relaxation 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 47.86 73.29 386.2 122.1 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l <5.0 <5.0 5.1 <5.0 -- -- 24 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 840 1003 2412 1450 -- -- 25 Phosphates as P2O5 APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P B mg/l < 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -- --



TABLE 3.15: SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA S.No Parameter Method Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.32 7.48 8.41 8.72 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B Hazen < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 3 Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition 2130 B NTU < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 773.2 600 403.5 1007 5 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 260 150 160 450 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 340 200 240 560 8 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 84.17 44.09 72.14 124.25 9 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 31.59 21.87 14.58 60.75 10 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 D mg/l 71.7 82.53 34.15 46.25 11 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- C mg/l 219.93 29.99 94.97 274.94 12 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 13 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 14 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 15 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 16 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 17 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 18 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 19 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 20 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 21 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 22 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 23 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 3.45 1.01 9.7 3.11 24 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 164 158 168 140 25 BOD (3day’s at 27oC) APHA 22nd Edition 5210 B mg/l 58 56 59 49 26 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 147.8 25.18 75 78 27 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 58.6 <5.0 7 31.71 28 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l 12 16 18 26 29 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.2 5.4 5.3 5.8 30 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 31 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2120 C -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 32 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1208 940 650 1550 33 Phosphates as PO4 APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P B mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 6.61 34 Total Coliform APHA 22nd Edition : 2005: 9221B MPN/100 ml 15 19 20 22 35 Feacal Coliforms -- MPN/100 ml 2 2 3 2



TABLE 3.15: SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA S.No Parameter Method Unit SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 8.64 8.34 8.41 8.46 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B Hazen < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 3 Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition 2130 B NTU < 0.1 1 1 1 4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 672.9 398.6 440 592.4 5 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 320 150 160 240 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 380 310 300 360 8 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 104.21 72.14 64.13 80.16 9 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 29.16 31.59 34.02 38.88 10 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 D mg/l 66.99 36.03 36.46 56.65 11 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- C mg/l 139.97 99.97 129.96 149.98 12 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 13 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 14 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 15 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 16 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 17 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 18 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 19 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 20 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 21 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 22 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 23 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 2.23 9.57 9.61 2.63 24 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 192 200 208 180 25 BOD (3day’s at 27oC) APHA 22nd Edition 5210 B mg/l 68 71 70 62 26 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 123.3 52.9 63.4 112 27 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 15.1 6.4 6.43 8.1 28 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l 20 39 52 48 29 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.6 5.5 5.2 5.7 30 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 31 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2120 C -- Aggreeble Aggreeble Aggreeble Aggreeble 32 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1003 650 710 936.0 33 Phosphates as PO4 APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P B mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 34 Total Coliform APHA 22nd Edition : 2005: 9221B MPN/100 ml 18 24 28 30 35 Feacal Coliforms -- MPN/100 ml 2 3 3 4



3.6. NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes

annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality of human

environment. Noise levels in the study area have therefore been measured, at selected

points, to provide the baseline data to describe the existing situation.

Measured noise levels displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for

describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels records at each station

with a time interval of about 30 minutes are computed for equivalent noise levels.

Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time varying noise

levels. The equivalent noise level is defined as mathematically.

10Log1/ TΣ (10Ln/10)

Where L = sound pressure level a function of time dB (A) & T = Time interval of

observations

Noise levels during the night time generally drop, therefore to compute Equivalent noise

levels for the night time, noise levels are increased by 10 dB (A) as the night time high

noise levels are judged more annoying compared to the day time.

Noise levels at a particular station are represented as Day- Night equivalent (Ldn). Day-

Night equivalent is the single number index designed to rate environmental noise on

daily /24 hourly basis. Mathematically Ldn is given by

Ldn = 10 log {1/24 (15 x 10(Ld/10) + 9 x 10 (Ln + 10)/10)}

Where

Ld = A weighed equivalent for day time period (6 am to 10 pm)

Ln = A weighed equivalent for night time period (10 pm to 6 am)



3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations

In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at eight

different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise monitoring locations

are shown in figure3.6 and distances & directions of monitoring location mentioned in

Table 3.16. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent noise levels for

day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent.

Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations. The

readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been

monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the

locations covered in the study area.

The noise recording stations and the summary of the minimum, maximum, day -

equivalent, night - equivalent and day-night equivalent values computed for various

location in the study area is given in Table 3.17.

TABLE 3.16: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

S No. Code Name of Sampling

Location

Distance (km)

w.r.t Project

Direction w.r.t

Project

1. N1 Project Site -- --

2. N2 Maryala 2.4 ESE

3. N3 Anantaram 8.7 SE

4. N4 Nagineniaplli 5.0 SSW

5. N5 Bommal Ramaram 4.6 WSW

6. N6 Machanpally 0.9 W

7. N7 Madhapuram 6.3 NNW

8. N8 Chaudharpalli 1.8 ENE



FIGURE 3.6: NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



TABLE 3.17: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA

S.No

Name of the place

Day Time In Leq

Night Time In Leq

CPCB NORMS (Day time)

CPCB NORMS (Night time)

1. Project Site 63.76 54.42

75dB (A) 70dB (A)

2. Maryala 64.86 54.85

3. Anantaram 65.99 55.47

4. Naginenipalli 62.01 53.84

5. Bommalaramaram 63.60 55.15

6. Machanpally 62.56 54.14

7. Madhapuram 62.75 53.17

8. Choudharpalli 64.78 54.29

It is observed that the noise values obtained were within the prescribed ambient noise

Quality Standards with respect to Noise.

3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

It is essential to determine the potential of soil in the area and identify the current

impacts of urbanization and industrialization on soil quality and also predict impacts,

which may arise due to the plant operations. Accordingly, a study of assessment of the

baseline soil quality has been carried out.

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various land use

conditions. The physical, chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined.

The samples were collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 90

cm.

Eight locations within 10-km radius of the proposed plant boundary were selected for

soil sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from three different depths

viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and are homogenized. This is in line

with IS: 2720 and Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2nd edition, 1986 of (American

Society for Agronomy and Soil Science Society of America). The homogenized samples



were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The soil samples were

collected during summer season. Sampling Locations are detailed in Table 3.18. and

Figure 3.7.The analysis results are given in Table 3.19.

TABLE 3.18: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

S.

No.


Location

Distance (km) w.r.t

Project

Direction w.r.t

Project

1. S1 Project Site -- --

2. S2 Maryala 2.4 ESE

3. S3 Anantaram 8.7 SE

4. S4 Nagineniaplli 5.0 SSW

5. S5 Bommal Ramaram 4.6 WSW

6. S6 Machanpally 0.9 W

7. S7 Madhapuram 6.3 NNW

8. S8 Chaudharpalli 1.8 ENE



FIGURE 3.7: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



TABLE 3.19: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS

S.No Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 PH (1:2 Soil Water Extract) 6.21 8.23 6.32 6.18 6.31 8.41 8.35 7.91

2 Electrical Conductivity (micro mhos) (1:2 soil Water Extract)

171.3 681 250 288 253 512 865 770

3 Bulk Density (g/cc) 1.16 1.16 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.15 1.20 1.20

4 Moisture Content (%) 6.31 4.97 9.90 6.26 7.63 9.66 4.85 4.81

5 Phosphorous as P2O5 (mg/ Kg) 1.34 2.81 2.71 2.93 2.53 8.62 3.18 3.08

6 Potassium as K2O (mg/ Kg)

19.2 51.35 44.25 77.45 26.5 24.15 130.35 117.1

7 Sodium as Na2O (mg/ Kg) 62.2 87.95 68.6 55.25 57.85 73.6 79.05 70.85

8 Calcium (mg/ Kg) 276.1 214.7 194.5 178.1 234.3 350.6 157.9 196.1

9 Magnesium (mg/ Kg) 96.3 95.9 95.8 84.4 83.9 119.7 72.2 60.0

10 Sulphates (mg/ Kg) 51.86 91.2 62.1 64.7 66.4 240.4 50.1 49.1

11 Total Organic Carbon (%) 1.43 1.46 1.55 1.31 1.49 1.70 1.52 1.37

12

a) Sand (%) 36 33 40 38 43 30 37 43

b) Silt (%) 49 51 45 50 47 55 52 44

c) Clay (%) 15 16 15 12 14 15 11 13

Type of Soil Sandy

Loam Silt

Loam Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Clay Loam

Silt Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

13 Copper as Cu (mg/ Kg) 2.14 2.23 2.48 1.92 1.86 1.77 2.51 2.37

14 Zink as Zn (mg/ Kg) 14.31 15.23 12.76 11.41 13.43 11.54 13.23 12.41

15 Manganese as Mn (mg/ Kg)

< 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0

16 Iron as Fe (mg/ Kg) 1.57 1.82 2.26 1.41 1.56 1.43 1.54 1.79

17 Nickel as Ni (mg/ Kg) 5.46 7.21 6.43 6.08 5.92 4.74 5.63 5.55

18 Chromium as Cr (mg/ Kg) 1.26 1.41 1.17 1.23 43 30 37 43



The following are the highlights of soil quality in the study area:

pH of the soil samples were found to be in the range of 6.18 – 8.41

Soils in the area were found to be Sandy Loam, Clay Loam and Silt Loam in

texture.

Total Organic Carbon content of the soil samples were in the range of 1.31 -

1.70 %

3.8 LAND USE PATTERN

Land use, in general, reflects the human beings activities on land, whereas the word

land cover indicates the vegetation, agricultural and artificial manmade structures

covering the land surfaces. Identification and periodic surveillance of land uses and

vegetation covers, in the vicinity of any developmental activity is one of the most

important components for an environmental impact assessment, which would help

determine the impact of the project development activity on the land use pattern.

3.8.1 DATA USED

The data is used for the preparation of different maps to study the natural resources.

The data is used by using the application of Remote Sensing and GIS technologies.

TABLE 3.20 : SHOWING THE DETAILS OF SOURCES & THE MAPS PREPARED

S No. Source Maps Prepared

1 Survey of India’s topographic maps and satellite imageries

Drainage map

2 Satellite imageries Land use / Land cover

TABLE 3.21: SHOWING THE TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS

S No. Topographic Map

No. Scale Year of Survey

Year of Publication

1 56 K/10 1: 50,000 2002 2011

2 56 K /11 1: 50,000 2002 2011

3 56 K/14 1: 50,000 2002 2011

4 56 K/15 1: 50,000 2002 2011

Source:Survey of India’s Topographic Maps



TABLE 3.22:SATELLITE DATA OF NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING CENTRE

S.No. Season Acquisition date sensor

1. Rabi 14-Feb-2014 LISS IV FX

3.8.2 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP

Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution satellite

data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale. Two

seasons’ data (Rabiyear 2014) is used for the delineation of different units. The units

are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits.

Level-II classification of National (Natural) Resources Information System (NRIS) has

been followed for the delineation of units.

Land use/ Land cover map of the study area is integrated with village map and analyzed

with the help of GIS to get the village wise findings of the present land use of the study

area, which is given elaborately in the following tables:

Land use refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land

cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others

resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based on

the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and

interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land

resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use of

such resources.

Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation is

to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A

systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that will

be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at national and state

level. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an efficient and timely

approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and land cover data over

large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more amenable to digital processing

because the remote sensor output can be obtained in digital format. Land use data are

needed in the analysis of environmental processes and problems that must be



understood if living conditions and standards are to be improved or maintained at

current levels.

3.8.2.1 Basic Concepts of Land Use

Clawson has given nine major ideas or concepts about land. These are:

Location or the relation of a specific parcel of land to the poles, the equator, and

the major oceans and landmasses. There is also relationship between various

tracts of land, as well as a political location.

Activity on the land, for what purpose this piece of land or tract is used.

Natural qualities of land, including its surface and subsurface characteristics and

its vegetative cover.

Improvements to and on the land. This is closely related to the activity.

Intensity of land use or amount of activity per unit area.

Land tenure, i.e. who owns the land, which uses it.

Land prices, land market activity and credit as applied to land.

Interrelations between activities on the land and other economic and social

activities.

Interrelations in the use between different tracts of land.

3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping

Flowchart showing the methodology adopted for land use/land cover mapping is for analysis

and interpretation two types of data are needed:

1. Basic data 2. Ground data 3. Data Analysis

1. Basic data includes:

Satellite data of LISS IV FX

Toposheets

Local knowledge

Area map on any scale to transfer details

Reports and other literature of the study area

2. Ground data: Ground data is very much essential to verify and to increase the

accuracy of the interpreted classes and also to minimize the field work.



3. Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be

divided into three parts:

Preliminary work

Field work

Post field work

A. Preliminary work includes:

to see the limitation of satellite data

to lay down the criteria for land use classification to be adopted

to fix the size of mapping units, which depends upon the scale

interpretation of different land use/land cover classes

demarcation of doubtful areas

preparation of field land use/land cover map

B. Field work:

Type of ground data to be collected

Selection of sample area for final classification

Checking of doubtful areas

Change in land use/ land cover due to wrong identification, fresh

development, nomenclature.

General verification

C. Post field work:

Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas

Transfer of details on base map

Marginal information

Preparation of final land use/land cover map

A map showing Satelite Imagery Showing in Figure 3.8.A map depicting major land use/

land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture, fallow land, open/degraded

vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands under inhabitations is

presented at Figure 3.9 and Flow chart for LU/LC mapping methodology is presented at

Figure 3.1.



The land use classification within a distance of ten kilometers from the project location

and the areas falling under the respective classifications are presented in Table 3.23:

FLOW CHART 3.1 : LU/LC MAPPING METHODOLOGY

Data source

Interpretation and mapping of land use / land cover categories

Basic data

IRS–LISS4-FMX

Preparation of base map

Ground verification of doubtful areas

and modification of thematic details

Area estimation of each land use/land cover class

Final land use/land cover map with symbols and

colours

Development of

interpretation keys based on image characteristics

Validation and final interpretation key

Secondary data



FIGURE 3.8: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.9: LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



5%6%

52%6%

31%

PIE DIAGRAM OF LAND USE THE IN STUDY AREA

Built Up Land

Waterbodies

Crop Land

Forest

Wastelands

TABLE 3.23 : LAND USE / LAND COVER STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA

FIGURE 3.10 PIE DIAGRAM OF LAND USE THE IN STUDY AREA

S. No. LANDUSE AREA (Sq. km) %

1. BUILT UP LAND

Settlements

Industrial area

12.246

1.57

3.9

0.5

2. WATERBODIES Tank / River etc.

31.464

6.4

3. CROP LAND Single crop Double crop Plantations

139.416

21.038

3.454

44.4

6.7

1.1

4.

FOREST Scrub forest

17.584

5.6

5. WASTELANDS

Land with scrub Land without scrub Stoney waste area Land for plotting

23.55

48.67

21.666

4.71

7.5

15.5

6.9

1.5

TOTAL 314 100



3.8.3 DIGITAL ELEVATION MODEL (DEM)

A digital elevation model (DEM) is a digital representation of ground surface topography

or terrain. It is also widely known as a digital terrain model (DTM). A DEM can be

represented as a raster (a grid of squares) or as a triangular irregular network. DEMs

are commonly built using remote sensing techniques, but they may also be built from

land surveying. DEMs are used often in geographic information systems, and are the

most common basis for digitally-produced relief maps.

3.8.3.1 Production

Digital elevation models may be prepared in a number of ways, but they are frequently

obtained by remote sensing rather than direct survey. One powerful technique for

generating digital elevation models is interferometric synthetic aperture radar: two

passes of a radar satellite (such as RADARSAT-1 or Terra SAR-X), or a single pass if

the satellite is equipped with two antennas (like the SRTM instrumentation), suffice to

generate a digital elevation map tens of kilometers on a side with a resolution of around

ten meters[citation needed]. Alternatively, other kinds of stereoscopic pairs can be

employed using the digital image correlation method, where two optical images

acquired with different angles taken from the same pass of an airplane or an Earth

Observation Satellite (such as the HRS instrument of SPOT5 or the VNIR band of

ASTER).

In 1986, the SPOT 1 satellite provided the first usable elevation data for a sizeable

portion of the planet's landmass, using two-pass stereoscopic correlation. Later, further

data were provided by the European Remote-Sensing Satellite (ERS) using the same

method, the Shuttle Radar Topography Mission using single-pass SAR and the ASTER

instrumentation on the Terra satellite using double-pass stereo pairs.

Older methods of generating DEMs often involve interpolating digital contour maps that

may have been produced by direct survey of the land surface; this method is still used

in mountain areas, where interferometry is not always satisfactory. Note that the contour

line data or any other sampled elevation datasets (by GPS or ground survey) are not

DEMs, but may be considered digital terrain models. A DEM implies that elevation is

available continuously at each location in the study area.



The quality of a DEM is a measure of how accurate elevation is at each pixel (absolute

accuracy) and how accurately is the morphology presented (relative accuracy). Several

factors play an important role for quality of DEM-derived products:

Terrain roughness; Sampling density (elevation data collection method);

Grid resolution or pixel size; Interpolation algorithm; Vertical resolution;

Terrain analysis algorithm

3.8.3.2 Methods for obtaining elevation data used to create DEMs

Real Time Kinematic GPS ,stereo photogrammetry ,LIDAR

Topographic maps ,Theodolite or total station ,

Doppler radar

Focus variation

Inertial surveys

3.8.3.3 Uses

Extracting terrain parameters

Modeling water flow or mass movement (for example avalanches and landslides)

Creation of relief maps

Rendering of 3D visualizations.

3d flight planning

Creation of physical models (including raised-relief maps)

Rectification of aerial photography or satellite imagery.

Reduction (terrain correction) of gravity measurements (gravimetry, physical

geodesy).

Terrain analyses in geomorphology and physical geography

Geographic Information Systems (GIS)

Engineering and infrastructure design

Global positioning systems (GPS)

Line-of-sight analysis

Base mapping



Flight simulation

Precision farming and forestry

Surface analysis

Intelligent transportation systems (ITS)

Auto safety / Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS)

Digital Elevation Model of 10 km radius from project vsite is shown in Figure 3.11



FIGURE 3.11 : SHOWS DIGITAL ELEVATION MODEL (DEM) OF THE STUDY AREA



3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Natural flora and fauna are important features of the environment. They are organized

into natural communities, agriculture/ horticulture species and plantations, which are

sensitive to outside influences. Integrating ecological thinking into the planning process

is urgent need in the context of deterioration of natural environments, which is unwanted

but direct consequence of development. Biological communities, being dependent on

the condition and resources of its location may change due to change in the

environment. Hence change in the status of flora and fauna are elementary requirement

of Environment Impact Assessment Studies.

A natural ecosystem is a structural and functional unit of nature. It has components,

which exist in harmony and survive by interdependence. The effect of this is that an

ecosystem does not become imbalanced. The ecological study was undertaken with the

objective of the following:

To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project

site;

To assess the distribution of animal life spectra.

To assess the biodiversity and to understand the resource potential.

The 7.40 Acers area identified for the proposed unit at Machanpally Village,

Bommalaramaram Mandal of Nalgonda District is referred to hereafter as the core

area while its surroundings extending up to 10 Km radius is referred to as the buffer

zone. The core area is a non-forest wasteland sparsely covered by thorny shrubs

and stony outcrops. It is currently used as an open grazing land.Only a part of the

land is suitable for cultivation and the rest is highly uneven and rocky and hence not

suitable for cultivation. A total ten medium size Neem (Azadirachtaindica) and three

Babul (Acacia nilotica) were present in the core area at the time of survey. There

were a number of thorny bushes of Acacia planifrons, Ziziphusnummularia,

Canthiumparviflorumbesides Acacia niloticain the rocky areas. Most of the plain land

was covered by Waltheriaindica , Aristidasetacea, Ziziphusnummulariaand Cassia

auriculata,There are also succulents like Carallumafimbriata, Opuntiadillenii and

Cissusquadrangularis. A list of plants found in the core area is given in Table 3.24.



TABLE 3.24: LIST OF PLANTS FOUND IN THE CORE AREA

Scientific name Common or Local name Family

Abrus precatorius Guruvinda Fabaceae

Acacia catechu Khair / Nalla sandra Mimosaceae

Acacia farnesiana Muriki thumma Mimosaceae

Acacia leucophloea Tella tumma Mimosaceae

Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae

Acacia planifrons Godugu Thumma Mimosaceae

Alangium salvifolium Ooduga Alangiaceae

Annona squamosa Custard apple Annonaceae

Aristida setacea Broom grass Poaceae

Asperagus racemosa Satavari Liliaceae

Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae

Azima tetracantha Tella Uppili Salvadoraceae

Borassus flabellifer Taati / Taadi Arecaceae

Bothriochloa pertusa Grass Poaceae

Brachiaria cruciformis Grass Poaceae

Brachiaria distachya Grass Poaceae

Brachiaria mutica Grass Poaceae

Breynia retusa Chinna purugudu Euphorbiaceae

Breynia vitis-ideae Nalla purugudu Euphorbiaceae

Butea monosperma Modugu Fabaceae

Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

Calotropis procera Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

Canthium parviflorum Balusu Rubiaceae

Carallua fimbriata Kundeti Kommulu Apocynaceae

Carissa spinarum Kalivi / Vaaka Apocynaceae

Cassia auriculata Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia fistula Rela Caesalpiniaceae

Cenchrus ciliaris Grass Poaceae



Chrysopogon fulvus Grass Poaceae

Cissus quadrangularis Nalleru Vitaceae

Cissus vitiginea Adavi Gummadi Vitaceae

Cordia dichotoma Bankiriki Cordiaceae

Cosmostigma racemosum Adavitamalapaaku Apocynaceae

Cryptostegia grandiflora Rubber vine Asclepiadaceae

Cymbopogon coloratus Grass Poaceae

Cymbopogon caesius Grass Poaceae

Cynodon dactylon Grass Poaceae

Cyperus rotundus Grass Cyperaceae

Decalepis hahiltonii Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae

Diospyros chloroxylon Ulinda Ebenaceae

Diospyros melanoxylon Tunki Fabaceae

Dodonaea viscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae

Eremopogon faveolatus Grass Poaceae

Erythroxylon monogynum Dedaraaku Erythroxylaceae

Euphorbia antiquorum Bontha Jemudu Euphorbiaceae

Heteropogon contortus Grass Poaceae

Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Ulmaceae

Ipomoea carnea Rubber mokka Convolvulaceae

Jatropha glandulifera Wild Castor Euphorbiaceae

Lantana camara Makkadambu Verbenaceae

Leptadenia reticulata Mukkupala Teega Asclepiadaceae

Maytenus emerginata Danti Celastraceae

Mimosa polyancistra Thumma Mimosaceae

Mimosa rubicaulis Pariki kampa Mimosaceae

Morinda pubescens Togaru Rubiaceae

Opuntia dillenii Brahma Jemudu Cactaceae

Pergularia daemia Dustapa teega Asclepiadaceae

Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Arecaceae



Phyllanthus reticulatus Pulasari / Puliseru Euphorbiaceae

Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae

Vitex negundo Vaavili / Nirgundi Verbenaceae

Wattakaka volubilis Tummudu teega Asclepiadaceae

Wrightia tinctoria Pala –kordusha Apocynaceae

Ziziphus horrida Tella Regu Rhamnaceae

Ziziphus mauritiana Regu Rhamnaceae

Ziziphus nummularia Nela regu Rhamnaceae

3.9.1 Vegetation and Flora of the Buffer zone:

Land use and land cover of the buffer zone reveals the presence of two very small

patches of reserved forest at a distance of over 8 Km towards South and also towards

North. But there are many non-cultivable wastelands sparsely covered with thorny

bushes and succulents. Areas where ground water is available, paddy was grown using

bore well water.Eucalyptus was the main agro forest plantation. Mango, Guava, Sapota

and Ber are the common fruit trees. There are no rivers or major reservoirs or

ecologically sensitive areas such as Biosphere reserves, National Parks, Wildlife

Sanctuaries, Wetlands or other protected areas such as the important bird areas (IBAs)

within a distance of 10 Km from the core area. The natural and wild vegetation is

confined to the non-cultivable wastelands. Rest of the area is represented by seasonal

crops, plantations, cultivated trees, avenue plants and weeds.

Standing-dead grasses of Heteropogoncontortus, Cymbopogoncoloratus,

Cymbopogoncaesius, Aristidasetacea, Aristidafuniculatus, Chrysopogonfulvus,

Chrysopogonverticillatus, Eremopogonfoveolatusetcwere fairly common. Structurally

important species present in the buffer zone include Acaicaplanifrons, Albiziaamara,

Azadirachtaindica, Borassusflabellifer, Butea monosperma, Cassia auriculata, Carissa

spinarum, Dendrocalamusstrictus, Cassia fistula, Diospyroschloroxyplon,

Maytenusemerginatus, Holopteliaintegrifolia, Ziziphushorrida, Ziziphusnummularia,

Lantana indica, Vitexnegundo, Annona squamosa, Butea monosperma,Prosopisjuliflora

,Phyllanthusreticulatus, Canthiumparviflorum, Dodonaeaviscosa, Calotropisprocera,



Streblus asperand others. Gokulakanta (Hygrophilaauriculata) was in some of the road

side drains. A list of trees and shrubs including perennial climbers present in the buffer

area is given in Table 3.25. A list of grasses, herbs and herbaceous plants found in the

buffer zone is given in Table 3.26. There are no rare or endangered or threatened

species either in the core area or in the buffer zone. All the species listed in Table 3.24

to Table 3.25 are widely distributed in most parts of Deccan region.

TABLE 3.25: A LIST OF TREES AND SHRUBS INCLUDING PERENNIAL CLIMBERS

PRESENT IN THE BUFFER AREA

Scientific name Common or Local name Family

Abrus precatorius Guruvinda Fabaceae

Acacia ferruginea Pandra Khair Mimosaceae

Acacia auriculiformis Australian Wattle Mimosaceae

Acacia caesia Korintha Mimosaceae

Acacia catechu Khair / Nalla sandra Mimosaceae

Acacia farnesiana Muriki thumma Mimosaceae

Acacia leucophloea Tella tumma Mimosaceae

Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae

Acacia planifrons Godugu Thumma Mimosaceae

Acaia holosericea Holosericea Mimosaceae

Achrus sapota Sapota Sapotaceae

Aegle marmelos Maredu Rutaceae

Ailanthus excelsa Peddamaanu Simaroubaceae

Alangium salvifolium Ooduga Alangiaceae

Albizia lebbek Dirisanam Mimosaceae

Alhagi camelorum Camel thorn Fabaceae

Allamanda cathartica Allamanda Apocynaceae

Annona squamosa Custard apple Annonaceae

Anogeissus acuminata Pasi Combretaceae

Anogeissus latifolia Chirumaanu Combretaceae

Asperagus racemosa Satavari Liliaceae



Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae

Azima tetracantha Tella Uppili Salvadoraceae

Bassia latifolia Ippa Sapotaceae

Bauhinia racemosa Aare chettu Caesalpiniaceae

Bauhinia variegata Mandari Caesalpiniaceae

Benkara malabarica Pedda manga Rubiaceae

Bombax malabariucm Silk cotton Bombacaceae

Borassus flabellifer Taati / Taadi Arecaace

Breynia retusa Chinna purugudu Euphorbiaceae

Breynia vitis-ideae Nalla purugudu Euphorbiaceae

Buchanania angustifolia Pedda -mori Anacardiaceae

Buchanania latifolia Char / Sarapappu Anacardiaceae

Butea monosperma Modugu Fabaceae

Callistemon citrinus Indian bottle brush tree Myrtaceae

Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

Calotropis procera Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

Calycoperis floribunda Bonta teega Combretaceae

Canthium dicoccum Nalla balusu Rubiaceae

Canthium parviflorum Balusu Rubiaceae

Capparis zeylanica Kutajamu Capparidaceae

Caralluma umbellata Kundeti Kommulu Apocynaceae

Careya arborea Adavi Jaama / Kumbhi Lecythidaceae

Carissa spinarum Kalivi / Vaaka Apocynaceae

Cascabela thevetia Patcha ganneru Apocynaceae

Cassia auriculata Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia fistula Rela Caesalpiniaceae

Catunaregam spinosa Manga / Chinna manga Rubiaceae

Chloroxylon sweitenia Billudu Flindarsiaceae

Cissus vitiginea Adavi Gummadi Vitaceae

Cissus quadrangularis Nalleru Vitaceae



Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceace

Codiaeum varieigatum Croton Euphorbiaceae

Cordia dichotoma Bankiriki Cordiaceae

Cosmostigma racemosum Adavitamalapaaku Apocynaceae

Crataeva religiosa Urimidi Capparidaceae

Cryptostegia grandiflora Rubber vine Asclepiadaceae

Dalbergia sisso Sisso or Seesum Caesalpiniaceae

Decalepis hahiltonii Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae

Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo / Veduru Poaceae

Desmodium pulchellum Deyyapu mokka Fabaceae

Dichrostachys cinerea Sara Thumma Mimosaceae

Diospyros chloroxylon Ulinda Ebenaceae

Diospyros melanoxylon Tunki Fabaceae

Dodonaea viscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae

Dolichondrone crispa Nirwodi Bignoniacae

Dolichondrone falcata Wodi Bignoniaceae

Erythina indica Indian coral tree Papilionaceae

Erythroxylon monogynum Dedaraaku Erythroxylaceae

Eucalyptus teretocronis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae

Eucalyptus hybrid Eucalyptus / Nilagiri Myrtaceae

Euphorbia antiquorum Brahma jemudu Euphorbiaceae

Ficus benghalensis Marri Moraceae

Ficus racemosa Medi Moraceae

Ficus religiosa Raavi Moraceae

Givotia rottleriformis Tella Poliki Euphorbiaceae

Glycomis mauritiana Tanaka Rutaceae

Grevellia robusta Silver oak Proteaceae

Grewia flavescens Jaana Tiliaceae

Grewia hirsuta Jaani Chettu Tiliaceae

Grewia obtusa Jaana Tiliaceae



Grewia villosa Bantha Tiliaceae

Hardwickia binata Yepi Caesalpiniaceae

Hemidemus indicus Sugandhapala Periplocaceae

Heterophragma roxburghii Kala Goru Bignoniaceae

Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Ulmaceae

Hygrophila auriculata Gokulakanta Acanthaceae

Ipomoea carnea Rubber mokka Convolvulaceae

Jatropha glandulifera Wild Castor Euphorbiaceae

Kigelia 60fricana Yenugu Paadam Bignoniaceae

Lagerstroemia parviflora Chennangi Lythraceae

Lantana indica Makkadambu Verbenaceae

Leptadenia reticulata Mukkupala Teega Asclepiadaceae

Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimosaceae

Limonia acidissima Velaga Rutaceae

Mangifera indica Mamidi Anacardiaceae

Maytenus emerginata Danti Celastraceae

Millingtonia hortensis Aakaasa malle Bignoniaceae

Mimosa polyancistra Thumma Mimosaceae

Mimosa rubicaulis Pariki kampa Mimosaceae

Mimosops elengi Pogada Sapotaceae

Morinda pubescens Togaru Rubiaceae

Moringa olivaefera Munaga Moringaceae

Muntingia calabura Wild cherry Elaeocarpaceae

Odina wodier Gumpena Anacardiaceae

Opuntia dillenii Naaga Jemudu Cactaceae

Oroxylum indicum Dundilam Bignoniaceae

Parkinsonia aculeata Jeeluga Widespread

Peltophorum pterocarpum Konda chinta Caesalpiniaceae

Pergularia daemia Dustapa teega Asclepiadaceae

Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Arecaceae



Phyllanthus emblica Usiri Euphorbiaceae

Phyllanthus reticulatus Pulasari / Puliseru Euphorbiaceae

Pithecellobium dulce Seema chinta Mimosaceae

Plumeria acutifolia Temple tree Apocynaceae

Plumeria alba Tella devaganneru Apocynaceae

Plumeria rubra Erra devaganneru Apocynaceae

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae

Polyalthia pendula Asoka Annonaceae

Pongamia pinnata Ganuga Fabaceae

Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae

Prosopis spicigera Jammi chettu Mimosaceae

Quisqualis indica Rangoon creeper Combretaceae

Saccopetalum tomentosum Chilka dudi Annonaceae

Samanea saman Nidrabhangi Mimosaceae

Sapindus emarginatus Kunkundu Sapindaceae

Sarcostemma bevistigma Som Asclepiadaceae

Semecarpus ancardium Marking nut tree Anacardiaceae

Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Bignoniaceae

Sterculia foetida Adavi badam Sterculiaceae

Streblus asper Barranki Moraceae

Syzigium cumini Neradu Myrtaceae

Tabernaemontana

coronaria

Nandivardhanam Apocynaceae

Tamarindus indica Chinta Caesalpiniaceae

Tecoma stans Patcha turai Bignoniaceae

Tectona grandis Teak / Teku Verbenaceae

Tarenna asiatica Kommi Rubiaceae

Terminalia arjuna Tella maddi Combretaceae

Terminalia bellerica Taani / Taandra Combretaceae

Terminalia catappa Baadam Combretaceae



Terminalia tomentosa Nalla maddi Combretaceae

Thespecia populnea Ganga Raavi Malvaceae

Thevetia nerifolia Yellow oleander Apocynaceae

Tylophora indica Kukkapala teega Asclepiadaceae

Vitex negundo Vaavili / Nirgundi Verbenaceae

Wattakaka volubilis Tummudu teega Asclepiadaceae

Wrightia tinctoria Pala –kordusha Apocynaceae

Ziziphus horrida Tella regu Rhamnaceae

Ziziphus mauritiana Regu Rhamnaceae

Ziziphus nummularia Nela Regu Rhamnaceae

TABLE 3.26. LIST OF GRASSES, HERBS AND HERBACEOUS SPECIES FOUND THE

BUFFER ZONE.

Scientific name Family

Abutilon crispum Malvaceae

Abutilon indicum Malvaceae

Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae

Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae

Adhatoda vasica Acanthaceae

Aerva lanata Amaranthaceae

Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae

Alloteropsis cimicina Poaceae

Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae

Andropogon jwarancusa Poaceae

Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae

Aristida depressa Poaceae

Aristida hystrix Poaceae

Aristida setacea Poaceae

Aristolochia bracteata Aristolochiaceae



Boerhaavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae

Bothriochloa pertusa Poaceae

Brachiaria cruciformis Poaceae

Brachiaria distachya Poaceae

Brachiaria mutica Poaceae

Brachiaria reptens Poaceae

Bulbostylis barbata Cyperaceae

Cassytha filiformis Lauraceae

Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae

Chloris barbata Poaceae

Chrysopogon fulvus Poaceae

Cissus quadrangularis Ampelidaceae

Citrullus vulgaris Cucurbitaceae

Cleome aspera Capparidaceae

Cleome gynandra Capparidaceae

Conyza stricta Asteraceae

Crinum asiaticum Amaryllidaceae

Crotalaria verrucosa Fabaceae

Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

Cymbopogon coloratus Poaceae

Cymbopogon caesius Poaceae

Cynodon dactylon Poaceae

Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae

Datura metel Solanaceae

Desmodium gangeticum Fabaceae

Desmodium triflorum Fabaceae

Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae

Dichanthium caricosum Poaceae

Eremopogon faveolatus Poaceae

Evolvulus alsinoides Convolvulaceae



Evolvulus nummularis Convolvulaceae

Heteropogon contortus Poaceae

Hibiscus micranthus Malvaceae

Hyptis suaveolens Lamiaceae

Indigofera enneaphylla Fabaceae

Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae

Neptunia triquetra Mimosaceae

Oldenlandia umbellata Rubiaceae

Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae

Polycarpaea corymbosa Caryophyllaceae

Ruellia tuberosa Acanthaceae

Rungia repens Acanthaceae

Scilla indica Liliaceae

Sida acuta Malvaceae

Sida cordifolia Malvaceae

Tragia involucrata Euphorbiaceae

Trainthema portulacastrum Ficoidaceae

Tridax procumbens Asteraceae

Urginea congesta Liliaceae

Urginea coromandeliana Liliaceae

Waltheria indica Sterculiaceae

Withania somnifera Solanaceae

3.9.2Terrestrial fauna of the Core area and the Buffer zone:

As the animals, especially vertebrates and the winged invertebrates move from place to

place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs, separate lists for core

and buffer areas are not feasible. Though there are two blocks of reserved forests in

the buffer zone, they are in the form of small isolated patches. As these forest blocks

are surrounded by villages on all sides, they are subject to biotic pressures of grazing

and harvesting. As such there are no chances of occurrence of any rare or endangered



or endemic or threatened (REET) species within the core or buffer area. There are no

Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve or Elephant Corridor

or other protected areas within 10 Km of radius from core area. It is evident from the

available records, reports and circumstantial evidence that the entire study area

including the core and buffer areas were free from any endangered animals. Among

the Mammals, only Squirrels, Mongoose, Rats, Bandicoots and Rabbits were seen

frequently during the survey. Monkeys were also rare. Among the reptiles, Lizards,

Garden lizards were very common. Rat snake and Monitor lizard were seen once

during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians were also rare. List of

vertebrates other than birds found in and around the project site area is given in Table

3.27. A list of birds is given in Table 3.28. There were no resident birds other than

Crows, Parrots, Doves, and Weaver birds, Swifts, Quails and Mynas. It is apparent

from the list that none of the species with the sole exception of Peacock either spotted

or reported is included in Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act. Peacocks are fairly

common in these areas. They do not come under the threatened category of the IUCN.

Further it is easy to multiply Peacocks and they can be easily domesticated if permitted.

TABLE 3.27 : LIST OF VERTEBRATES OTHER THAN BIRDS FOUND IN AND

AROUND THE PROJECT SITE.

Scientific name Common name Local name WPA

MAMMALS

Bandicota indica Large bandicoot rat

Pandikokku IV

Cynopterus sphinx Short-nosed fruit bat Gabbilam IV Funambulus palmarum Three striped squirrel

Udatha

IV

Golunda ellioti Indian bush rat Yeluka IV

Herpestes edwardsii Indian grey mongoose Mungeesa IV Hystrix indica Indian crested porcupine Mullapandi IV

Macaca mulatta Rhesus Macaque Kothi II Mus booduga Common Indian field

mouse Yeluka IV

Mus musculus Home mouse Yeluka IV

Nosokia indica Bandicoot rat Pandikokku IV Pipistrellus mimus Indian pygmy pipistrelle Gabbilam IV Plecotus auritus Long-eared bat Gabbilam IV Rattus rattus Common Indian rat Yeluka IV



Scotophillus heathi Greater yellow bat Gabbilam IV Suncus etruscus Savvy pygmy shrew Chuchu IV Suncus murinus House shrew Chuchu IV Sus scrofa Wild boar Adavi Pandi III REPTILES

Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait Katla paamu IV Calotes versicolor Garden lizard Thonda IV Chameleon zeylanicus Chameleon Oosaravelli IV Chrysopelea taprobanica

Tree Snake Pasirika paamu IV

Dryphis nasutus Whip Snake Whip Snake IV Echis carinatus Saw scaled viper Pinjari IV

Geochelone elegans Indian star tortoise Nakshatra taabelu

IV

Hemidactylus flaviviridis

Indian wall lizard Balli IV

Naja naja Cobra Naagu paamu II

Ptyas mucosa Rat snake Jerri pothu IV Typhlops diardii Blind Snake Blind snake IV

Typhlops porrectus Slender Blind Snake Blind snake IV Varanus bengalensis Common Indian Monitor Udumu IV

Vipera russseli Russell’s viper Rakta pinjari IV AMPHIBIANS Bufo melonosticatus Common Indian Toad Toad IV

Hoplobatrachus tigerinus

Tiger Frog Kappa IV

Hyla arboria Tree Frog Chettu kappa IV Rana hexadactyla. Green Pond Frog Kappa IV

Sphaerotheca breviceps

Indian Burrowing frog Burada kappa IV

WPA indicates Schedule number in the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act.

TABLE 3.28 : LIST OF BIRDS EITHER SPOTTED OR REPORTED FROM THE

AREAS IN AND AROUND THE PROJECT SITE.

Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA

Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae IV

Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sturnidae IV

Aegithinia tiphia Common Iora Irenidae IV

Alcedo atthis Smallblue kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

Athene brama Spotted owlet Noctuidae IV

Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV

Centropus sinasis Greater coucal Phasianidae IV

Ceryle rudis Lesser pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV



Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Columbidae IV

Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Coraciidae IV

Corvus splendens House crow Corvidae V

Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian tree pie Corvidae IV

Dendrocygna javanica Lesser whistling-duck Anatidae IV

Dicaeum erythrorhynchos

Tickell’s flower pecker Dicaeidae IV

Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Dicruridae IV

Egretta garzetta Little egret Ardeidae IV

Elanus caeruleus Black-shouldered kite Accipitridae IV

Eudynamys scolopace Asian koel Cuculidae IV

Halcyon smyrnensis White-Breasted King fisher

Alcedinidae IV

Hierococcyx varius Brain fever bird Ardeidae IV

Himantopus himantopus

Black-winged stilt Recurvirostridae IV

Hydrophasianus chrugus

Pheasant tailed Jacana Jacanidae IV

Lanius excubitor Great grey shrike Daniidae IV

lxobrychus cinnamomeus

Chestnut bittern Ardeidae IV

Megalaima haemacephala

Copper smith Barbet Capitonidae IV

Merops orientalis Small Bee eater Meropidae IV

Milvus migrans Black kite Accipitridae IV

Motacilla alba White wagtail Motacillidae IV

Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail Motacillidae IV

Motacilla maderaspatensis

Large pied wagtail Motacillidae IV

Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird Nectariniidae IV

Nectarinia zeylonica Purple-rumped sunbird Nectariniidae IV

Oriolus oriolus Eurasian golden oriole Oriolidae IV

Passer domesticus House sparrow Passeridae IV

Pavi cristatus Pea cock / Pea Fowl Phasianidae I

Perirocotus cinnomomeus

Small Minivet Phasianidae IV

Phalacrocorax carbo Large Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV

Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV

Porphyrio porphyrio Purple moorhen Rallidae IV

Prinia inornata Plain prinia Cisticolidae IV

Prinia socialis Ashy prinia Cisticolidae IV

Psittacula Blossom headed Parakeet Psittacidae IV



cyanocephala

Psittacula krameri Rose-Ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV

Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotidae IV

Saxicolodies fulicata Indian robin Turdinae IV

Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Columbidae IV

Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared-Dove Columbidae IV

Streptopelia Senegalensis

Little brown dove Columbidae IV

Streptopelia tranquebarica

Red Collared-Dove Columbidae IV

Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Sturnidae IV

Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Timalinae IV

Upupa epops Common hoopoe Upupidae IV

Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Charadriidae IV

WPA indicates Schedule number in the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act.

3.9.3 Aquatic flora and fauna:

There are no perennial water bodies in the study area. But Paddy is grown in some

areas with ground (Bore well) water. All the tanks have become fully dry and there are

no aquatic plants or aquatic fauna in the study area.

3.10. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The primary survey of Socio - Economic Base-Line Data, collected at Eight Villages

falling within 10 KMs of the Project-Influence Area has been done.

To study the Socio-Economic status of the Project-Influence Area, base-line data on the

following Aspects have been collected,

Gender Distribution

Literacy Status of Populations

Employment Status of Populations

Rural & Semi-Urban Distribution of the Populations

Socio Economic Amenities Available for Transport, Education, Health &

Immunisation, Drinking Water, Electrification, Etc. and

Social Evils, prevalent in the Study Area



3.10.1 Gender Distribution of the Study Area

The total population of the study area is 60,425 with of 50.6 % Male Population

and 49.4 % Female Population.

The following Table 3.29 and Graphic represents the Village-wise Distribution of the

Populations, both Male & Female shown figure 3.12:

TABLE 3.29: THE DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS

S. No

Demography Male Population Female Population

Total Population 60,425

Total 30576 29,849

1. Machanpally 962 925

2. Maryala 3769 3600

3. Nagineniaplli 1013 974

4. Bommal Ramaram 19409 19093

5. Cheekati Mamidi 2943 2834

6. Medi Palle 1051 1042

7. Hazipur 586 570

8. Mailaram 843 811

FIGURE 3.12: DIAGRAM SHOWING TOTAL POPULATION DISTRIBUTION IN THE STUDY

AREA



Employed:

Unemployed:

Non Working:

3.10.2 Employment Status of Populations Of the total Population of 60,425, 53.86 % are Employed, 3.30% are Unemployed while,

42.84% are Other Non-Working Population including Infants, Students, Elderly

Professionals, Retired, Invalid or otherwise Unemployable.

The Aggregate Employment Status of Populations of Male & Female Female of the

Study Area is given in the Table 3.30 and the graphical representation is shown in

Figure 3.13.

TABLE 3.30: EMPLOYMENT PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA

Population Employed *Others Unemployed

Total 60425 32547 1994 25884

Male 30576 17738 1009 11829

Female 29849 14809 985 14055

* Other Include Infants, Students,Practicing Professionals, the house Wives,the sick

and the retired

FIGURE 3.13: DIAGRAM SHOWING EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY

AREA



0.00

20.00

40.00

60.00

80.00

100.00

120.00

140.00

160.00

180.00

Average:

Female:

Male:

3.10.3. LITERACY & ILLITERACY RATE:

The Average Literacy Rate in the study areas is 48.21% & 74.85%, for Female & Male

population, respectively and the rate of Illiteracy is at an alarmingly high 51.79% for

Women and 25.15% for Men Populations.

The Literacy Status is shown in Table No. 3.31 and the graphical representation is

shown in Figure 3.14.

TABLE 3.31: LITERACY AND ILLITERACY RATE OF STUDY AREA

FIGURE 3.14: DIAGRAM SHOWING LITERACY AND ILLITERACY RATE IN THE

STUDY AREA

S.No

Name of the Village

Literacy in %

Male Female Average

1 Machanpally 61.43 47.14

54.43

2 Maryala 60.38 39.62 50.45

3 Nagineniaplli 61.40 47.13 54.40

4 Bommal Ramaram 58.33 40.51 49.49

5 Cheekati Mamidi 53.52 33.03 43.47

6 Medi Palle 68.60 46.07 57.38

7 Hazipur 71.67 43.86 57.96

8 Mailaram 54.45 36.99 45.89



3.10.4 CIVIC AMENITIES AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA

The proposed project is coming up, at ‘Machapally’ Village, Bommal Ramaram Mandal

(Revenue Sub-Division), Nalgonda District, Telengana State – where the basic social

amenities like Education, Emergency Medicare, Drinking-Water, Communications,

Roads and Power supply are readily available.

As for Educational facilities, they are available either within the Village or Major Village

& Semi-Urban Centre, Bommal Ramaram Town, to almost all the populations of the

Study Area.

A) Power and Energy:

All Villages, in the Project Study Area, are electrified – both for common facilities like,

Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also almost all houses are electrified for

home lighting, while LPG, Kerosene Oil and in some cases Waste Agri-Waste, Fallen

Firewood, Cow Dung Cakes, etc. are used for cooking purpose.

B) Health and Medical Facilities:

Most Villages have Visiting ANMs / Health Counseling-cum-Primary Health Care Mobile

Units or PHCs (Primary Health Centers). For Maternity and Specialist Care & basic

Diagnostics, adequate facilities are available at ‘Bommal Ramaram Town’, which is at a

distance of 4 KMs., ‘Nalgonda’, which is also the District Head Quarters (91 KMs.) and

43 KMs. from State capital Hyderabad, from the proposed project site. And for Critical

and Advanced Medicare & Diagnostics, local communities visit Hyderabad, which is 65

KMs, from the proposed project site.

Also Ambulance is available on 108 for emergencies to evacuate patients of serious

health condition/s to the Multi-Specialty Hospitals – both Government & Private –

located in Bommal Ramaram and Hyderabad.

All the villages have achieved 100% Immunisation & Nutrition to all Pregnant Women

and Children from Birth to the age of 10 Years through Government’s ‘Integrated

Healthy-Child’ Scheme – under the name of “Bangaru Thalli (Golden Mother)”, designed



to provide the same to the Pregnant Ladies, right from the detection of pregnancy and

to the infant becoming 10 Years Child.

C) Tele-Communications:

Telecommunication facility in the Project Study Area is adequate; BSNL Electronic

Telephone Exchange is available and BSNL Mobile / BSNL / Aircel / Airtel / Vodafone,

Idea Cellular Telecom. Services, Reliance, Docomo are very effective and are available

to almost everyone, in the Project Study Area.

D) Local Administration & Law:

While all the Villages and Hamlets, attached to any Village do have ‘Village Panchayats’

duly elected by the local electorates to assure Sanitation, Local Law & Order and to

coordinate with various Government Departments & Other Agencies, concerned for

local Sanitation, General Hygiene, Immunisation, Nutrition Programmes, Enhancement

of Literacy Levels and Crime / Law & Order as well as all Central and State

Governmental Developmental Projects.

E) Other Administrative Issues:

They are further supported by the Office of the Mandal Revenue Officer & Special

Officer / Revenue Divisional Officer (R.D.O.) sit at Bommal Ramaram (4.00 KMs.)

which is also the Mandal (Sub-Division) Head Quarters and Nalgonda (62.50 KMs.),

the Head Quarters of the District, of the same name.

F) Transportation & Other Important Facilities:

The nearest Police Station, the Fire Station and Bus Station are located at Bommal

Ramaram (4.00 KMs) and there are also Bus-Stations or Bus-Stops at almost all

Villages & Hamlets to all major Towns & Cities.

G) Other Acute Social Problems:

Alcoholism,

Illegal brewing of Arrack (locally called ‘Gudumba) and illegal ‘Belt-Shops’ for

cheap liquor.



Finally this is an area having Fluoride Contamination in the Ground Water,

which has been causing people get fluorosis, a teeth and bone degenerative

disease.

3.10.5 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent

Apart from the mandatory ‘Environmental Social Responsibility (ESR)’ &

‘Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Budgets, the project proponent is advised

to provide employment to the Qualified, Semi-Literate, Un-Skilled, Women &

Physically Handicapped from the Local Area as a compensation for operating in

cluster of Villages / Hamlets. Similarly, the Qualified Local Area people should

be preferred over others.

It is also advised that Project Proponent acts ethically & transparently in all its

dealings pertaining to the operations and pollution discharges of the Plant for the

local communities to become confident of the otherwise skeptical about Chemical

& Drug Manufacturing activities in the area due to the possible pollution of the

Air, Water & Soil.

The Project Proponent further advised to involve itself with some trusted NGOs

or Governmental Agencies – that are active in the local area – to fund some

Community Development Projects and also propagate Good Health & Hygienic

Practices, Awareness Building against Child-Marriages, ‘Illiteracy’ and rampant

‘Alcoholism’.

ANTICIPATED

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

&

MITIGATION MEASURES

CHAPTER -IV


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - IV Page 1

CHAPTER - IV

ANTICIPATED ENIVORNMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical and biological, cultural

and/or socio-economic environment that can be attributed to activities related to any

alternatives under study for meeting the project needs. Overall environmental impact is

divided into two categories i.e. during Construction Phase and Operation Phase.

The element involved in the process of Environmental Impact Assessment is the

Identification of impacts as it forms the basis for quantification and evaluation of

impacts. In this section, the impacts on the environment, either beneficial or deleterious

due to the proposed project have been identified. The aspects of the environment,

which are likely to be disturbed or damaged, are represented as parameters.

Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact

Assessment studies for quantification and evaluation of impacts. Several scientific

techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of developmental

activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions

are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to

derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of

impacts helps in minimizing the impacts on environmental quality during the post project

execution.

4.2 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

This includes the following activities related to construction of related structures and

installation of related equipment.



4.2.1 Impact on Land Use

The current land use type of project site is dry land. This land will be converted in to

industrial area. The project site 7.40 acres area will change into industrial land.

New industry establishment will attract additional settlements in surrounding area due to

new employment scope. It may alter the surrounding land use.

4.2.2 Impact on Land / Soil Environment

Impact on land during construction is short term negative impact due to change in top

layer of soil. Temporary change in top layer of soil will be occurred. The construction

activity will help in fixation of soil, thereby reducing the soil erosion

4.2.3 Impact on Topography

It is a new project, impact on topography is anticipated. Project activities include

excavation of soil at plant site and construction of buildings. During construction,

excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact during the

construction is reversible and short term and insignificant. During the operation phase of

the project, no impact is envisaged on the topography

4.2.4 Impact on Air Quality

There will be impact on Air Environment during construction phase and also during

operation phase. The impact during construction phase will be short term and

reversible.

The main sources of emission during the construction period are the movement of

equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthwork, foundation

works and exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the

construction phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx,

SPM and CO.

4.2.5 Impact on Water Quality

The impact on water quality is short term negative impacts due to water consumption

and sewage disposal. The source of wastewater generation will be from the domestic



activities, liquid materials like diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area may

seep into ground where it could contaminate groundwater and soil. A good construction

engineering practice is necessary. Water requirement for construction phase will be

very minor and for short period. There will not be any significant impact on water

environment.

4.2.6 Impact on Noise Levels

Noise will be generated due to construction traffic for loading and unloading, fabrication

and handling of equipment and materials are likely to cause an increase in the ambient

noise levels. The areas affected are those close to the site. However, the noise will be

temporary and will be restricted mostly to daytime.

4.2.7 Impact on Ecology

The proposed project is a dry land. Removal of vegetation may have impact. However,

Green belt development could give long term positive impact at the study area.

Thus, there will no major adverse impacts are envisaged on ecological environment due

to project activities

4.2.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic

environment, as this is only a small project, without disturbing any Habitat or Fertile

Land.

The proposed project will require an additional workforce of 35 persons. Thus

industrial activity will boost up the commercial and socio-economical status of the

local communities to a great extent. And, the overall impact on socio-economic

environment due to the proposed project is substantially positive and help become

communities progress, on the long-terms basis.

4.3 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During construction phase, the construction activities like site leveling, grading,

transportation of the construction material cause various impacts on the surroundings.

However, the constructional phase impacts are temporary and localized phenomena



except the permanent change in local landscape and land use pattern of the project

site.

4.3.1 Land/Soil Environment Management

Top soil to be generated during construction activity will be preserved and used for the

green belt development. Other excavated earth from the construction activity will be

used for the backfilling and leveling in low laying area. Proposed greenbelt development

will have significant impact in reduction of the soil erosion

4.3.2 Air Quality Management

Leveling, earthwork & construction confined to proposed project site will be carried out

as per the requirement. The emissions will be temporary and confined within proposed

project boundary. It is not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality.

However, the unit will take following measures for control of dust emissions:

Use of plastic cover sheet while transporting raw material at site

Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin

sheet

Keeping minimum inventory/stock of sand and other such dispersible material at

site

The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be the minimum practical

height to limit fugitive dust generation

Use of water sprinkling system at site for dust suppression

Provision of barricade sheet of steel / tin sheet of minimum 3 m heights to protect

the surrounding area from the dust

Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first

During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that

minimum flow of dust particle takes place

All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with tarpaulin & overloading of

the vehicles will be avoided

The construction activity will be carried out during day time only

Existing greenbelt will have significant impact in reduction of dust dispersion

Proposed greenbelt development will be started from the construction phase



4.3.3 Water Quality Management

The wastewater generation will be from the domestic activities. Domestic effluent will be

disposed of through septic tank into soak pit. There will be no ground water withdrawal.

Greenbelt development will have positive impact on ground water table.

Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where

it could contaminate groundwater and soil.

Ensure prompt cleaning up of accidental spillages

Measures will be followed to prevent the contamination of hydrological features

by diesel, grease, oil, etc.derived from the working area

The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good operating condition

Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle maintenance

Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access track to

prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads.

Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to

flow through. All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will

be cleaned. Adopting good construction and engineering practices will help in mitigating

the water pollution.

4.3.4 Noise Level Management

Construction equipment and vehicular traffic contribute to the increased noise level.

Recommended mitigation measures are:

Good maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment.

Restriction of construction activities to day time only.

Plantation of trees around the plant boundary to attenuate the noise.

4.3.5 Ecological Management

During construction, small shrubs in the plant premises are required to be cleared. The

measures required to be undertaken to minimize the impact on the ecology are:

The felling of trees will be kept at minimum.

The greenbelt will be developed.



4.3.6 Social community Management

Constructional activities will generate employment to about 60 workers.

4.4 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the

production starts.

The following activities related to the operational phase will have varying impacts on the

environment and are considered for impact assessment:

Air environment

Water resources and quality

Noise levels

Land use

Soil quality

Solid waste

Terrestrial and aquatic ecology

Demography and socio-economics.

Hydro Geology

4.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design capacity,

configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air pollution control

measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other activities associated

with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage facilities and

material handling within the plant premises may also contribute to air pollution.

4.5.1 Source of Air Pollution

The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air

quality. The main sources from proposed project are detailed below.



A. Flue gas Emissions

Boilers and DG sets are the two main sources of emissions from the plant. M/s. S.M.

Labs Pvt Ltd., Unit-III proposed to install Two no’s 4 TPH coal fired boiler for plant

operations and the industry proposes to install Two no’s of DG Sets with 250 KVA

capacity are installed for standby power during power failures only. The PM, SO2 and

NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the boilers and DG sets.

The emissions from the boiler stacks and DG Set Stacks are given in Table 4.1 & 4.2.

TABLE 4.1: EMISSION DETAILS FROM BOILER STACK

Particulars Units 4.0 TPH Coal fired Boiler X 2 No’s

Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal Coal Consumption TPD 10.0

Ash Content % 47 Sulphur Content % 0.8


No. of Stacks No 1 Height of the Stack m 32

Diameter of Stack m 0.60 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 110



gm/sec 0.27

Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 1.15 Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 1.54

Pollution Control Equipment - Cyclone separated followed by suitable

Bag Filter

TABLE 4.2: EMISSION DETAILS FROM DG SET STACK

Capacity In KVA

Emission of SPM in mg/Nm3

Emission Of SO2 in mg/Nm3

Emission of NOx

in mg/Nm

3

Stack dia. In m

Flue Gas Temp. in

OC

Stack Height in m

Flue gas Velocity In m/sec.

250 KVA

65.0 110.0 135.0 0.30 220 10 18.50

B. Process Emissions

The most probable emitted pollutants from process are SO2, NH3 and HCL. The

emission from the process is mainly liberated gases from various reactions. The various



gases emanating from reactions shall be scrubbed in a 2 stage scrubber to control the

gaseous emission into the atmosphere, by using the suitable scrubbing media. Apart

from this all the reactors are connected with primary and secondary condensers to

mitigate the solvent evaporation losses from process.

C. Fugitive emission

The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are handling of raw materials and

Solvents. The solvents will be stored in drums in elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk

quantities will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers to avoid the fugitive

emissions. Solvents are handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the

form of evaporation.

4.5.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment

The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level concentration during

the operation of proposed plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area. The

impact on air quality due to emissions from single source or group of sources is

evaluated by use of mathematical models. When air pollutants are emitted into the

atmosphere, they are immediately diffused into surrounding atmosphere, transported

and diluted due to winds. The air quality models are designed to simulate these

processes mathematically and to relate emissions of primary pollutants to the resulting

downwind air quality. The inputs include emissions, meteorology and surrounding

topographic details to predict the impacts of conservative pollutants. The impacts of air

pollutants were predicted using Gaussian air dispersion model, which is selected on the

basis of existence of multiple point sources within the industrial complex and the plain

terrain at the project site. The Gaussian air dispersion model has been developed to

simulate the effect of emissions from point sources on air quality. Gaussian model is

extensively used for predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) of conservative

pollutants from point, area and volume sources. The impacts of primary air pollutants

are predicted using this air quality model keeping in view the plain terrain at the project

site.



The micrometeorological data monitored at project site during study period have been

used in this model.

The Gaussian model provides estimates of pollutant concentrations at various receptor

locations. It is, an hour-by-hour steady state. Gaussian model which takes into account

the following:

Terrain adjustments

Stack-tip downwash

Gradual plume rise

Buoyancy-induced dispersion, and

Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection

Plume reflection off elevated terrain

Building down wash

Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for hourly source emission rates,

exit velocity and stack gas temperature. Gaussian air dispersion models were used to

estimate the ambient air quality levels at different monitoring stations due to stack

emissions. Only two stability conditions based on the meteorology aspects were used to

calculate the theoretical maximum ground level concentration. Comparing the actual

data and data generated from mathematical modeling, it highlights that the stability

condition E & A-B were predominant in the region. Using the estimated stack emission

data and wind speed directions, a mathematical model was prepared to establish the

ground level concentration in the region.

Methodology

Prediction of GLC values are made by using Industrial Source Complex Short Term

Model Version–3 (ISCST-3) software approved by U.S. Environmental Protection

Agency (USEPA). This model uses a steady state, sector-averaged Gaussian plume

equation for application in complex terrain (i.e. terrain stack or release height) and is run

using stability classes developed by Pasqual and Gifford.

Following are the assumptions made while using the model:

No dry and wet depletion of pollutants



Receptors are on flat terrain with no flag pole

Data Used for Computation

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC

values of PM, SO2 & NOx using the meteorological data collected at site during the

October 2014– December 2014. Details of the data used for computations are given

below:

Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics

The details of estimated stack emissions load are given in Table 4.1.

Meteorological Data

The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of October 2014–

December 2014, on hourly basis. Wind speed, wind direction and temperature have

been processed to extract the 24 hourly mean meteorological data as per the guidelines

of IMD and MoEF for application in ISCST3 Model. Mixing heights of the project area

have been taken from CPCB publication named “Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative

Capacity of Atmosphere in India”.

Dispersion Modeling Results

The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from proposed plant

have been computed for PM, SO2 & NOx considering topographical features around the

proposed plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC

values for PM, SO2 & NOx from proposed plant are given in Table 4.3 to Table 4.4.

Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.3 for SPM, SO2 &

NOx.

TABLE 4.3: PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL

CONCENTRATIONS

Season Maximum Incremental GLCs

(μg/m3)

Distance (km)

Direction

SPM SO2 NOx

Post -monsoon season, 2014 0.93 3.96 5.31 1.1 NW & SW



TABLE-4.4 RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO

INCREMENTAL GLC's

Pollutant Maximum Baseline

Concentration

(μg/m3)

Incremental

Concentrations due to

Proposed Project (μg/m3)

Resultant

Concentration

(μg/m3) PM 61.53 0.93 62.46

SO2 13.91 3.96 17.87

NOx 18027 5.31 23.58

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of SPM,

SO2 &NOx, will remain below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality standards for SO2 &

NOx (80 μg/m3) and PM10 (100μg/m3) prescribed by CPCB. The operation of proposed

plant is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the study

area.



FIGURE - 4.1: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SPM

-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

-10000

-8000

-6000

-4000

-2000

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST2.4%

4.8%

7.2%

9.6%

12%

0.05

0.15

0.25

0.35

0.45

0.55

0.65

0.75

0.85

-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

-10000

-8000

-6000

-4000

-2000

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000



FIGURE - 4.2: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SO2

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST2.4%

4.8%

7.2%

9.6%

12%

-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

-10000

-8000

-6000

-4000

-2000

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

-10000

-8000

-6000

-4000

-2000

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

0.1

0.5

0.9

1.3

1.7

2.1

2.5

2.9

3.3

3.7



FIGURE - 4.3: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF NOX

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST2.4%

4.8%

7.2%

9.6%

12%

-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

-10000

-8000

-6000

-4000

-2000

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

-10000

-8000

-6000

-4000

-2000

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

0.2

0.7

1.2

1.7

2.2

2.7

3.2

3.7

4.2

4.7



4.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The total water requirement for the proposed unit is 128.56 KL/day. The detailed

breakup of the water requirement is shown in Table 4.5 and required water will be met

from ground water. The total waste water generated will be 65.33 KLD which is from

process, floor & reactor washes, cooling tower bleed, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM

plant and plant domestic wastewater shown in Table 4.5.

TABLE 4.5: TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT

S.No Purpose Water Requirement In KLD

1 Process 43.06

2 Washings 3.00


4 Cooling towers Make up 24.00

5 DM Plant 2.00



8 Gardening 5.00

Total 128.56

Out of Total Water consumption of 128.56 KLD an amount of 34.69 KLD of water

will be recovered by the ZLD system and reused, Hence, Total fresh water

requirement is 93.87 KLD and will be met from Ground Water.

TABLE 4.6: TOTAL WASTE WATER GENERATION

S. No Purpose HTDS In

KLD

LTDS In KLD

Effluent In KLD

Disposal Method


2 Washings 0.00 3.00 3.00



0.00 4.00 4.00


2.00 0.00 2.00

6 Scrubbing system 2.00 0.00 2.00


Total 55.10 10.23 65.33



4.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The main sources of noise pollution in the plant are Boiler, Reactors, DG Sets, Air

compressors, compressors and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements

during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products

and transporting activity may also increase noise level.

Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by the

National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq values

of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75 – 70 db [A] [during

day time and night time] which will be within the permissible limit.

4.8 IMPACT ON LAND USE

The current land use type of project site is sheet rock area. This land will be

converted in to industrial area.

According to project site 7.40 acres area will change into industrial land.

As per land break up single crop land and Double crop lands are the major land

use type covering the study area. Crop lands are influencing factors to the

environment.

As per totally new industry will established, relatively settlements also will

increase in surrounding area due to new employment. It may alter the surrounding

land use.

4.9 IMPACT ON SOIL

Physico-chemical changes in soil quality may occur due to spillage of various chemicals

on land around storage area. The impact will remain confided within the factory

premises it will change the quality of soil and impact will be of irreversible in nature

Enhanced soil erosion due to excavations, filling, levelling etc.

Integrated soil and water conservation measures involving physical and biological

systems are incorporated. Legumes like Subabul and Hamata are proposed to be grown

for soil conservation, improvement of soil fertility and perennial fodder production.



4.10 IMPACT OF SOLID WASTE

The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the proposed project, is

mentioned at Chapter -2. The current practice of storage of generated hazardous waste,

in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the prescribed

guidelines will be continued for the additional generation of hazardous waste. Hence,

the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous waste to be

generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of solid waste will be shown in

below Table 4.7.

TABLE 4.7: HAZARDOUS / SOLIDWASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL MODE

S. No Description Quantity In Kg/Day

Method Of Disposal











20 Nos / Day






4.11 IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY

Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as

long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to

the proposed industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological

factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are

concerned:



1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity

2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation

3. Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered or

endemic or threatened (REET)species

4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i)

disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii) alterations in

predator-prey relationships.

Loss of the existing flora: The existing green cover is very sparse and there shall be no

loss of any RET species for the simple reason that such species do not occur either in

the core area or the buffer zone.

Loss of fodder and grazing land for locals: Green fodder is produced only during the

rainy season from June to October. During that time, shortage of green fodder is

uncommon. During the rest of the year when there is shortage of both green and dry

fodder, the core area contributes very little. Hence the overall loss of fodder can be made

goog by growing forage crops.

4.12 IMPACTS ON SOCIO- ECONOMY

During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be

generated.

During the operational phase of this Manufacturing project, it will generate employment

for at least 35 persons including, skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled workers and office staff.

The indirect employment will also will go up in local transportation, shopkeepers’

business and other casual employment for many people.

The Project Proponent shall arrange to give First preference to the Local people

wherever found suitable for all the jobs in the plant. Economic status of the local people

will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities, thereby,

making a positive impact on the Local Economy, viz. Educational, Medical and Housing

Facilities in the study area. Thus, the proposed project will have significant positive

impact on the socio-economic progress of the sub-region.



4.13 IMPACTS ON HYDROLOGY AND GEOLOGY

As there are exposures / outcrops in the close vicinity of the proposed industry the

impact on Geology will have negligible impact. The area contains hard rock of Granite.

4.14 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

4.14.1 Mitigation Measures for Air Environment

The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by providing

vent condensers to the Tanks.

Chilled brine circulation will be used to condensate the solvent vapor in receivers

which ensures the recovery around 95% and also controlled by closed operations

and handling methods. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom

concentrations.

Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the storage

tanks and all the reactors are provide with primary and secondary condensers

with chilled brine circulation to avoid fugitive emission and solvent losses which

ensures the recovery around 95% and also controlled by closed operations and

handling methods.

The reactor generating solvent vapors will be connected to condensers with

receivers. The height of the solvent receiver tank vent is above production block

roof level and the diameter is 20 mm. The maximum solvent loss is around 5 %.

Adequate stack height of 30 Mtrs will be provide to the 4 TPH boiler and stack

monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the

compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separators’ followed

by Bag filters will be provided to the boiler.

In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop green belt on and around

its premises.

Process emissions will be sent to scrubbing system and will be mitigated by

using suitable scrubbing media.

Solvents are handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form

of evaporation.



Providing vent condensers to the tanks and chilled water circulation will be used

to condensate the solvent vapor in receivers which ensures the maximum

recovery and also controlled by closed operations and handling methods.

4.14.2 Mitigation Measures for Water Environment

Unit proposed to recharge ground water during the monsoon to balance the

water table to make a recharge sump in own premises.

Minimization of water use

Zero Liquid Discharge System

Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor to reduce the amount of

wastewater generated.

4.14.3 Measures for hazardous/solid waste

To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible

contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations, following

Mitigation measures can be implemented:

There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage and from

the storage of generated effluent from the proposed project.

The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor and also covered with

the roof.

The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be

maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for minimization

and reuse.

Classification of waste

Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed & sell to appropriate recycler

&/or reuse.

Data Management and Reporting

Personnel Training

4.14.4 Measures for Noise

To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures,

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective

measures should be provided, if required (wherever noise level is more than 90

dB (A)).



Employees should be provided with ear protection measures like earplugs or

earmuffs. Earplug should be provided to all workers where exposure is 85 dB (A)

or more.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for

the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

Green Belt Development

4.14.5. Measures for Soil Conservation

Measures for soil conservation and rain water harvesting are already in place. Entire

rain water is diverted to the four blocks of plantations for temporary storage, percolation

and ground water recharge. The soils are porous and there are no problems of soil

erosion. Collection of rain water in sumps is not permitted by the SPCB in case of bulk

drug units in view of the apprehension that untreated effluents may be stored.

4.14.6. Measures for Land use

Seepages, percolation of project site water / flooding of the site need to be

strictly controlled through constructions of peripheral the wall around the site.

All effluents whenever other pollutants must be controlled in such away

leakage / seepage within the project premises or within the study area.

Under no circumstances should the project allow escape of chimney

emissions that pollute ambient air quality in the study area.

As surrounding area nearby project site are mainly Single crop land, Double

crop land area, company should take care of Air & Water environment while

construction and operation phase.

As project site is altering crop land, should develop proper green belt

according to requirement of CPCB norms.

Company can allot quarters to the employs in flat system instead of individual

bungalows which can control increase in settlement. Local employment can

increase for the same.

Protection & Conservation measures for crop lands should take by the

industries.



4.14.4 Ecology and Biodiversity

The site is a non-forest wasteland with about 20 medium size trees and thorny shrubs.

Many of them are going to be lost on account of construction, fabrication and erection

works connected with the establishment of the industry. As there are no RET species in

the core area, no species is going to be lost on account of the proposed industry. Many

of the plants listed in chapter 3 are going to be destroyed on account of the

establishment of the industry. As there are no REET species, the proposed project is not

going to pose any threat to local flora and fauna. No direct or indirect damage is

expected to the flora and fauna of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or

endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any

threat to the flora and fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and

maintain the emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / APPCB,

the effects of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible.

Neither the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water

from the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources. Further tall, wind resistant

and evergreen trees will be grown in the greenbelt to act a wind break. Hence, the

anticipated environmental impacts on the flora and fauna of the study area are negligible

and easily reversible. It is not going to create any kind of environmental stress to the

local flora and fauna.

14.14.7 Health & Safety measures

Provision of periodic medical checkup for all the employees is necessary first aid

facilities.

Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, DCP, water, CO2 type)

will be providing inside the factory premises.

ANALYSIS OF

ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

CHAPTER -V


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 1

CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

M/s. S.M. Labs Pvt Ltd., is proposed to establish Greenfield manufacturing unit -III at

Machanpally Village in an area of 7.4 acres having the infrastructure facilities, land,

water sources, material transportation, and power etc., are very near to the proposed

site and the site is also very near to Hyderabad. No need to analyze any alternate site

for new bulk drug and intermediate unit.

The technology proposed by M/s S.M. Labs Pvt Ltd for manufacturing of bulk drug &

Intermediates is one of the best and proven technologies; hence no alternative

technology has been analyzed. Thus, for this project of Synthetic Organic Chemicals

manufacturing unit, no new or untested technology will be used and will be based on

Zero liquid Discharge.

ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PROGRAM

CHAPTER -VI


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 1

CHAPTER – VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.1 PREAMBLE

The post project environmental monitoring program serves as the key tool to keep track

on performance of mitigation measures implemented & pollution control technologies

installed to prevent impacts associated with various operations of the project.

Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and systematic measurement of the

characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the effects of

human activity on the environment. Environmental monitoring is undertaken primarily to

determine the environmental effects of human activities, and secondarily to increase

understanding of cause-effect relationships between human activity and environmental

change. Thus, environmental monitoring is the effective observation of site conditions

and work activities; and identification of potential non-compliance situations and

initiation of corrective or remedial actions. Monitoring is as important as that of control of

pollution, since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by

monitoring.

6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM

From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil, noise

and occupational health & safety. Regular monitoring is carried out in existing plant by

NABL approved laboratory and will be continued as per the need after the proposed

project also. Environmental monitoring program after the proposed project is given in

following Table 6.1.

TABLE- 6.1: THE DETAILS OF THE MONITORING PROGRAM

S.

No

Type of

Monitoring

Location of

Monitoring

station

Frequency

of

Sampling

Duration of

Sampling Instrument

Parameters

to be test

1 Ambient Air 3 Places at

120o angle

Once in a

month

8 hrs/24 hrs RDS PM10, SO2,

NOX

2

Work room

concentration

Production

Block, Store

rooms, Solvent

Once in 3

Months

--- Personal

Sampler

VOC’S &

Solvents



Yard

3

Stack

Monitoring

Boilers, D. G.

Sets, Scrubber

vents

Once in a

month

--- Stack

Monitoring

Instrument

PM10, SO2,

NOX and

Scrubbing

gases.

4

Noise Levels D. G. Sets,

Compressors,

Chillers, Boiler

section,

Production

block, Admin.

block, ETP

area, Open

area etc.

Once in a

month

--- Noise

meter

Day – Night

Noise levels

in Leq

5

Effluent Raw HTDS &

LTDS effluent,

Condensate,

Treated

wastewater

Daily ---

Lab

Physical

and

Chemical

Parameters 6

Ground

water

Nearest Bore

well

Once in six

months

---

7 Solid Waste Sludge from

Process, ETP

Once in six

months

---

All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the

following purposes.

Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area.

Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels and

verification of the implementation status

Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem has been

corrected.



Suitably responds to emergency situations

The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary monitoring

parameters. Qualified staff has been appointed for the purpose of Operation and

maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to all the

facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.

6.3 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES

Looking to the Zero Effluent Discharge by complete evaporation of collected and

equalized effluent, there is no need to establish full fledge laboratory for ETP. However,

unit will regularly check pH of the raw effluent. Flow meter will be provided at the ETP

(on feed line of Evaporator) for regular monitoring of wastewater quantity. In addition to

this, same as the current practice, regular monitoring will be carried out for wastewater,

gaseous emission, fugitive emission and noise by NABL approved laboratory as

proposed in monitoring program.

6.3.1 LIST OF INSTRUMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

A. High Volume Sampler (Respirable Dust Sampler)

Blower : 1.5 m3 / min capacity with adapter for uniform suction

through filter, cyclone separator and arrangement to

sample gases.

Voltage Stabilizer : A properly calibrated manometer assembly for the

determination of flow rate through filter paper.

Rota meter : Calibrated (0-5lpm) for maintaining flow rate for

gaseous sampling.

Main Housing : Rectangular main housing (29 cm x 36 cm)

B. Noise Monitoring

Noise levels in the work space environment will be monitored periodically. If any

deviation is observed necessary corrective measures will be taken. Monitoring noise

level is essential to assess the efficacy of maintenance of schedules undertaken to

reduce noise levels and noise protection measures. A good quality sound pressure level



meter is essential for this purpose. This work can be handled by plant authorities

themselves or by hiring services. Noise surveillance is for the benefit of the workers well

being and to keep track of machine wear.

C. Monitoring Of Effluents Streams

The quality of the blow down water from the boiler and other effluents from the plant

would be periodically analyzed on a daily basis. These data will be documented and

compared against the design specifications. Necessary corrective action will be

promptly taken. All the raw effluents will be sent to ETP and analyzed meticulously as

well as treated effluents. After meeting the discharge standards for on land for irrigation

treated effluent will be used for Greenbelt development.

The following equipments are required for this purpose.

pH meter : 0-14 + 0.1 pH units

TDS meter : Calibrated

Filtration Unit : Capable of holding glass fiber filters

Water bath : With regulator

Incubator : 27o C+1

oC

Heating mantle : With regulator for COD

Separating Funnels : for oil and grease

Muffle furnace : 650o C

Single pan balance : Max. 150gms capacity (Accuracy 0.1mg)

Unit has a well-developed First Aid Centre inside the plant premises. Unit has already

made necessary tie-up with nearby hospital for the medical assistance in case of any

emergency. Medical officer are appointed for the periodical health check-up of the

employees. Periodical health check-up reports of all the employees are being

maintained and the reports. In addition to the above, unit will maintain health records

per the factory act.



6.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY

Unit not only carries out business but also understands the obligations towards the

Environment. The unit believes in sustainable development and equally concern about

environment preservation and pollution control. Unit has already established a well

organized Environmental Management Cell (EMC) which performs all the environmental

management activities. The unit has a well laid down Environment, Health & Safety

Policy approved by its Managing Director.

The EHS Policy prescribes to comply with statutory norm with regards to the

Environment, Health & Safety, to prevent pollution by adopting cleaner production

techniques, identification and management of operational hazards and risks and to

ensure the safety of people. All employees at each cadre of the unit have been

educated about the EHS Policy of the company and policy has been posted at various

prominent places in the unit. It is suggested to revise EHS policy for standard operating

procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms/conditions with regards to the Environment, Health &

Safety and to take further corrective actions. Hierarchical system and administrative

order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring total

environmental compliance are described in the subsequent topics with relevant

headings.

TABLE 6.2: CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY

S. No CONDITIONS COMPLIANCES

A

Does the company have a well laid down

Environmental policy approved by its board

of directors? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA report

Company will be adopted

Environmental policy in operational

phase

B

Does the Environmental policy prescribes

for standard operating process /

procedures to bring into focus any in

fragment/deviation/violation of the

Environmental or forest norms/conditions If

We will establish Environmental policy

and standard operating procedures

during operational phase



so, it may be detailed in the EIA report

C

What is the hierarchical system or

administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliances with the EC

conditions. Details of this system may be

given

The details are given below under

heading ‘ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT CELL’

D

Does the company have a system of

reporting of non compliance / violations of

environmental norms to the board of

directors of the company and / or

shareholders or stake holders at large?

This reporting mechanism should be

detailed in the EIA report.

Non compliance reports are will be

communicated to all directors in a

systematic manner

6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

All the project activities are monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of all

environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental

management plan compliance is not satisfied. For effective implementation of the

monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set-up.

Unit has already set-up permanent environmental management cell (EMC) for the

effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system. The

unit has assigned responsibility to officer from various disciplines and cadres to perform

and co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of

environmental control measures. The environmental management cell (EMC) set-up by

unit is given here below in Figure 6.1



FIGURE 6.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

General Manager of the unit is responsible for total environmental management. Overall

activities performed by EMC are presented below and details of responsibilities to be

given to each officer of the EMC are given in Table 6.3.

Collect information from regular monitoring and create database.

Analyze the data and decide thrust area.

Carry out “project” in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to

environmental problems.

Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.

Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in the

report.

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for

environment management program.

To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the

conditions prescribed by SPCB.

Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are reported to

Managing Partner and immediate required action is taken.

Efficient operation and regular monitoring of environmental management

systems

Prepare budget for environmental monitoring program

Director

General Manger

Officer - EHS

Supervisors &

Operators



TABLE 6.3: RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC

S. No Name & Designation Responsibilities

1 Director Approve environment policy and give directions to

succeeding component of the cell

2 General Manager

Responsible for overall environmental management.

Regularly coordinate with Officer-EHS and take

feedback regarding all the activities performed under

EMC, keep aware the Director of the unit about all the

activities performed under EMC, any major

issue/accidents / incident take place, any

noncompliance / violation of environmental norms

3 Officer-EHS

Establish EHS Policy, Development EHS SOP, EHS

Plan, Manual, Evolutes EHS program & training,

Legal complacencies of SPCB & other Authorities.

Execute and follow-up for routine monitoring, cleaning

and maintenance work of environmental Management

systems. Observe regularity, discipline and working

strength of ETP operator. Property Loss Prevention

activities, Work permit, Plant equipment changes,

Mock rill activity, Safety Inspection & audit work, EHS

Incidents/Accident investigation, Employee

observations/near misses along with corrective

action, Develop safety Committee & take quarterly its

meeting Review & compliance report. Reporting to

the General Manager about all the activities

performed under EMC, any major

issue/accidents/incident take place, any

noncompliance/ violation of environmental norms

4

Supervisors

&

Operator

To coordinate with production department, Utility,

Engineering department to run ETP smoothly, carry

out daily effluent analysis & take necessary actions if



required & maintain & update all documents &

records on daily basis, Routine cleaning &

maintenance of ETP, Maintain minimum stock of

required chemicals / materials, Give indent for spare

components and follow up for it, maintain hazardous

waste storage area in good condition & Record of it,

Observe regularity, discipline, working strength of

helpers.

6.6 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION

6.6.1. Data Analysis

All environmental monitoring data are stored as computer database by the

Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for proper storage, retrieval and interpretation

of the same. A regular database format is maintained to keep a track of monitored

parameters and causes are identified in case of non-conformity with the permissible

limits. Same practice will be continued after the proposed project.

6.6.2. Reporting Schedules

Voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP is undertaken.

General Manager and Officer-EHS co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data

generated are submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequency of reporting is

as per the requirement of SPCB and MoEF. This reporting schedule will remain same

after proposed Project.

6.6.3. Environmental Monitoring Expenditure

The monitoring and evaluation process requires extensive surveys and primary

data collection, either to establish the baseline or to measure changes. In order to

respond management needs for carrying out environmental monitoring, a contingency

budget is required. Cost towards environmental monitoring will be about Rs. 2.00 Lakhs.

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

CHAPTER -VII


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VII Page 1

CHAPTER – VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES & RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT

“Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected

persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the

project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material

Concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate.

The project for the manufacturing of Bulk Drug & Intermediate by M/s. S. M. Labs

Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III, is covered under Category- A of the EIA Notification–2006 and

hence it is mandatory to conduct Public Hearing. The public hearing for the project

was conducted an as per the procedure prescribed in Appendix-IV of the EIA

Notification [SO 1533 (E) dated 14/09/2006 and subsequent amendment SO 3067

(E) dated 01/12/2009.The Details are Enclosed.



RISK ASSESSMENT

7.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III deal with materials, some of which are

hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their

operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of these. Fire, explosion,

toxic release or combinations of these are the hazards associated with industrial

plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and

sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering, such as, Hazard Analysis and

Quantitative Risk Assessment have now been developed to improve upon the

integrity, reliability and safety of industrial plants. The primary emphasis in safety

engineering is to reduce risk to human life, property and environment. Some of

the more important methods used to achieve this are: Quantitative Risk Analysis:

Provides a relative measure of the likelihood and severity of various possible

hazardous events by critically examining the plant process and design.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

A three levels’ risk assessment approach has been adopted for the M/s S. M.

Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III facilities. The risk assessment levels are generally

consistent with the practices encountered through various assignments for

medium and large chemical complexes.

The brief outline of the three tier approach is given below:

7.2.1 Level 1 – Risk Screening

This is top-down review of worst- case potential hazards/risks, aimed primarily at

identifying plant sites or areas within plant, which pose the highest risk. Various

screening factors considered include: Inventory of hazardous materials;

Hazardous Materials properties; Storage conditions (e.g. temperature and

pressure); Location sensitivity (distance to residential areas / populace).



7.2.2 Level 2 – Major Risk Survey [Semi – Quantitative]

The survey approach combines the site inspection with established risk

assessment techniques applied both qualitative as well quantitative mode. The

primary objective is to identify and select major risks at a specific location in the

plant considering possible soft spots / weak links during operation /

maintenance. Aspects covered in the risk usually include: Process Hazards;

Security Vulnerability; Impact of hazards consequences (equipment damage,

business interruption, injury, fatalities); Qualitative risk identification of scenarios

involving hazardous materials; Risk reduction measures. Selection of critical

scenarios and their potential of damage provide means of prioritizing. Mitigative

measures and allocate the resources to the areas with highest risks.

7.2.3 Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment [Deterministic]

This is the stage of assessment of risks associated with all credible hazards

[scenarios] with potential to cause an undesirable outcome such as human

injury, fatality or destruction of property. The four basic elements include:

Hazards identification utilizing formal approach [Level 2, HAZOP etc.]

Frequency Analysis. Based on past safety data (incidents / accidents);

identifying likely pathway of failures and quantifying the toxic /

inflammable material release;

Hazards analysis to quantify the consequences of various hazards

scenarios [fire, explosion, BLEVE, toxic vapour release etc.].Establish

minimum value for damage [e.g. IDLH, over pressure, radiation flux] to

assess the impact on environment.

Risk Quantification: Quantitative techniques are used considering

effect / impact due to weather data, population data, and frequency of

occurrences and likely hood of ignition / toxic release. Data are analyzed

considering likely damage [in terms of injury / fatality, property damage]

each scenario is likely to cause.



FIGURE 7.1: COMPREHENSIVE RISK ASSESSMENT – AT A GLANCE



TABLE: 7.1. DETAILS OF STORAGE OF RAW / HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND CONTROL MEASURES

S.NO

NAME OF RAW MATERIAL

PHYSICAL

STATE

TYPE OF

STORAGE

MAX. QUANTITY

OF STORAGE ATANYPOINTOFTIME[Ton]

PLACE

OF STORAGE

STATE & OPERATING PRESSURE

TEMPERATURE

POSSIBLE TYPE OF

HAZARDS

CONTROL

MEASURES PROVIDED

1 (2methoxyphenoxy)ethylamine Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Harmful Stored in well ventilated separate storage room/Storage Shed. Stored on identified suitable drums. Drums are stacked on pallets with proper identification and compatibility.

2 (R)-5-[[2-(2-Ethoxy phenoxy) ethyl)amino]propyl]-2-methoxy benzene

Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Harmful

3 (S)-3-Chloro-1-phenylpropan-1-ol Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Corrosive

4 1,2,4-Triazole Solid Fibre Drums 1.000 Stores Ambient Harmful

5 Acetic acid Liquid HDPE Drums 2.000 Shed Ambient Corrosive

6 1,4Toluyltartaricacidmonohydrate Solid Fibre Drums 0.250 Stores Ambient Corrosive

7 1-[((4-Chlorophenyl)phenyl) methyl]-4-[(phenylsulphonyl)] piperazine

Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Corrosive

8 1[2-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-2,3-epoxypropyl)-1H-1,2,4-Triazole


9 1-Acetyl-imidazolidin-2-one Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Harmful

10 1-Ethyl-2-aminomethyl pyrrolidine Solid Fibre Drums 0.250 Stores Ambient Flammable

11 1-Napthol Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Flammable

12 2(2-Chloroethoxy )acetamide Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Corrosive

13 2-(Chloroethyl)dimethyl amine hydrochloride


14 2-Aminomethyl-4-(4-fluorobenzyl)morpholine

Liquid HDPE Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Harmful

15 2-Amino-5-chloropyridine Liquid HDPEDrums 0.250 Shed Ambient Corrosive

16 2-Benzylacryloyl chloride Liquid HDPE Drums 0.250 Shed Ambient Corrosive

17 2-Methoxy-4-amino-5-ethyl sulphonyl benzoic acid




S.NO


PHYSICAL

STATE

TYPE OF

STORAGE

MAX. QUANTITY OF STORAGE AT ANY POINT OF

TIME [Tons]

PLACE

OF STORAGE


TEMPERATURE

POSSIBLE TYPE OF

HAZARDS

CONTROL

MEASURES PROVIDED

18 Acetic anhydride Liquid HDPE Carboys

0.250 Shed Ambient Corrosive/ Lachrymatory

Stored in well ventilated separate storage room/Storage Shed. Stored on identified suitable drums. Drums are stacked on pallets with proper identification and compatibility.

19 Activated carbon Solid PP Bags 0.200 Shed Ambient Combustible

20 Liq.Ammonia Liquid HDPE Drums 0.500 Shed Ambient Corrosive

21 Benzene sulfonyl chloride Liquid HDPE Carboys

0.250 Shed Ambient Corrosive

22 Boric Acid Solid PP Bags 0.200 Stores Ambient Corrosive

23 Carbonyl di imidazole Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Harmful

24 Citric acid Solid Fibre Drums Stores Ambient Corrosive

25 Conc. Hydrochloric Acid Liquid HDPE Carboys


26 Cyclohexanone Liquid HDPE Carboys

0.500 Shed Ambient Flammable

27 D-Fructose Solid PP Bags 0.500 Stores Ambient ----

28 Dimethylamine Solid Fibre Drums 1.00 Shed Ambient Corrosive

29 Ethyl chloro formate Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Corrosive

30 Ethylene chloride Liquid HDPE Drums 1.000 Shed Ambient Corrosive

31 Ethylene glycol Liquid HDPE Drums 1.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

32 4-Amino-5-chloro-2-ethoxy benzoic acid


33 4-Hydroxy benzoic acid Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Corrosive



S.NO


PHYSICAL

STATE

TYPE OF

STORAGE


TIME [Tons]

PLACE

OF STORAGE


TEMPERATURE

POSSIBLE TYPE OF

HAZARDS

CONTROL

MEASURES PROVIDED

34 Ferric Chloride Solid Fibre Drums 0.150 Stores Ambient Corrosive Stored in well ventilated separate storage room/Storage Shed. Stored on identified suitable drums. Drums are stacked on pallets with proper identification and compatibility.

35 Glycinebenzylester-p-tosylate


36 Glyoxal Liquid HDPE Drums 2.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

37 Hydrazine Hydrate Liquid HDPE Drums 0.500 Shed Ambient Flammable

40 Hyflow Solid PP Bags 0.150 Stores Ambient ---

41 IPA.HCl Liquid HDPE Drums 0.200 Shed Ambient Corrosive

42 Mandelic acid Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Corrosive

43 Mesyl chloride Liquid HDPE Drums 0.250 Shed Ambient Corrosive

44 Methyl-2-methoxy-5-sulfamoyl benzoate


45 N,N-Dimethylamino pyridine

Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Flammable

46 N-[3-Phthalimido-2R-hydroxypropyl-3-fluoro-4-morpholinyl aniline


47 N-Methyl piperazine Solid Fibre Drums 1.000 Stores Ambient Corrosive

48 4-(N,N-dimethyl amino ethoxy)benzyl amine


49 4(Oxiranyl methoxy)-9H-Carbazole

Solid Fibre Drums 1.000 Stores Ambient Flammable

50 4-Amino-2-ethoxy-5nitro-N-(4piperidyl)benzamide


51 4-Amino-5-chloro-2,1,3-benzo-thiadiazole




S.NO

NAME OF RAW

MATERIAL

PHYSICAL

STATE

TYPE OF

STORAGE


TIME [Tons]

PLACE

OF STORAGE


TEMPERATURE

POSSIBLE TYPE OF

HAZARDS

CONTROL

MEASURES PROVIDED

52 4-Amino-5-chloro-2-ethoxy benzoic acid

Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Corrosive Stored in well ventilated separate storage room/Storage Shed. Stored on identified suitable drums. Drums are stacked on pallets with proper identification and compatibility. .

53 4-Hydroxy benzoic acid


54 O-Phenylene diamine Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Flammable

55 Phosphoric acid

Liquid HDPE Carboys


56 Phosphorousoxy chloride

Liquid HDPE Carboys


57 Potassium carbonate Solid PP Bags 0.500 Stores Ambient Irritant

58 Potassium hydroxide Solid PP Bags 0.250 Stores Ambient Corrosive

59 Potassium iodide Solid HDPE Drums 0.200 Stores Ambient Corrosive

60 Potassium permanganate

Solid PP Bags 0.300 Stores Ambient Harmful

61 Pyridine Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Flammable

62 Sodium acetate Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Corrosive

63 Sodium bicarbonate

Solid PP Bags 0.300 Stores Ambient Irritant

64

3-Dimethylamino methy-9-methyl-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro carbazole-4-one




S.NO

NAME OF RAW

MATERIAL

PHYSICAL

STATE

TYPE OF

STORAGE


TIME [Tons]

PLACE

OF STORAGE


TEMPERATURE

POSSIBLE TYPE OF

HAZARDS

CONTROL

MEASURES PROVIDED

65 Sodium bisulfate Solid Fibre Drums 0.250 Stores Ambient Irritant Stored in well ventilated separate storage room/Storage Shed. Stored on identified suitable drums. Drums are stacked on pallets with proper identification and compatibility.

66 Sodium borohydride Solid MS Drums 0.200 Stores Ambient Flammable

67 Sodium carbonate Solid PP Bags 0.300 Stores Ambient Irritant

68 Sodium hydroxide Solid PP Bags 0.300 Stores Ambient Corrosive

69 Sodium Hypochlorite Liquid HDPE Carboys


70 Sodiummeta bisulphate

Solid HDPE Drums 0.150 Stores Ambient Corrosive

71 Sucrose Solid HDPE Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient ----

72 Sulfuric acid Liquid HDPE Carboys


73 Sulfuryl chloride Liquid HDPE Carboys


74 Tartaric acid Solid PP Bags 0.250 Stores Ambient Corrosive

75 TEA Liquid HDPE Drums 0.500 Shed Ambient Flammable

76 Tetrabutyl ammonium bromide


77 Thioacetic acid Liquid HDPE Drums 0.200 Shed Ambient Corrosive



S.NO


PHYSICAL

STATE

TYPE OF

STORAGE


TIME [Tons]

PLACE OF STORAGE


TEMPERATURE

POSSIBLE TYPE OF

HAZARDS

CONTROL

MEASURES PROVIDED

78 Thionyl chloride

Liquid GI Drums with PP Lining

0.500 Shed Ambient Corrosive Stored in well ventilated separate storage room/Storage Shed. Stored on identified suitable drums. Drums are stacked on pallets with proper identification and compatibility.

79 8-Chloro-11H-dienzo [b,f]thiepine-10-one


80 Triphosgene Solid Fibre Drums 0.250 Stores Ambient Toxic

81 Tromethamine Solid Fibre Drums 0.300 Stores Ambient Corrosive

82 2-Methyl cinnamldehdye Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Flammable

83 2-Methyl imidazole Solid Fibre Drums 0.500 Stores Ambient Corrosive

84 3-(Aminomethyl)-5-methyl hexanoic acid


85 3,4-Dimethoxybenzoic acid


86 3-carboxymethyl rhodanine


87 3-Cyclohexene-1-methanol

Liquid HDPE Drums 0.500 Shed Ambient Flammable



SOLVENTS

S.NO

NAME OF SOLVENTS

PHYSICAL

STATE

TYPE OF

STORAGE

MAX. QUANTITY OF STORAGE AT ANY POINT

OF TIME

PLACE

OF STORAGE

STATE &

OPERATING PRESSURE

TEMPERATURE

POSSIBLE TYPE OF

HAZARDS

CONTROL

MEASURES PROVIDED

1 n-Hexane Liquid MS Drums 2.000 Shed Ambient Flammable Stored in well ventilated separate storage room/Storage Shed. Stored on identified suitable drums. Drums are stacked on pallets with proper identification and compatibility. Bulk Quantities are Stored in storage tanks.

2 Acetonitrile Liquid HDPE Drums 3.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

3 MTBK Liquid HDPE Drums 2.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

5 MDC Liquid MS Drums 4.000 Shed Ambient Harmful

6 Ethyl acetate Liquid MS Tank 10.000 Open Ambient Flammable

7 Toluene Liquid MS Tank 10.000 Open Ambient Flammable

8 Acetone Liquid MS Tank 10.000 Open Ambient Flammable

9 DMF Liquid HDPE Drums 3.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

10 Methanol Liquid MS Tank 10.000 Open Ambient Flammable

11 MIBK Liquid HDPE Drums 3.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

12 1,4-Dioxane Liquid HDPE Drums 3.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

13 Cyclohexane Liquid HDPE Drums 2.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

14 Ethyl alcohol Liquid HDPE Drums 3.000 Shed Ambient Flammable

15 Dimethyl sulfoxide Liquid HDPE Drums 3.000 Shed Ambient Flammable



7.3 SOLVENT STORAGE TANKS /DRUMS HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

Drums

MDC will be transferred to the day tank situated at the production block with the help

of AOD pump through pipe lines from the drums. From day tank to reaction vessel

unloading by gravity.

Other Solvents will be transferred to the Reaction vessel through pipe lines from the

drums with vacuum

Storage Tanks

Solvent will be transferred to the day tank situated at the production block with the

help of mechanical seal pump through pipe lines from the tank, from day tank to

reaction vessel unloading by gravity.

Tank is connected to chilled water circulated condenser with reflux system

Measures to Avoid Evaporation

Flammables area, keep containers tightly closed.

Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame

Keep away from sources of ignition

Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away from incompatible substances

Safety Systems

Designated areas with proper indication & safety sings

Double earthing systems

Flame arrestor to the vent

Flame proof transferring pumps

Handling precautions/sop protocol

Pressure Gauges

Level indicators

Flame proof lighting to storage yard



7.4 EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hard due to storage, handling and

use of these chemicals. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they

may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds last over pressures depend

upon the reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.

Operating parameters

Potential vapor release for the same material depends significantly on the operating

conditions especially for any liquefied gas, operating conditions are very critical to

assess the damage potential. If we take up an example of ammonia, if it is stored at

ambient temperature say 30OC, and then the vapor release potential of the inventory

is much higher as compared to the case if it is stored at 0OC.

Inventory

Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short

listing of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to the

potential hazard. Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of

potential release. The potential vapor release (source strength)depends upon the

quantity of liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions

(pressure, temperature).If all these influencing parameters are combined into a

matrix and vapor source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should

become a credible exercise.

Loss of containment Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of Containment.

Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly

understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list release

scenarios for a detailed examination. Liquid release can be either instantaneous or

continuous. Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the

sudden appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above

the crack shall be released in a very short time. The more likely event is the case of

liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend

on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the

hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in

the vessel. The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and

weather conditions. Such consideration and others have been kept in mind both



during the initial listing as well as during the short listing procedure. In the study,

Maximum credible loss accident methodology is to be used, therefore, the largest

potential hazard inventories have been considered for consequence estimation.

Damage Criteria

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate

the physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and to predict the

damage (lethality, injury, material destruction) of the effects. The calculations can

roughly be divided in three major groups.

Determination of the source strength parameters;

Determination of the consequential effects;

Determination of the damage or damage distances.

The basic physical effect models consist of the following.

Source strength parameters

Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapor or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in

case of rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.

Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation

and of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.

Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material,

pool dimensions and wind velocity.

Source strength equals pump capacities, etc.is some cases.

Consequential effects

Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source

strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical

situation of the surrounding area.

Intensity of heat radiation [in kw/m2] due to a fire or a BLEVE, as a function of

the distance to the source.

Energy of vapor cloud explosions [in kw/m2], as a function of the distance to

the distance of the exploding cloud.



Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of

evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study

strongly depend upon the type of material involved:

Gas, vapor, liquid, solid

Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products

Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure

Controlled outflow (pump capacity) or catastrophic failure?

Selection of Damage Criteria

The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects

(exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due

to those effects

The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the exposure. For

instance, much more is known about the damage caused by hest radiation,

than about the damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the

knowledge differs strongly between different materials.

In consequence analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous

effects are distinguished:

Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.

Explosion

Toxic effect, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

Heat Radiation

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

The radiation energy onto the human body [Kw / m2]

The exposure duration [sec]

The protection of the skin tissue [clothed or naked body]

The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, and for

second-degree burns are given in below:



Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation

EXPOSURE DURATION

RADIATION FOR 1%

LETHALITY (KW/M2)

RADIATION FOR 2

ND

DEGREE BURNS (KW/M2)

RADIATION FOR

FIRST DEGREE BURNS,(KW/M2)

10 sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 sec 9.3 7.0 4.0

Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat

radiation in case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can

be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal

radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people

suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet

flame. The effects due to relatively lesser incident radiation intensity are given in

below

EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY

INCIDENT RADIATION KW/M

2

TYPE OF DAMAGE

0.7

Equivalent to solar radiation

1.6

No discomfort for long exposure

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first degree burns are likely)

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. second degree burns after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting plastic tubing etc.

Explosion

In case of vapor cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.



As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within

the cloud proper.

For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:

A peak over pressure of 0.1 bars will cause serious damage to 10% of the

housing/structures.

Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak

overpressures resulting from a blast wave:

Damage due to overpressures

PEAK OVER PRESSURE

DAMAGE TYPE

0.83 bar Total destruction

0.30 bar Heavy damage

0.10 bar Moderate damage

0.03 bar Significant damage

0.01 bar Minor damage

From this it may be concluded that p=0.17 E+5 pa corresponds approximately with

1% lethality. Furthermore it is assumed that everyone inside an area in which the

peak overpressure is greater than 0.17 E+ 5 pas will be wounded by mechanical

damage. For the gas cloud explosion this will be inside a circle with the ignition

source as its centre.



FOR QUICK REFERENCE THE BEHAVIOR OF RELEASED CHEMICALS CAN

BE TRACED BY USING THE FIGURE.

BEHAVIOUR OF RELEASED CHEMICALS



OVERLAYS OF THE HAZARDS ZONES

The overlays damage distances for following scenarios should be developed

by using either mathematical calculations or by available computer models for

consequence analysis:-

FIRE EXPLOSION TOXIC

The overlays will have consequence maps will be shown in fig. with various color

demarcations. Three colors should be used for the vulnerability mapping and people

should be made aware by giving proper training on awareness programs.

RED ZONE

ORANGE ZONE

BLUE ZONE

Fire : 37.5 Kw|m2 Fire: 12.5 -19 kw/m2 Fire: 4.00kw/m2

Explosion: 5Psig Explosion: 3Psig Explosion:0.7Psig

Toxic: LC 50 Toxic: IDLH Toxic: STEL

The above zones for Fire, Explosion and Toxic concentration/zones should be used

in Red, Orange and Blue color for the benefit of the responders within the plant and

outside the plant



INCIDENT

Toxic: STEL Fire: 4.00kw/m

2 Toxic: LC 50 Fire: 12.5 -19 kw/m

2

Toxic: IDLH Fire : 37.5 Kw|m

2

EXPLOSION: 0.7psig 3psig 5psig



7.5 INCIDENTS IMPACT

The identified failure scenarios in plant have been analyzed for the impact zones

considering damage due to thermal, explosive and toxic impacts. Each incident will

have Impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme case may cross plant

boundary.

7.6 SAFETY AT THE PROPOSED PLANT

7.7.1 System Specific Measures

The proposed plant will adopt various safety measures for handling and storage of

hazardous materials.

Safety initiatives to be adopted at the proposed plant have been described below:

7.7.2 Occupational Health, Environment and Safety Policy

The plant will prepare Occupational Health, Environment and Safety Policy. The

Occupational Health, Environment and Safety Policy will be displayed at locations

prominently within the plant and will be circulated to all employees.

7.7.3 Environment, Health & Safety Organization

The HSE department will be managed by qualified, experienced and competent

personnel and strict controls will be enforced for each hazardous activity

7.7 ACCIDENT REPORTING, INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS

A record for near-miss, incidents and accidents is and will be maintained and

analyzed to take precautionary measures (Ref. Annexure - VII). All near-miss

incidents and accidents will be reported and investigated to take corrective

measures. The accident statistics and data will be maintained by Environment,

Health & Safety Department. Accident statistics and data will be reviewed regularly

by senior management to take corrective measures.

7.8 SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND INTERNAL AUDIT

General safety inspections will be carried out regularly at the proposed plant. Internal

safety audit will also be conducted frequently.

7.8.1 Safety Education and Training

A. Safety Training

There will be provision at the plant for induction training for new workers. The

assessment of the trainee will be done to ensure the effectiveness of training.

B. Periodic Training / Reporting

The workers will be trained as per need of training.



C. Safety Communication / Motivation / Promotion

The system for safety suggestion schemes will be implemented at the plant. There

will be provision at the plant for the safety contests for motivation of safety at the

plant.

7.8.2 First Aid

First aid boxes are and will be available within various departments. The first-aid

room will be available and trained first aid will be available in each shift at the plant.

7.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

7.9.1 Occupational Health

Hazardous and toxic substances are defined as those chemicals present in the work

place which are capable of causing harm.

[In this definition the term chemicals include dust, mixtures and common materials-

solvents.]

For handling hazardous chemicals and to take care of employee’s health,

and predictive maintenance looking to the nature of hazardous chemicals

being handled/processed. All the equipments in the plant areas shall be

inspected / tested by an outside agency.

The various safety equipments like breathing apparatus and critical

instrumentation provided on various equipments are inspected and tested

frequently to ensure their operability all the time. Besides, all the first aid, fire

fighting devices are also being inspected, tested and maintained by a

competent third party and kept all the time in ready to use condition.

Health of all the employees in plant area will be regularly monitored by

outside physician. If any abnormality is found necessary treatment is also

being given time to time. Necessary history cards, records are also be

maintained which is up-dated time to time.

7.9.2 Common Hazards

Physical such as ventilation, poor illumination, noise, extreme temperature,

humidity and radiation.

Biological such as variety of pathogenic bacteria and parasites.

Chemical due to hazardous gases and dusts.

Ergonomic.



7.9.3 Industrial Hygiene Monitoring

Air monitoring will be conducted by industrial hygienists or other person with

specialized training he hygienist first record relevant data such as the process

or activity sources of contamination and ventilation conditions then he or she

uses special equipment to measure the levels of substance present in the

workplace employees should be informed have a right to obtain monitoring

results under the OSHA regulation.

7.9.4 Occupational Health Monitoring System

A. Air samples

Locations of samples – air samples will be generally collected in one or three

locations:

At the breathing zone of the worker [Personal sample]

In the general room air [Area sample]

At the operation which is generating the hazardous substance [Area

sample]

Lengths of samples – Air samples will be collected for two lengths of time.

Grab samples [instantaneous] measure conditions at one moment in time

and can be likened to a still photograph. They give only a picture of

conditions at one place at one instant in time.

Continuous Samples [range from twenty minutes to 8 – 10 Hours].These

is used to evaluate all day exposure by a series of continuous samples.

Continuous samples may be thought of as like a motion picture since they

record activity taking place in various places over a period of time. They

provide an average of conditions over a period samples.

B. Other sampling methods

Bulk samples

Bulk samples will be collected from settled dust in the work place or from drums or

bags of chemicals. Their purpose is to analyze and identify the substances present.

For example, bulk samples are used to analyze the percent of asbestos in insulation

or dust. Usually, a substance which is greater than one percent of bulk sample is

considered a concern.



Wipe Samples

Wipe samples will be used when skin absorption or ingestion is a suspected rote of

exposure. The purpose is to show whether skin, respirators, clothing, lunch rooms,

lockers, etc. are contaminated.

It can show which surfaces are clean and which are contaminated. It can also show

if some surfaces are more contaminated than others.

Sampling Devices

The general principle of sampling is to collect an amount of a contaminant onto a

medium from a known quantity of air.

Air samples will be collected using small pumps to suck air from the workroom. The

pump is attached by tubing to a sampling device which contains the sampling

medium; for example a glass tube containing charcoal.

The sampling method used depends on the physical from of the substance:

DUSTS –The sampling device is a filter of plastic or paper in s holder:

VAPORS –The sampling device is a glass tube containing activated charcoal

as a medium.

GASES –The sampling device is a bubbler containing a fluid medium to

dissolved or react with the gas

The collected sample will be sent to a laboratory where the amount of the substance

on the sampling medium [filter, tube, etc.] is measured.

In some cases air monitoring is conducted by using direct reading instrument such

as a monitoring for carbon monoxide these instruments can measure the amount of

a contaminant in the air immediately without being sent to a laboratory.

PELs [Permissible Exposure Limits] – these are legal’s limits which have

been established by OSHA.

Recommended PELs – also reference to as RELs [Recommended

Exposure Limits] often these values are based on more recent scientific

information than the legal PELs enforced by OSHA.



TLVs [Threshold Limit Values] – These are exposure limits put out by a

nongovernmental group, the ACGIH [American Conference of

Governmental Industrial Hygienists]. Many of these were adopted as legal

requirements. Revised TLVs are often based on the most recent and

accurate scientific information.

Permissible Exposure Limits by OSHA [Occupational Safety and Health

Administration] when it started back in 1970.

IDLH [Immediate Dangerous to Life or Health] limits are prescribed by

NIOSH [National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health]

CHEMICAL EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION

S. No CHEMICAL NAME

Exposure Standards

PROTECTION ACGIH [TLV ]

OSHA [ PEL ]

NIOSH [ IDLH ]

1 Acetic anhydride 5 5 200 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

2 Sodium hydroxide 2 2 10 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

3 Sulphuric acid 1 1 15 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

4 Triphosgene 0.1 -- 2 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

5 Hydrochloric acid 5 5 50 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

6 Liq. Ammonia 25 50 300 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

7 Dimethylamine 5 15 200 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

8 Triethylamine 1 3 200 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

9 Mono methyl amine 20 50 700 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

10 Thionyl chloride 2 2 100 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs



SOLVENTS

S. No SOLVENT NAME

Exposure Standards

PROTECTION ACGIH [TLV ]

OSHA [ PEL ]

NIOSH [ IDLH ]

1 Methanol 200 200 6000 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

2 Toluene 50 100 500 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

3 Acetone 500 750 2500 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

4 Ethyl acetate 250 250 2000 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

5 MDC 25 125 2000 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

6 Acetonitrile 20 -- 500 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

7 Cyclohexane 100 -- 1300 Engineering controls, Ventilation and PPEs

8 1,4-Dioxane 20 -- 500

Notes:

All the above Values are in ppm

Engineering Control means provision of Exhaust Fans, Fume Hoods, Fume

Ducts etc.,

Ventilation means Good Lighting, Air Circulation etc.,

PPE Means Personal Protective Equipment like Helmets, Safety Google,

Breathing apparatus, Nose Masks, Gloves, Gum Shoes etc.,

7.9.5 Medical Surveillance

Employees are under gone for medical checkup periodically in industry. [Once in six

months or depends on severity]

There are basically two types of job – related medical tests:

Disease monitoring tests look for evidence that an employee has developed

an occupation disease these include chest X-rays lung function tests blood

or urine tests for kindly or liver function and ECG’s to check the heart.



Tests for toxic substances in our blood, breathe, urine. Hair or other part of

our body, such tests known as biological monitoring.

Conclusion

Exposure to occupational hazardous increases the risk for morbidity and mortality.

The most prevalent occupation practices that increase the risks for morbidity and

mortality are lack of training in occupation health safety lack of PPE’s inadequate

training in the proper use of machinery and long hours of work the situation is further

compounded by overcrowding and poor sanitary conditions.

There is an urgent need to introduce safe industrial hygiene practices based on

accurate knowledge of existing hazards and job exposure matrix for reducing the

risks associated with occupational hazards.

7.10 HAZARD CONTROL MEASURES

Procedures and actions will be well defined and known to all operating

personnel's for safe shut down of plant in case of failure of any power,

instrumentation, cooling water, air, etc.

All the vessels and tanks will be provided with temperature indicator,

pressure gauge and safety valves as depending upon the process and

operating parameters.

Plant specific HAZOP studies will be carried out using P & IDs for

identification of hazards during operation considering deviation of

operational parameters, their possible cause and consequence and safe

guards.

Interlocks and DCS control will be provided during reaction process.

All the motors and other rotating equipment machines will be provided

with suitable safety guards.

Fire extinguishers will also be installed in the plant area.

Flame arrestors will be provided at all vent lines at solvent tanks.

Suitable first aid fire extinguishers, such as, DCP, CO2 & foam type will

be kept in every plant area at easily approachable spots and in sufficient

numbers.



Fire hydrant points with sufficient length of hose reel will be provided at

major emergency spots.

Bound walls, bonded wire fencing, detached storage area will be kept

away from probable ignition sources;

Safety shower and eye washer will be installed at crucial places.

Sufficient space will be provided for free movement in the plant area.

Safe distances have been considered in designing of plant lay out.

Regarding all components of the plant proper certificate will be taken.

Also testing and inspection will not be compromised before deliveries.

Certificate of structure stability will be taken from competent person.

Insulation of piping will be provided as per requirement.

All elevated structures will be provided with lightening arrestors.

All exposed parts of moving machineries will be provided with suitable

guards for personnel safety.

All piping and equipment will be provided with earthing connection and it

will be tested regularly.

Safety valves & rupture disc will be provided to prevent over

pressurization of vessels and reactors.

SOP will be available of safe shut-down of plant during any emergency

situation.

7.11 OPERATIONAL SAFETY

All operators & maintenance personnel's concerned with the plant will be

given data sheets for hazardous chemicals and to be trained to combat

any leakage spillage, etc.

Interlocks and DCS control will be provided during reaction process.

Instrumentation provided will be calibrated at regular intervals.

Detections and sensors for smoke, heat, ammonia, chlorine, etc. will be

provided with alarm at strategic locations at the plant.

Non-destructive thickness measurements will be carried out regularly to

prevent sudden bursting by thinning out of metal by erosion or corrosion

through competent person.



Safety appliances like PVC suit, hand gloves, safety goggles, helmets etc.

will be used during material handling. Also SCBA/emergency air masks

will be kept available all the time.

Emergency First Aid kits will be kept available in all departments.

Preventive maintenance will be carrying out as per schedule to avoid

failure.

Internal and external inspection of vessel, tanks, piping, thickness

measurement of piping, inspection and testing of lifting tackles, etc, will be

carried out as per schedule.

7.12 TOXIC RELEASES

Controls

Small quantities - say leakage from piping, valves, pin holes etc. will be easily

controlled by isolating the equipment/piping etc. & using personal protective

equipment like helmet, shoes, hand gloves, air line respirator, breathing apparatus

(SCBA), apron, etc. Toxic gases / vapour -chlorine detectors will be provided at the

strategic locations.

7.13 SPILLAGES, LEAKAGES

Controls

Depending on the leaking rate/source the following actions will be taken.

Isolation/cutting of supply at the leaking point, transfer to some other

vessel/equipment, and using protective appliances like hand gloves, helmets, PVC

suits etc. Efforts will be made, to prevent the spread of spillage by neutralization/

earth barriers. Outgoing effluents will have to be blocked and taken to effluent pit. It

will be discharged after treatment only. Continuous neutralization will also be

arranged.

7.14 HAZARDS IN TRANSPORTATION

Controls

Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate

safety precautions for transportation are followed. During transportation of hazardous

chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per Motor Vehicle

Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be followed during

transportation of hazardous chemicals.



The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic,

inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading,

transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of

hazardous materials:

Park the vehicle at designated place.

Stop the engine.

Check-up spark arrester.

Provide earthing to tanker securely.

Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipment‘s.

Connect the piping properly

Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage.

In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it.

After unloading is over, close the lid properly.

Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with

tanker.

7.15 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS

MATERIALS

The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the

dangerous goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing

material.

The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should

be clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.

The important safety precautions should be mentioned on the tanker as a

warning label.

The tanker or vehicle should not be used to transport any material other

than what is written on it.

Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals.

The transporter and the manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation

of the material.

The tanker should be checked for its fitness and safe condition before

loading.



During loading and unloading, the tanker should be broken and isolated

against any movement, while loading/unloading, and use safety

appliances.

The tanker should not be overloaded beyond the weight permitted by

R.T.O.

Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and Stopping

the filling operations.

Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on Bumpy

roads.

Do not apply sudden break.

The tanker should not be parked for long time on the way and especially

in crowded places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas.

7.16 Other Hazards

Controls

In addition to the storage hazards, process hazards and vessel hazards, there are

other hazards as given below:

Boiler failure hazards.

Non-Chemical vessels failure hazards

Maintenance Hazards

Hazards due to failure of electrical installations.

Physical injuries.

7.17 Maintenance Hazards

Safety permit system will be followed like hot work, cold work, confined

space entry,

Preventive maintenance will be carried out.

Adequate inventory of spare parts will be maintained.

Scaffoldings/Ladders will be used.

Protective appliances will be utilized for protection against fall, hand injury,

head injury etc.

Positive insulations will be made.

Maintenance procedures will be developed and followed.

All physical hazards will be eliminated.



Lifting tackles will be maintained and examined periodically as per rules &

regulation.

Hand tools/power tools will be used with approved types and of good

quality.

7.18 RISK REDUCTION MEASURES

Based on hazard identification, consequence analysis and safety measures to be

adopted at the plant, following suggestions for improvement of safety at the plant

are emerged.

7.18.1 Risk Mitigation/Reduction Measures

For risk mitigation/reduction, attempts should be made to either reduce inventories

that could get released in the event of loss of containment or failure likelihood‘s or

both as feasible. Risk analysis identifies the major risk contributors, which enables

prioritization of the plant that deserve special attention in terms of inspection and

maintenance in Particular and over all safety management as a whole.

For the risk reduction at the proposed plant, the following salient suggestions and

Recommendations are made:

A written process safety information document may be compiled for general

use.

Personnel especially contractor workers at the plant should be made aware

about the hazardous substance stored at the plant and risk associated with

them.

The process design information in the process safety information compilation

must include P&IDs/PFDs; process chemistry; maximum intended inventory;

acceptable upper and lower limits, pressures, flows and compositions and

process design and energy balances.

The document compilation should include an assessment of the hazards

presented including

Toxicity information

Permissible exposure limits.

Physical data

Thermal and chemical stability data



Reactivity data

Corrosivity data

Information on process and mechanical design.

The adequate numbers of heat, smoke, ammonia, detectors may be

provided at strategic locations in the plant and indication of

detectors/sensors should be provided in main control room.

Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule should be prepared for

equipment, piping, pumps, etc. and thickness survey should be done

periodically as per standard practices.

Safety measures in the form of DO and Don‘t Do should be displayed at

strategic locations especially in Telugu and English language.

Safe work practices should be developed to provide for the control of

hazards during operation and maintenance.

Personnel engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals should be trained to

respond in an unlikely event of emergencies.

The plant should check and ensure that all instruments provided in the plant

are in good condition and documented.

7.19 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Personal protective equipment (PPEs) is devices that are fitted and issued to each

worker personally for his or her exclusive use. They are intended for temporary

use and emergency response action only. If a worker must enter a contaminated

area, he must wear adequate protective equipment. Employees should be taught

when and how to use respiratory apparatus (SCBA) provided, and how to

recognize defects in the equipment. Without SCBA entry into the contaminated

area should not be attempted.

Keep personal protective equipment where it can be accessed quickly,

outside the hazardous material storage area and away from areas of likely

contamination.

Each employee should maintain his personal protective equipment in clean,

working condition at all times.

All equipment should be used and maintained in accordance with the

manufacturer‘s instructions.



Equipment installed for body and eye wash should be checked properly for

round the clock operation.

7.20 IMPORTANT RISK MITIGATION MEASURES

Safe Operating Procedures will be made for all processes & operations and

these are being operated according to Safe Operating Procedures. Staffs

are also trained for the same.

Hazardous chemicals will be stored in separate storage along with all

safety measures.

Gas detectors will be installed and emergency gas leakage handling kits

and scrubbing arrangements will be provided for handling emergency, at

the chlorine station.

Hazardous operations will be carried out by trained person & under

supervision.

Hazardous chemicals will be handling in close circuit.

Enclosures will be provided with vent connected to scrubber

Nitrogen blanketing will be done for storage & process of highly flammable

liquids.

Safety fittings like Safety valve, Pressure reducing valve, vent, flame

arrestor, pressure / temperature indicators, level indicators, rupture discs

etc. will be provided to the concern equipment.

Periodical testing will be carried out by competent person for Pressure

vessels and Lifting tackles.

Preventive maintenance will be done periodically for all concern equipment.

Calibration of all instruments in the plant will be carried out periodically.

Interlocks will be provided as & where required, in manufacturing

processes.

Loading / Unloading will be ensured with earthing & bonding for flammable

chemicals.

Flameproof fitting, Earthing & Bonding of equipment & pipelines will be

provided.

Work permit system will be followed strictly.

Periodic on site emergency Mock drills will be arranged.



Work area monitoring will be done periodically.

Safety training‘s will be given to the employees for handling of hazardous

chemicals. First aid treatment will be provided through well-equipped first

aid box & Occupational Health Centre. Trained first aid persons will be

available in each shift. Pre-employment & periodic medical examination is

done.

Monthly Cholinesterase enzyme test will be done for those employees who

are working in manufacturing process.

Washing and Bathing facilities will be provided

Well-maintained SCBA set & Emergency Airline respirators will be installed

at conspicuous places.

Protective clothing will be provided to all employees & casual workers and

these are regularly washed properly.

Necessary PPE‘s will be readily available. Jobs are accomplished using

relevant PPEs

Deployment of competent supervisors for supervising hazardous activities.

Necessary cautionary placards will be displayed at conspicuous places in

company.

Eating & Chewing will be prohibited in manufacturing area.

Vehicle and strangers movements will be regulated.

7.21 SPILL CONTROL

For all plants spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be

controlled as per concerned spill control procedure.

Unprotected personnel up wind will be kept up wind.

Like any spilled materials to contain. Absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent

clay or sawdust.

Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further

disposal/incineration.

If spill of material directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil

for disposal/incineration.

Inactivate poisonous chemical with suitable method.

7.22 HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS



Personal protective equipment used by the workers during handling of

hazardous chemicals, should be replaced after certain time.

If any spillage of hazardous chemicals, it should be cleaned and disposed

as per standard practiced.

Empty drums of hazardous chemicals should neutralize immediately.

Workers engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals should be made

aware of properties of hazardous chemicals.

General Working Conditions at the Proposed Plant

12.36) House Keeping

All the passages, floors and stairways should be maintained in good

conditions.

The system should be available to deal with any spillage of dry or liquid

chemical at the plant.

Walkways should be always kept free from obstructions.

In the plant, precaution, instructions and Do and Don‘t Do should be

displayed at strategic locations in Telugu and English Languages.

All pits, sumps should be properly covered or securely fenced.

7.23 VENTILATION

Adequate ventilation should be provided in the work floor environment.

The work environment should be assessed and monitored regularly as local

ventilation is most effective method for controlling dust and gaseous

emissions at work floor.

7.24 SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES

Safe operating procedures will be available for mostly all materials,

operations and equipment.

The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe

operating procedures.

Some of the SOPs are as follows:



METHYLENE DICHLORIDE - HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

NFPA Rating HAZARDOUS NATURE: Harmful

Description:

Methylene dichloride, also called Methylene chloride, is colorless liquid with a density

heavier than water. At room temperature, Methylene chloride is volatile, has a

chloroform-like odor but it is not flammable Methylene chloride is used as a solvent.

WARNING:

1. OSHA considers MDC to be a potential carcinogen

2. Short term exposure to high concentrations may cause mental confusion.

Permissible exposure:

Exposure may not exceed 25 parts MC per million parts of air (25 ppm) as an eight-

hour time weighted average (8-hour TWA PEL) or 125 parts of MC per million parts

of air (125 ppm) averaged over a 15-minute period (STEL)

Health hazard data:

A. MC can affect the body if it is inhaled or if the liquid comes in contact with the

eyes or skin. It can also affect the body if it is swallowed.

B.Effects of overexposure:

1. Short-term exposure:

1

2 0



MC is an anesthetic. Inhaling the vapor may cause mental confusion, light-

headedness, nausea, vomiting, and headache. Continued exposure may cause

increased light-headedness, staggering, unconsciousness and even death. High

vapor concentrations may also cause irritation of the eyes and respiratory tract.

Exposure to MC may make the symptoms of angina (chest pains) worse. Skin

exposure to liquid MC may cause irritation. If liquid MC remains on the skin, it may

cause skin burns. Splashes of the liquid the eyes may cause irritation.

2. Long-term (chronic) exposure:

The best evidence that MC causes cancer is from laboratory studies in which rats,

mice and hamsters inhaled MC 6hours per day,5 days per week for 2 years.MC

exposure produced lung and liver tumors in mice and mammary tumors in rats. No

carcinogenic effects of MC were found in hamsters.

There are also some human epidemiological studies which show an association

between occupational exposure to MC and increases in biliary (bile duct) cancer and

type of brain cancer. Other epidemiological studies have not observed between MC

exposure and cancer. OSHA interprets these results to mean that there is suggestive

(but not absolute) evidence that MC is a human carcinogen

C. Reporting signs and symptoms

You should inform your employer if you develop any signs or symptoms and suspect

that are caused by exposure to MC.

a) Emergency first aid procedures

In the event of emergency, institute first aid procedures and send for first aid or

medical assistance. Eye and skin exposures: If there is a potential for liquid M to

come in contact in with eye or skin, face shields and skin protective equipment must

be provided and used. If liquid MC comes in contact with the eye, get medical

attention. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical.

b) Breathing:



If a person breathes in large amounts of MC, move the exposed person to fresh air

at once. If breathing has stopped, perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Keep the

affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.

c) Rescue Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure immediately. If the

exposed person has been overcome, notify someone else and put into effect the

established emergency rescue procedures. Understand the facility’s emergency

rescue procedures and know the locations of rescue equipment before the need

arises. Do not become a casualty yourself

Respirators, protective clothing, and eye protection

Respirators: Good industrial hygiene practices recommend that engineering controls

is used to reduce environmental concentrations to the permissible exposure level.

However, there are some exceptions where respirators may be used to control

exposure. pespirators may be used when engineering and work practice controls are

not feasible, when such controls are in the process of being installed, or when these

controls fail and need to be supplemented. Respirators may also be used for

operations which require entry into tanks or closed vessels, and in emergency

situations.

If the use of respirators is necessary, the only respirators permitted are those that

have been approved by the mine safety and health administration (MSHA) or the

national institute for occupational safety and health (NIOSH).Supplied air respirators

are required because air purifying respirators do not provide adequate respiratory

protection against MC. In addition to respirator selection, a complete written

respiratory protection program should be instituted which includes regular training,

maintenance, inspection, cleaning and evaluation. If you can smell MC while wearing

a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty in breathing

while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

Protective clothing: Employees must be provided with and required to use

impervious clothing, gloves, face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other appropriate

protective clothing necessary to prevent repeated or prolonged skin contact with

liquid MC or contact with vessels containing liquid MC should be removed

immediately and not reworn until the employer has ensured that the protective



clothing is fit for reuse. Contaminated protective clothing should be placed in a

regulated area designated by the employer for removal. Of MC before the clothing is

laundered or disposed of. Clothing and equipment should then be laundered or

disposed of as appropriate.

Eye protection:

Employees should be provided with and required to use splash-proof safety

goggles where liquid MC may contact the eyes

Precautions for safe use, Handling and storage

Fire and explosion hazards:

MC has no flash point in a closed tester, but it forms flammable vapor air mixtures at

approximately 100 deg. C, or higher. It has a lower explosion limit of 12% and an

upper explosion limit of 19% in air. It has an auto ignition temperature of 557.1 deg.

C (1033 deg. F), and a boiling point of 39.8 deg. C (104 deg. F) it is heavier than

water with a specific gravity of 1.3.lt is slightly soluble in water.

Reactivity hazards: Conditions contributing to the instability of MC are heat and

moisture. Contact with strong oxidizers, caustics, and chemically active metals such

as aluminum or magnesium powder, sodium and potassium may cause fires and

explosions. Special precautions liquid MC will attack some forms of plastics, rubber,

and coating.

Toxicity Liquid MC is painful and irritating if splashed in the eyes or if confined on

the skin gloves, or shoes. Vapors in high concentrations may cause narcosis and

death prolonged exposure to vapors may cause cancer of exacerbate cardiac

disease.

Storage: Protect against physical damage. Because of its corrosive properties, and

its high vapor pressure, MC should be stored in plain, galvanized or lead lined mild

steel containers in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away from direct sunlight, heat

source and acute fire hazards.

Piping material: All piping and valves at the loading or unloading station should be of

material that is resistant to MC and should be carefully inspected prior to connection

to the transport vehicle and periodically during the operation.



Fire fighting: When involved in fire, MC emits highly toxic and irritating fumes such as

phosgene, hydrogen chloride and carbon dioxide. Wear breathing apparatus and use

water spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Water spray may be used to flush

spills away from exposures. Extinguishing media are dry chemical. Carbon dioxide,

foam. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.307, locations classified as

hazardous due to the presence of MC shall be class I.

Spills and leaks: Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing

should be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been

completed. If MC has spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken

1. Remove all ignition sources

2. Ventilate area of spill or leak

3. Collect for reclamation or absorb in vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or a

similar material

Methods of waste disposal

Small spills should be absorbed onto sand and taken to safe area for

atmospheric evaporation. Inclination is the preferred method for disposal of

large quantities by mixing with a combustible solvent and spraying into an

incinerator equipped with acid scrubbers to remove hydrogen chloride gases

formed. Complete combustion will convert carbon monoxide to carbon

dioxide. Care should be taken for the presence of phosgene.

You should not keep food, beverage, or smoking materials, or eat or smoke in

regulated areas where MC concentrations are above the permissible

exposure limits.

Portable heating units should not be used in confined areas where MC is

used.

Monitoring and measurement procedures

A. Exposure above the permissible exposure limit



1. Eight hour exposure evaluation measurements taken for the purpose of

determining employee exposure under this section are best taken with

consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples must be taken in the

employees breathing zone.

2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling and analysis under this section may be

performed by collection of the MC vapor on two charcoal adsorption tubes in series

or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling

and analysis may also be performed by instruments such as real time continuous

monitoring systems, portable direct reading instruments, or passive dosimeters as

long as measurements taken using these methods accurately evaluate the

concentration of MC in employees breathing zones, OSHA method 80 is an example

of a validated method of sampling and analysis of MC. Copies of this method are

available from OSHA the employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring

method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under

his or her unique field conditions. The standard requires that the method monitoring

must be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level, to plus or minus 25% for

concentrations of MC at or above 25 ppm, and to plus or minus 35% for

concentrations at or below 25 ppm.In addition to OSHA method 80,there are

numerous other methods available for MC in the workplace.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the

results of measurement procedures, employers must assure that the evaluation of

employee exposure is performed by a technically qualified person.



SODIUM HYDROXIDE- HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

NFPA RATING HAZARDOUSNATURE

Corrosive

oxidizer

Sodium hydroxide: LD50: Not available. LC50: Not available

HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of

eye contact (irritant). Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive), of eye contact

(corrosive), of ingestion, Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer).

Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes

of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of

the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by

coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Prolonged exposure may result in skin

burns and ulcerations. Over-exposure by inhalation may cause respiratory irritation.

Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin

inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally,

blistering.

Potential chronic health effects:

Carcinogenic: NA

Mutagenic: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells.

Tetrogenic: NA

0

3 1



Developmental toxicity: Not available. The substance may be toxic to mucous

membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to

the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure of the eyes

to a low level of dust can produce eye irritation. Repeated skin exposure can

produce local skin destruction, or dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of dust can

produce varying degree of respiratory irritation or lung damage

FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye Contact: Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact,

immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may

be used. Get medical attention immediately.

Skin Contact: In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at

least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Cover the

irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used. Wash clothing before reuse.

Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Skin Contact: Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated

skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medical attention.

Inhalation: If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If

breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention immediately

Serious Ingestion: Not available. Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as

possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If breathing is

difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth

resuscitation. Seek medical attention.

Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel.

Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Loosen tight clothing such

as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention if symptoms appear.

FIRE AND EXPLOSION

Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable.

Flash Points: Not applicable.



Flammable Limits: Not applicable.

Products of Combustion: Not available

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the

product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the

product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Slightly explosive in presence

of heat.

ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Small Spill: Use appropriate tools to put the spilled solid in a convenient waste

disposal container. If necessary: Neutralize the residue with dilute solution of acetic

acid.

Large Spill: Corrosive solid. Stop leak if without risk. Do not get water inside

container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent

entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance

on disposal. Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of acetic acid. Be careful

that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the

MSDS and with local authorities.

HANDLING STORAGE

Precautions: Keep container dry. Do not breathe dust. Never add water to this

product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If you

feel unwell, seek medical attention and show the label when possible. Avoid contact

with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents,

reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture

Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated

area. Hygroscopic. Deliquescent

EXPOSURE CONTROL /PERSONAL PROTECTION

Engineering Controls: Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation, or other

engineering controls to keep airborne levels below recommended exposure limits. If

user operations generate dust, fume or mist, use ventilation to keep exposure to

airborne contaminants below the exposure limit.



Personal Protection: Face shield, Full suit, Vapor respirator be sure to use an

approved/certified respirator or equivalent, Gloves, Boots.

Exposure Limits: STEL: 2 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] TWA: 2 CEIL:

2 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 2 (mg/m3) from NIOSHConsult

local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.

STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Stability: The product is stable.

Instability Temperature: Not available.

Conditions of Instability: Incompatible materials, moisture, moist air

Incompatibility with various substances: Highly reactive with metals. Reactive with

oxidizing agents, reducing agents, acids, alkalis, moisture.



HYDROCHLORIC ACID- HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

NFPA RATING HAZARDOUS NATURE

Corrosive

Oxidizer

Hydrochloric acid: GAS (LC50): Acute: 4701 ppm 0.5 hours [Rat].


Potential Acute Health Effects:

Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant). Hazardous

in case of skin contact (corrosive), of eye contact (corrosive), of ingestion, Slightly

hazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer). Liquid or spray mist may produce

tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory

tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce

severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness

of breath. Prolonged exposure may result in skin burns and ulcerations. Over-

exposure by inhalation may cause respiratory irritation. Inflammation of the eye is

characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized

by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.


Carcinogenic: Classified 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC [Hydrochloric acid]

0

3 1



Mutagenic: NA

Tetrogenic: NA

Developmental toxicity: Not available. The substance may be toxic to kidneys, liver,

mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, Circulatory System, teeth.

Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target. 2organs

damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye

irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist

may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial

infection. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material may produce general

deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.

FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye Contact: Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact,

immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may

be used. Get medical attention immediately.

Skin Contact: In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at


irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used. Wash clothing before reuse.

Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Skin Contact: Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated

skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medical attention.

Inhalation: If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If

breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention immediately

Serious Ingestion: Not available. Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as

possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If breathing is

difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth





FIRE AND EXPLOSION

Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable.

Flash Points: Not applicable.



Flammable Limits: Not applicable.

Products of Combustion: Not available

.Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-explosive in presence

of open flames and sparks, of shocks.


Small Spill: Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and

place in an appropriate waste disposal container. If necessary: Neutralize the

residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate

Large Spill: Corrosive solid. Stop leak if without risk. Do not get water inside

container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent

entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance

on disposal. Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of acetic acid. Be careful

that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the

MSDS and with local authorities.

HANDLING & STORAGE

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe

gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient

ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice

immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes.

Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, organic materials, metals,

alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated

fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package.


area


Engineering Controls: Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to

keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respective threshold limit

value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-

station location.



Personal Protection: Face shield, Full suit, Vapor respirator be sure to use an

approved/certified respirator or equivalent, Gloves, Boots.

Exposure Limits: CEIL: 5 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 7 (mg/m3)

from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 5 from NIOSHCEIL: 7 (mg/m3) from NIOSH

TWA: 1 STEL: 5 (ppm) [United Kingdom (UK)] TWA: 2 STEL: 8 (mg/m3) [United

Kingdom(UK)]Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.


Stability: The product is stable.


Conditions of Instability: Incompatible materials, moisture, moist air

Incompatibility with various substances: Highly reactive with metals. Reactive with

oxidizing agents, organic materials, alkalis, water .



SODIUM AZIDE - HANDLING PRECAUTIONS


Poison

Flammable

Sodium Azide: Sodium azide: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 27 mg/kg [Rat]. 27 mg/kg

[Mouse]. DERMAL

(LD50): Acute: 20 mg/kg [Rabbit].



Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant).

Hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation.

Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator). Severe over-exposure can

result in death.

Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching.

Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally,

blistering.


Carcinogenic:

NA

Mutagenic:

1

3 3



NA

Tetrogenic:

NA

Developmental toxicity:

Not available. Repeated exposure to an highly toxic material may produce general


FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye Contact:

Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water

for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelids open. Cold water may be used. Get medical

attention.

Skin Contact:

In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Cover the irritated skin

with an emollient. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Cold water may be

used. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get

medical attention.

Serious Skin Contact:

Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial

cream. Seek medical attention.

Inhalation:

If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing

is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention if symptoms appear.

Serious Inhalation:

Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as

a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim

is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Seek medical attention.

Ingestion:

Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give

anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar,

tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention if symptoms appear.

FIRE AND EXPLOSION

Flammability of the Product:



May be combustible at high temperature.

Auto-Ignition Temperature:

Not available.

Flash Points:

Not available.

Flammable Limits:

Not available.

Products of Combustion:

Some metallic oxides

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:

Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available.

Highly explosive in presence of shocks, of metals.


Small Spill:

Use appropriate tools to put the spilled solid in a convenient waste disposal

container.

Large Spill:

Use a shovel to put the material into a convenient waste disposal container. Be

careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check

TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

HANDLING &STORAGE

Precautions:

Keep locked up. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground

all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/

vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation,

wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately



and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away

from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, acids, alkalis.

Storage:

Store in a segregated and approved area (flammables area). Keep container in a

cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for

use. Keep away from direct sunlight and heat and avoid all possible sources of

ignition (spark or flame).


Engineering Controls:

Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne

concentrations of vapors below their respective threshold limit value. Ensure that

eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location.

Personal Protection:

Splash goggles, Lab coat, Vapor respirator be sure to use an approved/certified

respirator or equivalent, Gloves.

Exposure Limits:

TWA: 0.29 (mg/m3) from ACGIH Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure

limits


Stability:

Unstable.

Instability Temperature:

Not available.

Conditions of Instability:

Not available.

Incompatibility with various substances:



Extremely reactive or incompatible with metals.

HYDROGEN PEROXIDE - HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

NFPA RATING

HAZARDOUS NATURE

Corrosive

oxidizer

Hydrogen Peroxide: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 2000 mg/kg [Mouse]. DERMAL (LD50):

Acute: 4060 mg/kg [Rat]. 2000 mg/kg [pig]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 2000 mg/m 4

hours [Rat].S



Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant). Hazardous

in case of skin contact (corrosive), of eye contact (corrosive), of ingestion, slightly

hazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer).


of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract.

Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe

irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of

breath. Prolonged exposure may result in skin burns and ulcerations.

Over-exposure by inhalation may cause respiratory irritation.


0

2 1




blistering.


Carcinogenic: NA

Mutagenic: NA

Tetrogenic: NA


Not available. The substance is toxic to lungs, mucous membranes. Repeated or

prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage.

FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye Contact:

Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes

with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical

attention immediately.

Skin Contact:

In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes

while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an

emollient. Cold water may be used. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean

shoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.



cream. Seek immediate medical attention.

Inhalation:


is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention immediately. Serious Inhalation:



is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It may be

hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the

inhaled material is toxic, infectious or corrosive. Seek immediate medical attention.




Serious Ingestion:



Not available. Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight

clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If breathing is difficult, administer

oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Seek

medical attention.

Ingestion:




FIRE AND EXPLOSION


Non-flammable.


Not applicable.

Flash Points:

Not applicable.

Flammable Limits:

Not applicable.


Not available


Slightly explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat, of organic

materials, of metals, of acids.


Small Spill:

Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an

appropriate waste disposal container.



Large Spill:

Corrosive liquid, oxidizing material. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth,

sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Avoid

contact with a combustible material (wood, paper, oil, clothing...). Keep substances

damp using water spray. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to

divert vapor drift. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if

needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at

a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

HANDLING &STORAGE

Precautions:

Keep locked up. Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources

of ignition. Keep away from combustible material.. Do not ingest. Do not breathe

gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient

ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice

immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes.

Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents,

combustible materials, organic materials, metals, acids, alkalis.

Storage:

Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.

Separate from acids, alkalis, reducing agents and combustibles. See NFPA 43A,

Code for the Storage of Liquid and Solid Oxidizers. Do not store above 8°C

(47.4°F).refrigerate Sensitive to light. Store in light-resistant containers.






Personal Protection: Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an

approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Boots.

Exposure Limits:



TWA: Hydrogen Peroxide TWA: 1 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] TWA: 1

(ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 1STEL: 2 [Canada] TWA: 1.4

(mg/m3) from NIOSH TWA: 1.4 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 1

(ppm) [United Kingdom (UK)] TWA: 1.4 (mg/m3) [United Kingdom (UK)]Consult local

authorities for acceptable exposure limits


Stability:

The product is stable. It contains a stabilizer.


Not available.


Excess heat, incompatible materials


Reactive with reducing agents, combustible materials, organic materials, metals,

acids, alkalis.



SULFURIC ACID- HANDLING PRECAUTIONS


Corrosive

Sulfuric acid: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 2140 mg/kg [Rat.]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 510

mg/m2 hours [Rat]. 320 mg/m 2 hours [Mouse].



Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact

(irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, of inhalation.





breath. Severe over-exposure can result in death.


0

2 1




blistering.


Carcinogenic:

Classified 1 (Proven for human.) by IARC, + (Proven.) by OSHA. Classified A2

(Suspected for human.) by ACGIH.

Mutagenic:

NA

Tetrogenic:

NA


Not available. The substance may be toxic to kidneys, lungs, heart, cardiovascular

system, upper respiratory tract, eyes, and teeth. Repeated or prolonged exposure to

the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact

with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation.

Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray

Mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial



FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye Contact:



attention immediately

Skin Contact:







cream. Seek immediate medical attention

Inhalation:




is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical

Attention immediately.

Serious Inhalation:






Ingestion:




Serious Ingestion:

Not available.

FIRE AND EXPLOSION


Non-flammable.


Not applicable.

Flash Points:

Not applicable.

Flammable Limits:

Not applicable.


Products of combustion are not available since material is non-flammable. However,

products of decomposition include fumes of oxides of sulfur. Will react with water or

steam to produce toxic and corrosive fumes. Reacts with carbonates to generate

carbon dioxide gas. Reacts with cyanides and sulfides to form poisonous hydrogen

cyanide and hydrogen sulfide respectively.


Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available.

Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available.

Slightly explosive in presence of oxidizing materials.




Small Spill:

Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an

appropriate waste disposal container. If necessary: Neutralize the residue with a

dilute solution of sodium carbonate.

Large Spill:

Corrosive liquid, Oxidizing material. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth,







HANDLING & STORAGE

Precautions:

Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/

vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear

suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and

show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from

incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, combustible materials,

organic materials, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces.

Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner

package.

Storage:

Hygroscopic, Reacts violently with water. Keep container tightly closed. Keep

container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Do not store above 23°C (73.4°F).









Face shield, Full suit, Vapor respirator be sure to use an approved/certified respirator

or equivalent, Gloves, Boots.

Exposure Limits:

TWA: 1 STEL: 3 (mg/m3) [Australia] Inhalation TWA: 1 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL)

[United States] Inhalation TWA: 1 STEL: 3(mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United

States] [1999] Inhalation TWA: 1 (mg/m3) from NIOSH [United States] Inhalation

TWA: 1(mg/m3) [United Kingdom (UK)] Consult local authorities for acceptable

exposure limits.


Stability:

The product is stable.


Not available.


Conditions to Avoid: Incompatible materials, excess heat, combustible material

materials, organic materials, exposure to moist air or water, oxidizers, amines,

bases. Always add the acid to water, never the reverse.


Reactive with oxidizing agents, reducing agents, combustible materials, organic

materials, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture.



THIONYL CHLORIDE- HANDLING PRECAUTIONS


Corrosive

Thionyl chloride: VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 500 ppm 1 hours [Rat].












blistering.


Carcinogenic:

0

4 2



Classified 1 (Proven for human.) by IARC, + (Proven.) by OSHA. Classified A2

(Suspected for human.) by ACGIH.

Mutagenic: NA

Tetrogenic: NA


Not available.

The substance may be toxic to kidneys, lungs, heart, cardiovascular system, upper

respiratory tract, eyes, and teeth. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance

can produce target organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist

may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged

exposure to spray

Mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial



FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye Contact:




Skin Contact:








Inhalation:


is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Inhalation:








Ingestion:



tie, belt or waistband.

Serious Ingestion:

Not available.

FIRE AND EXPLOSION


Non-flammable.


Not applicable.

Flash Points:

Not applicable.

Flammable Limits:

Not applicable.


Not applicable.



Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available


Small Spill:

Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste

disposal.

Large Spill:

Corrosive liquid. Oxidizing material. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth,









HANDLING & STORAGE

Precautions:

Keep locked up. Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/

vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear

suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and

show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from

incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, combustible materials,

organic materials, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture.

Storage:

Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.







Face shield, Full suit, Vapor respirator, be sure to use an approved/certified

respirator or equivalent, Gloves, Boots.

Exposure Limits: CEIL: 1 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 1 from

ACGIH (TLV) [United States] CEIL: 1 (ppm) from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 1

(ppm) [Denmark] STEL: 1 (ppm) [Belgium] STEL: 1 (ppm) [United Kingdom (UK)]

Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.


Stability:





Not available.


Incompatible materials, moisture/moist air, temperatures above 140 deg. C


Reactive with metals, acids, alkalis, moisture. The product may undergo hazardous

decomposition, condensation or polymerization, it may react violently with water to

emit toxic gases or it may become self-reactive under conditions of shock or

increase in temperature or pressure.



POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE- HANDLING PRECAUTIONS


Corrosive

Potassium hydroxide: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 273 mg/kg [Rat].












blistering.


Carcinogenic: Classified 1 (Proven for human.) by IARC, + (Proven.) by OSHA.

Classified A2 (Suspected for human.) by ACGIH.

Mutagenic: NA

Tetrogenic: NA

Developmental toxicity: Not available. The substance may be toxic to upper

respiratory tract, skin, and eyes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance

0

3 1



can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure of the eyes to a low level of

dust can produce eye irritation. Repeated skin exposure can produce local skin

destruction, or dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of dust can produce varying degree of

respiratory irritation or lung damage

FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye Contact:




Skin Contact:








Inhalation:


is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Inhalation:






Ingestion:



tie, belt or waistband.

Serious Ingestion:

Not available.



FIRE AND EXPLOSION


Non-flammable.


Not applicable.

Flash Points:

Not applicable.

Flammable Limits:

Not applicable.


Not applicable.



Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available


Small Spill:

Use appropriate tools to put the spilled solid in a convenient waste disposal

container. If necessary: Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of acetic acid..

Large Spill:

Corrosive liquid. Oxidizing material. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth,







HANDLING STORAGE

Precautions:

Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe dust. Never add water to this

product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If

ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label.



Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as organic

materials, metals, acids, moisture.

Storage:

Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Do not

store above 23°C (73.4°F).



Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation, or other engineering controls to

keep airborne levels below recommended exposure limits. If user operations

generate dust, fume or mist, use ventilation to keep exposure to airborne

contaminants below the exposure limit.


Face shield, Full suit, Vapor respirator, be sure to use an approved/certified

respirator or equivalent,Gloves, Boots.

Exposure Limits:

CEIL: 1 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 1 from ACGIH (TLV) [United

States] CEIL: 1 (ppm) from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 1 (ppm) [Denmark] STEL: 1

(ppm) [Belgium] STEL: 1 (ppm) [United Kingdom (UK)] Consult local authorities for

acceptable exposure limits.


Stability:



Not available.


Incompatible materials, dust generation, exposure to moist air or water.




Highly reactive with acids. Reactive with organic materials, metals, moisture.

NITRIC ACID - HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

NFPA RATING: HAZARDOUS NATURE:

Corrosive

Irritant

Permeator

Nitric acid : fuming: VAPOR(LC50):Acute244 ppm 0.5 hours [Rat]: 344 ppm 0.5

hours [Rat]

HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION:


Very hazardous in case of Skin contact (irritant, corrosive, permeator), of Eye

contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, slightly hazardous in case of inhalation (lung

sensitizer).Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous

membranes of eyes ,mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce

Burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract,

characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Prolonged exposure

may result in skin buns and ulcerations. Over-exposure by inhalation may cause

respiratory irritation. Severe over exposure can result in death. Inflammation of the

eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is

characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:

Carcinogenic - N A

Mutagenic - N A

Teratogenic - N A

0

4 0



Developmental Toxicity: N A

FIRST AID MEASURES :

Eye contact : Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact,

immediately flush Eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelids

open. Cold water may be used. Do not use an eye ointment. Get medical attention

immediately.

Skin contact : In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at


irritated skin with an emollient. Wash clothing before reuse. Get medical attention

immediately.

Serious skin contact: Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated

skin with an anti- bacterial cream. Seek medical attention.

Inhalation: If inhaled, remove to fresh airlift not breathing, give artificial respiration. If

breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention immediately.

Ingestion : If swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by

medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Loosen

tight clothing such as collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention

immediately.

FIRE AND EXPLOSION :

Flammability of the product: Non flammable

Auto-Ignition Temperature: N A

Flash points: N A

Flammable Limits: N A

Products of combustion: N A

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Explosive in presence of

reducing materials, of metals, of alkalis. Slightly explosive in presence of

combustible materials. Non explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of

shocks

ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES:

Small pill: Absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste

disposal container or



Dilute with water and mop up. If necessary: Neutralize the residue with a dilute

solution of sodium carbonate

Large spill: Corrosive liquid. Poisonous liquid. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with

DRY earth, sand or other non combustible material. Do not get water inside

container. Do not touch spilled material.

HANDLING AND STORAGE:

Precautions: Keep container dry. Keep away from heat; keep away from sources of

ignition. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/vapor/spray. Never add water to

this product in case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment if

ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label.

Avoid contact with skin and eyes.

Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep in a cool, well-ventilated area.

EXPOSURE CONTROL/PERSONAL PROTECTION :

Engineering Controls : Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to

keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respective threshold limit

value. Ensure that eye wash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work -

station location.

Personal Protection : approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves, Boots.

Personal protection in case if a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vaporrespirator

.Boots. Gloves.

Exposure Limits: TWA: 2 STEL: 4[ppm] from ACGIH [TLV] [United States] TWA: 2

STEL: 4 from OSHA [PEL] [United States]

STABILITY AND REACTIVITY :

Stability : The product is stable

Instability Temperature : Not available

Conditions of Instability : Incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Highly reactive with alkalis. Reactive with

reducing agents, combustible materials, organic materials, metals, acids



RANEY NICKEL- HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

NFPA RATING

HAZARDOUS NATURE

Pyrophoric

Nickel metal LD50: Not available. LC50: Not available. Aluminum LD50: Not

available.LC50: Not available. Hydrogen LD50: Not available. LC50: Not available


Potential Acute Health Effects: Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant,

sensitizer), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion.

Potential chronic health effects: Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact

(sensitizer), of ingestion, of inhalation (lung sensitizer)

Carcinogenic: Classified 2B (Possible for human.) by IARC [Nickel metal]. Classified

2 (Some evidence.) by NTP [Nickel metal]

Mutagenic: Not available

Tetrogenic: NA

Developmental toxicity: Not available. The substance is toxic to skin. The substance

may be toxic to kidneys, liver, lungs, upper respiratory tract Repeated or prolonged

exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage..

FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye Contact: Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with

running water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelids open. Cold water may be

used. Do not use an eye ointment. Seek medical attention.

4

2 1



Skin Contact: After contact with skin, wash immediately with plenty of water. Gently

and thoroughly wash the contaminated skin with running water and non-abrasive

soap. Be particularly careful to clean folds, crevices, creases and groin. Cold water

may be used. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. If irritation persists, seek

medical attention. Wash contaminated clothing before reusing.

Serious Skin Contact: Not available..Inhalation: Allow the victim to rest in a well

ventilated area. Seek immediate medical attention.

Serious Inhalation: Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen

tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If breathing is difficult,

administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth



Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. If large quantities of this

material are swallowed, call a physician immediately. Loosen tight clothing such as a

collar, tie, belt or waistband

FIRE AND EXPLOSION

Flammability of the Product: Flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: NA

Flash Points: NA

Flammable Limits: NA

Products of Combustion: NA

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Slightly explosive in

presence of metals. Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of

shocks.


Small Spill: Use appropriate tools to put the spilled solid in a convenient waste

disposal container.

Large Spill: Spontaneously combustible solid. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with

an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Obtain

advice on use of water as spilled material may react with it. Do not touch spilled

material. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed.

Eliminate all ignition sources. Cover with wet earth, sand or other non-combustible



material. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at


HANDLING STORAGE

Precautions: Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all

equipment containing material. Do not breathe dust. Wear suitable protective

clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If you

feel unwell, seek medical attention and show the label when possible. Keep away

from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, combustible materials, organic

materials, metals, acids


area. Do allow material to dry. If allowed to dry in air, it can smolder to red heat and

provide a combustion source for exposed combustible materials. Do not expose to

air


Engineering Controls: Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation, or other

engineering controls to keep airborne levels below recommended exposure limits. If

user operations generate dust, fume or mist, use ventilation to keep exposure to

airborne contaminants below the exposure limit.

Personal Protection: Safety glasses. Lab coat. Dust respirator. Be sure to use an

approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves.

Exposure Limits: Nickel metal TWA: 1 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]

Inhalation Respirable. TWA: 0.5 (mg/m3) [United Kingdom(UK)] TWA: 1 (mg/m3)

from OSHA (PEL) [United States] Inhalation Aluminum TWA: 5 (mg/m3) from ACGIH

(TLV) [United States] Inhalation TWA: 10 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]

Inhalation Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.


Stability: Unstable


Conditions of Instability: Incompatible materials



Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, combustible

materials, organic materials, metals, acids. Slightly reactive to reactive with alkalis.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:

SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder.

LARGE FIRE: Use water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in

order to prevent pressure build-up, auto ignition or explosion.

7.25 FIRE PROTECTION

Well-designed pressured hydrant system comprising with jockey pump,

electrical & diesel pumps, hydrant, monitor etc. will be installed at the plant.

The fire fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per

relevant standards.

Heat and smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and shall be

calibrated and maintained properly.

7.26 STATIC ELECTRICITY

All equipment and storage tanks/containers of flammable chemicals shall be

bounded and earthed properly.

Electrical pits shall be maintained clean and covered.

Electrical continuity for earthing circuits shall be maintained.

Periodic inspections shall be done for earth pits and record shall be

maintained.

7.27 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Communication facilities shall be checked periodically for its proper functioning.

7.28 SAFETY INSPECTIONS

The system shall be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and

internal audit of the plant. Safety inspection team shall be formed from various

disciplines and departments.

7.29 SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES

Safe operating procedures should be formulated and updated, specific to

process & equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel.



Safety procedure near anhydrous Ammonia tanks and Ammonia

Cylinders shall be prepared and displayed meticulously in Telugu and

English languages.

7.30 PREDICTIVE AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule shall be followed in religious

manner.

7.31 ELECTRICAL SAFETY

Insulation pad at HT panels shall be replaced at regular interval.

Housekeeping in MCC room shall be kept proper for safe working

conditions.

7.32 COLOUR CODING SYSTEM

Colour coding for piping and utility lines shall be followed in accordance with IS:

2379:1990.

7.33. MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

A maximum credible accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible

accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum

consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not

include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another

aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the

atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. As per the reference

of the study, weather conditions having an average wind speed of 2.46 m/s have

been chosen.

The maximum credible loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the facility.

The MCL case considered, attempt to include the worst “credible” incidents-what

constitutes a credible incident is always subjective. Neverthless, guidelines have

evolved over the years and based on basic engineering judgment, the cases have

been found to be credible and modeling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared

accordingly. Only catastrophic cases have been considered and not partial or small

failures (as is the case in quantitative risk assessment where contributions from low

frequency-high outcome effect as well as high frequency-low outcome events are

distinguished).The objective of the study is emergency planning, hence only holistic

& conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence though the



outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be

borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

7.34 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS CALCULATIONS

The consequence analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been

done for weather conditions having wind speed 2.46 m/s.in consequence analysis,

geographical location of the source of potential release plays an important role.

Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same geographical location

serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been, identified and duly

considered.

SCENARIO

TABLE - 7.2: POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO

SCENARIO

MCL SCENARIO

PRESSURE

& TEMP.

QUANTITY

1

Pool fire due to release of -

TOLUENE

Ambient

10 KL



DETAILED SUMMARY OF RESULTS

Pool fire due to release of TOLUENE

A release from the Toluene storage Tank;

Pressure & Temperature - Ambient

Quantity Stored - 10KL

Results indicate:

Effective diameter of the pool - 3.0 m

[100% fatality with in the pool area]

Fatality Zone radius - 11m

Injury Zone radius - 16 m

[First degree burns]

Preventive Measures:

Storage:

Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame

Keep away from sources of ignition

Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from incompatible substances

Flammables area- Keep containers tightly closed

Handling:

3

2 0



Wash thoroughly after handling

Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse

Use only in a well ventilated area

Ground and bond containers when transferring material.

Use spark- proof tools and explosion proof equipment

Avoid contact with skin and eyes

Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing

Do not ingest or inhale

Empty containers retain product residue [liquid and/or vapor],and can be

dangerous

Avoid ingestion and inhalation

Do not pressurize, cut, weld, braze, solder, drill, grind, or expose empty

containers to heat, sparks or flame

Protection:

Eyes: Wear appropriate protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles as

described by OSHA’s eye and face protection regulations in 29 CFR 1910.133or

European Standard EN 167.

Skin: Wear appropriate protective gloves to prevent skin exposure

Clothing: Wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin exposure

Small spills/leaks:

Scoop up with a no sparking tool, then place into a suitable container for

disposal

Use water spray to disperse the gas/vapor.

Remove all sources of ignition

Absorb spill using an absorbent, on-combustible material such as earth, sand,

or vermiculite

Provide ventilation

A vapor suppressing foam may be used to reduce vapors

Hazards:

Vapors may form explosive mixtures with air

Vapors may travel to sources of ignition and flash back

Most vapors are heavier than air. They will spread along ground and collect

in low or confined areas[sewers, basements, tanks]

Vapor explosion and poison hazard indoors, outdoors or in sewers

7.35 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Level of emergency can be classified in three categories.



LEVEL-1

The leakage or emergency, which is confinable the plant, premises. It may be due

to-

Small fire in the plant

Low toxic gas release for short duration.

Collapsing of equipment that do not affect outside premises.

LEVEL-2

The emergency, which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to-

Major fire inside the factory premises.

Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.

Heavy toxic/flammable gas leakage for short duration.

LEVEL-3

The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general

public in the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to-

Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area

Heavy/profuse leakage of toxic/flammable gases for a long duration.

7.36 OBSERVER

Any person noticing a fire, leakage of chemicals or an unusual occurrence will

contact the security personnel a main gate and plant supervisor by:

Giving a telephone message

Sending message through a messenger

Rush personally

While giving the message, he will:

Identity himself

State briefly type of emergency

Location of incident/accident

Severity of emergency

After giving message, he will return to the scene/area of emergency by taking all

personnel protection measures, if possible and awaits instructions from plant

supervisor (incident controller).

7.37 ROLE OF CHIEF EMERGENCY CONTROLLER

He will be chief manager in his absence, the plant supervisor will be the chief

controller till any one of the designated manager arrives at site and assumes



overall charge of the situation. His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and

external activities from the emergency control centre at main security gate from

where all operations will be directed. He shall:

Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive

at the scene and handle the situation.

Relieve the incident controller from responsible of the main controller

Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade,

hospitals etc.is called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If

necessary, major installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the

situation.

Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.

In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of

loading/unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the

supervisor/security/personnel to evacuate tankers.

Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the

casualties, if any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P&A

Assistant/security for rushing casualties to hospitals if required.

Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other

statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects

outside the premises.

Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged

Issue authorized statement or press release to the news –media

Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory

authorities.

Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”

Arrange for obtaining the head-count of all personnel within the premises

and cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons

within the premise.

DETAILS OF SITE MAIN AND ALTERNATIVE CONTROLLER

TABLE - 7.3 – (A) SITE MAIN CONTROLLER



NAME

DESIGNATION

QUALIFICATION

PLACE OF AVALABLE &CONTACT NUMBERS

FACTORY RESIDENCE

TABLE - 7.3 – (B) ALTERNATIVE CONTROLLER

NAME

DESIGNATION

QUALIFICATION

PLACE OF AVALABLE &CONTACT NUMBERS

FACTORY RESIDENCE

7.38 INCIDENT CONTROLLER

Role of Incident Controller [Plant Manager/Shift in Charge].He is the shift supervisor

of the plant. Assume the role of the incident controller and take charge of the

situation. Keep the chief controller informed of the situation from time to time.

1. Proceed to the scene of emergency and assess the situation

2. Direct all operation within the affected area with the following priorities

Safety of personnel

Minimize damage to property and loss of material

Arrange for rescue of trapped workers and those in a state of shock

Get all non-essential persons safely evacuated after stopping all the

engineering/hot jobs.

Set up a communication system with the main control center at the main

security gate through telephone or messenger system.

Pending arrival of the main controller, direct the shutting down and

evacuation of the site

Report all developments to the main controller

Preserve all evidence for use in the subsequent enquiry.

Intimate to the Emergency Control Center (Main Security Gate) the head

count of plant.



INCIDENT CONTROLLERS / RUNNERS

TABLE-7.4 – (A) INCIDENT CONTROLLERS - 3 SHIFTS

S.NO

NAME

DESIGNATION

QUALIFICATION

PLACE OF AVALABLE &

CONTACT NUMBERS

FACTORY

RESIDENCE

TABLE - 7.4 - (B) INCIDENT RUNNERS - 3 SHIFTS

7.39 FIRE SERVICES

Fire Fighting, Gas leak Control and Rescue operation

A] Role of Manager (Fire and Safety/shift in-charge [Fire and Safety]:

Manager [EHS] shift in-charge [EHS] will be the only person to direct the

fire fighting and emergency operation.

Keep the constant touch with the chief emergency controller.

Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange

replenishment of man power/equipment/extinguishing media etc.

S. No

NAME

DESIGNATION

QUALIFICATION

PLACE OF AVALABLE &

CONTACT NUMBERS

FACTORY

RESIDENCE



B] Fire and Safety officer. [EHS Officer]:

On being notified about the location of fire/gas leakage immediately

proceed to the scene of incident with fire tender and crew.

Position the fire tender in upwind direction.

Decide his line of action in consultation with incident controller and take

appropriate measures to handle the emergency.

Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency

controller about the gravity of the situation.

He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring

industry.

C] Fire Crew Members:

On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to

control room and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the

direction of shift fire & safety officer.

The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.

7.40 PLANT OPERATIONS

1. Role of HOD: He will take plant related decisions, which will facilitate the fire fighting operation.

2. Plant Employees:

They shall:

On heaving the siren, report to plant supervisor

Do as directed by plant supervisor

Stop all hot works

Remove unwanted persons from the affected area to the

“Assembly Point “near main security gate viz visitors, guests

Stop all non-essential operations

3. Non-plant Employees:

On hearing the siren, shall stop their work assemble at “Assembly Point”

near main security gate along with guests and visitors.



7.41 MEDICAL SERVICES

A] Role of Chief Medical Officer/Medical Officer (Medical Assistance):

He will contact immediately to chief emergency controller

He will render necessary treatment as first aid center and hospital.

He will arrange for hospitalization and treatment at outside hospitals if

required.

He will mobilize extra medical assistance from outside if necessary.

He will make arrangement for treating public if necessary.

B] ROLE OF OTHER MEDICAL STAFF:

As directed by medical officers.

7.42 ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

A] ROLE OF Dy.MGR (HR):

He will contact chief emergency controller immediately and keep in touch

with local authorities and nearby fire services for their help.

He will inform Collector, Inspector of Factories and Police department as

per the legal requirements.

Ensure that press does not publish inauthentic news.

Coordinate to inform relative of affected persons.

Depute one person each at assembly points to record all personnel arriving

there and pass information to chief emergency controller.

Arrange for round of the clock persons at hospitals to look after the need of

the affected personnel.

Prepare record of affected personnel with local and permanent address.

B] ROLE OF TELEPHONE OPERATOR:

Ensure that telephone operator keeps the board free to the extent possible

for incoming calls.

He should immediately convey message to key person’s operation director,

all H.O.D.’s, and all concerns as directed by the chief emergency controller.



TABLE 7.5: MEDICAL ARRANGEMENTS

S.NO NAME & LOCATION

TELEPHONE NOS.

IN-CHARGE PERSON NAME &

DESIGNATION

RESIDENCE ADDRESS

FACILITIES & EQUIPMENT’S

ANTIDOTES AVAILABLE

FIRST AID AVAILABLE

ACCOMMODATION

AMBULANCE VAN OR ALTERNATE ARRANGEMENT

S.NO PLACE OF AVAILABILITY

CAPACITY FACILITIES AVAILABLE IN THE VAN

DRIVER’S NAME AND ADDRESS

DOCTORS NEARBY

NAME AND ADDRESS,

TELEPHONE NO.

OTHER MEDICAL STAFF MUTUAL AID ARRANGEMENT NAME

&ADDRESS TELEPHONE

NO.

RESIDENCE ADDRESS

TELEPHONE NO.



7.43 SECURITY SERVICES

Role of H.O.D. (Security) / Security Officers.

Receive message from the observer

Initiate the emergency siren to declare the emergency

Announce on the public address system

Arrange to close all the gates and stop traffic

Keep vehicle/ambulance ready and keep track of casualty sent to hospital

during off hours

Ensure that unauthorized persons/vehicles do not enter the premises\

Organize the positioning and transport of vehicles near the main gate

Depute security guard for controlling traffic at the scene of emergency

Call up for additional help from the outside agency like fire brigade,

hospitals during off hours

7.43.1 ROLE OF SECURITY GUARD

On hearing emergency siren contact security officer and work under his directions.

MUTUAL AID:

Role played by members of mutual aid scheme

On receiving the call they shall proceed immediately with fire crew and fire

tender.

The place of incident will be guided by the main gate security guard.

Fire crew in-charge will report to the fire officer of the unit in which incident

has occurred and assist the emergency operation as guided by him.

In-charge of assisting fire brigades ensures safety of their crew members

involved in emergency operation.

7.44 EMERGENCY RESPONSE

Concept of operations deals with the possible steps associated with an

emergency response assuming the most severe emergency scenario. This

includes:

Accident initiation and rising of alarm

Accident evaluation and emergency declaration

Off site and external agency notification



Implementation of onsite response actions

Implementation of protective actions and evacuations

Co-ordination of response action with external agencies

Management of emergency resources

Recovery and facilitate re-entry procedures

7.45 EMERGENCY CAPABILITIES

The primary emergency response facilities comprise with emergency control

center upon declaration of emergency, the main security gate office will become

the emergency control center [ECC].The ECC is located in a low /minimal risk

zone of the plant. It is manned round

7.45.1 EMERGENCY HANDLING PROCEDURES

Action plan:

On hearing emergency declaration siren and announcement on public

address system, all key persons will rush to their nominated location and

start actions.

The main controller will continuously assess the situation by taking

feedback from the incident controller. He will consult the advisory team

members to get essential information if required but if does not required to

take help from advisory team; he can assign other jobs to advisory team.

Once the emergency is brought under control, Main Controller will inform to

security to give “ALL CLEAR” siren and announce on Public Address

System about termination of emergency.

In the case the emergency assumes off site dimensions and cannot be controlled,

then if the chief controller with his advisory team decides to evacuate the plant, he

will instruct the security to sound “EVACUATION SIREN”

Procedure in case emergency tends to have off site implications

As per the sire plan and wind direction at the time of emergency, the likely

affected area will be identified and population within will estimated.



The police will be informed so that in-coming traffic on highway can be

controlled from both the ends. The police force will be helpful in

evacuation of villages, factories or other public places in the vicinity

The fire brigade will be informed and ambulance will be called and kept

ready to meet any eventuality.

Neighboring factories will be communicated for sending help.

Statutory authorities such as factory inspector, district collector and others

concerned to be intimated.

Procedure for salvage operations

The salvage operation will be carried out under the guidance of the main

controller, his advisory team and incident controller.

They will conduct accident investigation; assess the damages-the clock by

security supervisors.

During emergency, the main controller and his advisory-team will confirm

Master plan of facility and 5kms surrounding area-displayed on wall

Layout of facility, equipment and storages, displayed on table and wall

Availability and location of personal protective equipment

Self-contained breathing apparatus sets and the spare cylinders

External telephone with direct dialing and STD facilities

Internal telephone

List of important internal and external telephone numbers displayed on

table and wall.

Transport facility

Extra copies of plant layout for marking during emergency

Telephone directory both local and surrounding district

General stationary like paper, pencil etc.

Nominal roll and address of all employees with contract telephone no’s

and blood group

List of first aiders and emergency squad members

Details of all contractors and their employees.



Details of meteorological information during different seasons such as

wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity etc.

The location of ECC, Assembly points, availability of first aid boxes, fire

extinguishers, PPE should be marked onsite.

7.46 MITIGATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT DURING FIRE EMERGENCY

In case of fire, cut of contact of fire with flammable material or prevent

of fire by other means

Use water or suitable fire extinguisher to extinguish fire

Contain the contaminated water or any other liquid to prevent it going to

soil or drain and divert it to ETP storage tank. If required treat it before

sending to ETP tank.

Any solid waste generated should be collected, stored and send to

TSDF site.

During fire emergency use necessary PPE.

Bottom valve failure: mitigation of environment impact during failure of

between valves or tank failure.

In case of material coming out of the bottom valve shall be contained

inside the dyke wall and will be transferred to HDPE plastic drum by

help of pump/piping.

In case of acid spillage after pumping shall be neutralized and waste

shall be cleaned with help of water and send the water to ETP.

The failed bottom valve shall be replaced or repaired and restart. After

tank is empty valve will be repaired, or replaced. In case of leakage

form tank body tank will be repaired.

Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom value shall be

carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body,

thickness checking shall be same as per schedule.

In case of bottom value failure or heavy leakages from tank body

material from caustic of aniline in the tank shall be transferred to the

HDPE drums, by running the pump.



Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom valve shall be

carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body,

thickness checking shall be same as per schedule.

In case of any material leaching the soil it shall be neutralized and

washed with water.



TABLE-7.6: KEY PERSONNEL

KEY PERSONS

S. No

NAME

QUALIFICATION

DESIGNATION

ADDRESS

PLACE OF AVAILABLE & CONTACT

PHONE NUMBERS

FACTORY

RESIDENCE

ALTERNATIVE KEY PERSONS



7.47. EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NO.S

TABLE 7.7: EXTERNAL EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NO.S

S. NO

NAME

PLACE

OFFICE

TABLE-7.8 INTERNAL EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NO.S

S. NO

NAME & LOCATION OF THE PLANT, DEPARTMENT OR

AREA

TELEPHONE NUMBERS



7.48 ESSENTIAL WORKERS

A task force of essential trained workers [expert’s team] is available to get the

work done by the incident controller and the site main controller. Such work will

include: Fire fighting and spill control till a fire brigade takes the charge.

To help the fire brigade and mutual aid teams, if it is so required.

Shutting down plant and making it safe.

Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, material

process, providing temporary by-pass lines, safe transfer of materials,

urgent repairing or replacement, electrical work, etc.

Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments,

equipments, materials, etc.

Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the

scene of the accident.

Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.

The injured is given first aid.

Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.

Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.

Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated

personnel. Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated

persons there.

Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of

causalities.

Assistance at communication centers to handle outgoing and incoming

calls and to act as messengers if necessary.

Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct

emergency vehicles entering the work, to control traffic leaving the

works and to turn away or make alternative safe arrangements for

visitors, contractors and other traffic arriving at the works.

Informing surrounding factories and the public as well as directed by

the site main controller.

Any special help required.



TABLE 7.9: ESSENTIAL WORKERS

S. NO

NAME

DESIGNATION

RESIDENCE ADDRESS & CONTACT

PHONE NUMBERS

TRAINED FOR

WORK

7.49 ASSEMBLY POINTS

At the time of emergency, on-essential workers, casual workers, visitors and

others are to be replaced to assembly points and separate in charge are

nominated.



TABLE 7.10: LIST OF ASSEMBLY POINTS

S. NO.

LOCATION

ACCOMMODATION

CAPACITY

AT THE TIME OF EMERGENCY

NEAREST TEL. NO.

PERSON IN-CHARGE

PLACE OF AVAILABLE &

TELEPHONE NO.

FACTORY

OFFICE



7.50 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE

ECC means the place from where the emergency may be controlled by ECC

controller and other key personnel. Location of the centre SECURITY CABIN.



TABLE 7.11: FIRE AND TOXICITY CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

S.NO

ITEM TO BE KEPT IN

THE CENTER

QUANTITY

PERSONS WHO WILL

HANDLE OR OPERATE THIS ITEM

ITS PERIOD OF OPERATION

NOTES

1 Safety Helmets Plant employees including security personnel will be trained in the use & upkeep of all the personal protective equipments available in the factory. They will operate &use these equipments &tackle emergency situation. Separate persons are trained for fire and toxic gas control. They are also trained personnel protective equipment.

The equipments kept in ECC are being used regularly & all the time kept in ready to use condition. Whenever they are being used if required they are being cleaned /maintained or being replenished immediately.

The safety equipments kept in the ECC have 24 hrs. access to all employees. Outside aid agency likes fire brigade, medical etc. will go to the factory premises via the emergency control centre Besides at plant/shop floor level various types of personal protective equipments are kept for the use of plant employees in emergency Plant employees are being trained on the use & upkeep of all safety Equipments.

2 Safety Hand Gloves

PVC

Rubber

Cotton Cum

Leather

Asbestos

3 Safety Goggles

Spectacle Type

Panoramic Type

4 Face Shield

5 Aprons

PVC

Cotton



S.NO

ITEM TO BE KEPT IN

THE CENTER

QUANTITY

PERSONS WHO WILL


ITS PERIOD OF

OPERATION

NOTES

6 PVC Suits

Plant employees including security personnel are trained in the use & upkeep of all the personal protective equipments available in the factory. They will operate &use these equipments &tackle emergency situation Separate persons are trained for fire and toxic gas control. They are also trained personnel protective equipment.

The equipments kept in ECC are being used regularly & all the time kept in ready to use condition. Whenever they are being used if required they are being cleaned /maintained or being replenished immediately

The safety equipments kept in the ECC have 24 hrs. Access to all employees. Outside aid agency likes fire brigade, medical etc. will go to the factory premises via the emergency control centre Besides at plant/shop floor level various types of personal protective equipments are kept for the use of plant employees in emergency Plant employees are being trained on the use & upkeep of all safety Equipments.

7 Safety Gum Boots

8 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus

9 Gas mask with canister

10 Safety emergency

11 Fire extinguishers

DCP[10kg.cap]

Co2[3.2kg.cap]

Soda acid[9lit.cap]

Foam [10lit.cap]

12 Fire hoses with branches

13 Explosive meter

14 Gas detection devices

15 Resuscitator

16 Portable mike



S.NO

ITEM TO BE KEPT IN

THE CENTER

QUANTITY

PERSONS WHO WILL


ITS PERIOD OF

OPERATION

NOTES

17 Telephone- P&T intercom

Plant employees including security personnel are trained in the use & upkeep of all the personal protective equipments available in the factory. They will operate &use these equipments &tackle emergency situation Separate persons are trained for fire and toxic gas control. They are also trained personnel protective equipment.

The equipments kept in ECC are being used regularly & all the time kept in ready to use condition. Whenever they are being used if required they are being cleaned /maintained or being replenished immediately

The safety equipments kept in the ECC have 24 hrs.access to all employees. Outside aid agency likes fire brigade, medical etc.will go to the factory premises via the emergency control centre Besides at plant/shop floor level various types of personal protective equipments are kept for the use of plant employees in emergency Plant employees are being trained on the use & upkeep of all safety Equipments.

18 Emergency siren switch

19 First aid box



7.51 RAISING THE ALARM

Emergency alarm should be raised in the event of an emergency.

Any person noticing an unusual occurrence, fire, chlorine leakage, toxic or

corrosive substance leakage etc. should inform the concerned

department/section head/shift in charge immediately and try to

control/contain the incident.

Departmental head/shift in charge will immediately go to the site of

incident, assess the situation and initiate the action to “blow the

emergency Alarm” by telephoning the main gate to security officer/Asst,

security officer/Security supervisor.

In case of telephone failure a messenger should be sent running to main

gate to inform.

Details of siren are given below

Siren codes

Declaration of emergency:-A long short wailing siren for one minute will

mean that there is an emergency within the premises.

All clear siren: - A long siren for one minute will mean that the emergency

declared is under control, i.e. all clear. This siren code will mean All clear,

normal condition.

Evacuation siren:-A long short wailing siren for 3 [three] minutes, will

mean that emergency declared cannot be controlled. Hence all persons in

the premises will evacuate as per the plan.



TABLE 7.12: DETAILS OF ALARMS AND SIRENS

S. NO

TYPE OF

EMERGENCY

TYPE OF SIREN

/ALARM

DURATION OF

SOUNDING

TYPE OF SOUND

1 Fire & explosion Electrical operated siren

1 Minute Continuous

2

3

7.52 DECLARING MAJOR EMERGENCY

Major emergency may be declared after sufficient thought because it activates many

agencies. The nominated persons to declare major emergencies are given.



TABLE 7.13: NOMINATED PERSONS TO DECLARE MAJOR EMERGENCY

S. NO.

NAME OF

PLANT/DEPT./LOCATION

NAME &

DESIGNATION OF THE PERSONS

NOMINATED TO DECLARE THE EMERGENCY

DUTY OR DESIGNATION GIVEN UNDER THE ON-

SITE/OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

TELEPHONE NO.

RESIDENCE ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NO.



7.53 TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS

Following arrangements shall be made for the transport and evacuation of

persons in case of any emergency situation arises in the factory.

Those employees who have own vehicles will make arrangements to shift the

injured.



TABLE 7.14: TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS

NAME &

LOCATION

TELEPHONE

NO.

IN CHARGE PERSON

OWN VEHICLES

NAME &

DESIGNATION

RESIDENCE ADDRESS &

TELEPHONE NOS.

TYPE &

NOS.

CAPACITY

DRIVER’S NAME

&ADDRESS

EIA Report M/s. Symed Labs Ltd. Unit - IV

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 111

7.53.1TELEPHONE MESSAGES

Telephone operator has to pay vital role in case of emergency. After hearing the

siren/hooter, he/she should inform to all key personnel immediately on phone. He/she

should receiving be very sharp, precise, attentive and quick in & noticing the message.

TABLE 7.15: FORMAT TO RECORD EMERGENCY CALL

PART - A

ESSENTIAL INFORMATION

DETAILS OF CALL AS REPORTED

CALLER’S NAME & DESIGNATION DATE: TIME: PHONE NO.

PURPOSE: OF CALL IS ANY PARTICULAR ADVICE REQUIRED IMMEDIATELY?

NAME OF CHEMICALSTO BE SPELT OUT CLEARLY BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT. FIRE/EXPLOSIVE/LIQUID SPILL/GAS RELEASE QUANTITY INVOLVED PACKING/STORING/HANDLING/USING DETAILS LOCATION OF INCIDENT CAUSE, IF KNOWN, IN BRIEF



7.54 MUTUAL AID

In emergency situations, resources over and above those available at the works may be

needed. Emergency Coordinator would be contacting neighboring factories for help. A

survey of industries who can come to help and also the help, they can extend is done as

mentioned below.

The help would be in the form of technical manpower, medical aid, transport

for rescue and Rehabilitation, fire fighting, additional special protective wear or

any other help as the case may be.

Manager – Safety who is Emergency Coordinator is assigned with this

responsibility and he would maintain liaison during non-emergency period and

ensure co-operation

Similarly, the help required from civil administration, in respect of medical aid,

transport, law and order, rehabilitation etc. are identified and liaison is

established with Mandal Revenue Officer and Police Officials.

PART- B

INFORMATION TO BE OBTAINED IF READILY AVAILABLE

HAS ANY ONE BEEN INJURED YES / NO IF YES, HOW MANY AFFECTED BY CHEMICALS YES / NO IF YES, HOW WHAT FIRST-AID HAS BEEN GIVEN YES / NO IF YES, ADDRESS OF THE HOSPITAL. IS THE ROAD BLOCKED YES / NO CLOSED TO TRAFFIC YES / NO WHO OWNS THE CHEMICALS HAS THE OWNER BEEN INFORMED YES / NO

IF CAUSED BY VEHICLE VEHICLE NUMBER ………………… AND NAME & ADDRESS OF THE OWNER ……………….. HAS THE OWNER BEEN INFORMED YES / NO TO WHOM WAS THE LOAD CONSIGNED



7.55 MOCK DRILL

Mock Drills would be organized once in six months to evaluate the Preparedness and

functioning of OSEP.

It is also planned to undertake few informed and uniformed mock drills [or

rehearsals] for meeting emergencies.

Such rehearsals would be carefully analyzed and shortcomings would be

identified and necessary corrections would be taken up.

Site Controller is responsible for planning and execution and evaluation of

mock drills. Also information would be given to statutory authorities.

PROJECT BENEFITS

CHAPTER -VIII


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 1

CHAPTER – VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in terms

of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder;

8.1 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

In the proposed unit 50 persons are employed for the various job categories. For the

project persons are expected to employ for the skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled

category. The preference will be given to local population for employment

in the semi-skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity

in the surrounding area. The ideology of the company is to give employment opportunity

to nearby villagers and this is the most positive aspect of company regarding

enhancement of the society. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to

be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial

activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market.

Due to proposed project there will be development of communication facilities in the

area. The employed people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill

their monetary requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.

8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III, not only carries out business but also understands

the obligations towards the society. The unit is aware of the obligations towards the

society and to fulfill the social obligations unit will employ semi-skilled and skilled labor

from the nearby villages for the proposed project as far as possible. Unit will also try to

generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local

contractors during construction phase as well as during operation phase.

Unit will be contributed reasonably as part of their CSR and carried out various activities

in nearby villages. Unit is spending annually about 5% of the project cost in 5 years for

such activities and major activities carried out by unit during last 4-5 years are

described. The various CSR activities identified and planned at present are described

below Table.



CSR ACTIVITIES PLANNING & BUDGET

FROM

S. M. LABS PVT. LTD. UNIT-III

PROJECT LOCATION

Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village, Bommalramaram

Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State

CSR PLAN PERIOD Five Years Activity Plan from the date of commercial production

CSR Activities

PROJECT AREA DETAILS

AREAS COVERED .

CSR Work Plan & Budget Highlights

Note: Project Expansion cost: Rs. 12.98 Crores

CSR Budget allocation is Rs. 65 Lakhs [5 % of the Project Expansion cost] for 60 months [5 Years]



S.NO FOCUS AREA

1ST

YEAR

2ND

YEAR

3RD

YEAR

4TH

YEAR

5TH

YEAR

GRAND TOTAL

FOR 60 MONTHS

(IN LAKHS)

PROPOSED ACTION PLAN

1 Water Sanitation

2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 13

Provision of safe drinking water during water crises circumstances. Build water storage structures with the coordination of government. Provision of sanitation facility in the villages by building common toilets

2 Education 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 13

Organizing Camps to create awareness and need of necessary education to all children’s including dropouts.

Adopting one primary school of the vicinity and we supply necessary infrastructure such as benches, dusks, black boards and also provide books and other writing materials.

Proposed to have more focus on girls education and to reduce the dropouts to the extent possible by creating awareness in their parents

3 Self Help Skill Training

2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

13

Based on local identified needs, we will set up training centre to impart skills such as tailoring, toys making, book binding and basic computer skills to local women and men

Self help skill Training : Unskilled /Semiskilled persons will be identified in villages and given necessary training as per industry requirement and we will absorb the personnel in

industry as and when need arises

4 Environment 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

13

This would be the main focus area whereby beneficial saplings will be distributed to the Villagers & elaborate awareness programme will be conducted on how to maintain clean & green environment and to protect water bodies

Identifying water collection points during the rainy season to construct Rain Harvesting pits there by water resources shall be conserved more efficiently.



5 Other Social Welfare Activities

2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 13

Financial & infrastructure assistance during disaster &

other crisis incidents

Participate & contribute in local religious and social

programs

Plantation along the road side and development of

garden / greenbelt on government barren land / common

plots.

Total CSR Budget 13 13 13 13 13 65.0



A. Water and Sanitation

1. Provision of safe drinking water during water crises circumstances.

2. Build water storage structures with the coordination of government.

3. Provision of sanitation facility in the villages by building common toilets

B. Education

1. Award Scholarships/fellowships to deserving students to encourage education.

2. Provision of uniforms, books, and stationery, necessary equipments etc, to schools.

3. Promote Technical/ professional/ medical education by giving financial assistance.

4. Promote computer literacy and technology assisted learning.

5. Reducing the drop out of students & absenteeism through counseling & other means.

6. Organize skill development program for sustainable income generation & livelihood

for the community like training on scientific agricultural practices, tailoring, embroidery,

etc.

7. Vocational training for Youth & Women.

8. Conducting awareness programs to reduce child labor in the villages

9. Promotion of adult education with focus on women’s education.

C. Self Help Skill Training

1. Based on local identified needs, we will set up training centre to impart skills such as

tailoring, toys making, book binding and basic computer skills to local women and men.

2. Self help skill Training: Unskilled /Semiskilled persons will be identified in villages and

given necessary training as per industry requirement and we will absorb the personnel

in industry as and when need arises.

D. Environment

1. This would be the main focus area whereby beneficial saplings will be distributed to

the Villagers & elaborate awareness programme will be conducted on how to maintain

clean & green environment and to protect water bodies

2. Identifying water collection points during the rainy season to construct Rain

Harvesting pits there by water resources shall be conserved more efficiently.

E. Other Social Welfare Activities

Financial & infrastructure assistance during disaster & other crisis incidents

Participate & contribute in local religious and social programs



Plantation along the road side and development of garden / greenbelt on

government barren land / common plots.

8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER

This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the

form of excise duty, income tax, state sales tax or VAT, tax for interstate movement,

corporate taxes etc. Indirect contribution to the Central & State exchequer will be there

due to Income by way of registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from

individual as well as taxes from associated units. Thus, the proposed expansion project

will help the Government by paying different taxes from time to time, which is a part of

revenue and thus, will help in developing the area. Demand of the proposed products in

foreign market is also significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as

well as country. Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well

as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with

sustainable approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety

condition to get better foreign market.

8.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFIT

The project site is equipped with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking

water, toilets, sanitation facilities, power, easily accessible approach roads, public

transport, communication, etc. Hence no major benefit to the public infrastructure is

anticipated due to the proposed expansion. However, benefits due to CSR activities

may be realized if any CSR activities would be related with such facilities.

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The proposed expansion project will have many employment & trade opportunities with

the inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment &

trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local

people & businesses/contractors. The country shall also benefit from increase in excise

and vat revenues. Foreign exchange earnings from exports are envisaged to increase.

Beside of the economic benefits, the general social & cultural development of the area

is anticipated at least due to the CSR activities planned by the company. The CSR

activities to be planned by the company can be considerably beneficial for Education,

Self Help Skill Training & Environment, assistance to the disabled people etc. These all



together with the economic benefits of the proposed expansion project will result in

further benefits in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on

health facilities. A new awareness generated can also have benefits to the social

pattern. The long-term implications of this change can be definitely considered as

progressive.

ENVIRONMENT COST

BENEFIT ANALYSIS

CHAPTER -IX


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Chapter – IX Page 1

CHAPTER - IX

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is

suggested by the appraisal committee.

ENVIRONMENT

MANAGEMENT PLAN

CHAPTER -X


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 1

CHAPTER – X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental Management Plan reflects the commitment of the management to

protect the environment within and outside the industrial premises. An environmental

management plan is required for formulation and monitoring of environmental

protection measures during and after construction and commissioning of the

projects. Hence, the construction and operational phase is considered for outlining

the Environmental Management Plan for the said industry. The plan indicates the

details as to how various measures have been taken by the industry to mitigate the

pollutants generated due to its operations.

The Potential Environmental Impacts from the construction and operational activities

of the industry are summarized below.

A. Construction Phase:

Site preparation, sanitation, noise, construction equipment & waste and site

security.

B. Operation Phase:

Air pollution due to emission of Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxide from the boiler stack and D.G. Sets.

Gaseous emissions from process leading to workroom air pollution.

Noise pollution due to noise generating equipment operation.

Disposal of effluent generated due to plant operations.

Disposal of Solid Wastes generated due to the plant operation.



FIGURE -10.1: FLOW CHART OF EMP

IDENTIFICATION OF THE

POTENTIAL IMPACTS

RECOMMENDED MITIGATION

MEASURES

DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING

PROGRAM

ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT STANDARDS AND

RESIDUAL IMPACTS

ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBLITIES FOR

PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

AND REPORTING

PROCEDURES

CONTIGENCY PLAN WHEN

IMPACTS ARE GREATER THAN

EXPECTED



10.2 PRE- PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Construction related impacts:

M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III is a new project. The potential for environment

pollution during the construction is obviously considerably less than when the plant is

in operation. The following factors require control during the construction phase.

10.2.1 Site Preparation

The leveling operation will involve stockpiling of backfill materials. All the disturbed

slopes shall be stabilized with grass cover and dust nuisance controlled.

10.2.2 Sanitation

The site should be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities with proper

hygiene for construction workers. Adequate potable water supply shall be provided

for onsite workers.

10.2.3 Noise

The total noise effect in the vicinity during construction stage will be negligible in the

site and the site is far away from the nearest human habitation.

10.2.4 Construction Equipment and Waste

It should be ensured that construction related vehicles are properly maintained to

minimize exhaust emissions. Combustible waste should be burnt in a controlled

manner. Other wastes shall be disposed off in approved dump yard. Spent liquid

waste if any, arising from chemical treatment of built-up portions for termites etc,

shall be neutralized and disposed off.

10.2.5 Site Security

The site shall be secured by fencing and manned at entry points.



10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION 10.3.1 AIR QUALITY

The process emissions, boiler emissions and emissions from D.G. Sets are the

sources likely to contribute to air pollution. Solvent emissions will also contribute to

the air pollution marginally. Adequate measures are being taken to minimize the

impacts of these emissions on the environment.

The baseline data collected during the study period indicate that all five pollutants

namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and VOCs, is well within the limits

prescribed by CPCB.

The industry is proposing two numbers of 4.0 TPH coal fired boilers. The coal

requirement will be met from government allocation or from local authorized sources.

There will be slight increase in the ground level concentrations for PM2.5, PM10, SO2,

NOX, CO, NH3 and VOCs.

10.3.1.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT

Following are the proposed pollution control schemes and which will be used to

minimize, and control the emission of air pollutants as well as their effective

dispersion into the atmosphere.

A. Stack Design

The coal fired boiler stack height of 32 meters will be provided along with SPM

controlling equipment cyclone separator followed by Bag Filter. The approximate flue

gas existing velocity of 8.5 m/s from stack ensures proper dispersion of the flue gas

into atmosphere. The design will ensure the ground level concentration of the

pollutants to comply with the ambient air quality standards.

B. Process Emission Control

Process emissions are which is liberated from manufacturing process of

proposed products.

SO2, NH3, HCl, CO2, H2, N2, liberated from the process. In these Process

emissions, some gaseous emissions are polluting and some emissions are

non polluting.

SO2 (190.0 Kgs/day) emissions scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution, NH3 (5.0

Kgs/Day) & HCl (13.0 Kgs/day) emissions are scrubbed by using chilled water

media.



Non polluting gases like CO2 (17.0 Kgs/day) & N2 (9.0 Kgs/day) emissions will

be dispersed into atmosphere. H2 (3.0 Kgs/day) emissions diffused by using

Nitrogen through Flame arrestor.













C. ACTION PLAN TO CONTROL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AS PER NAAQS STANDARDS

S.NO POLLUTANTS

STANDARDS (Industrial, Residential,

Rural and Other Area)

CONTROL MEASURES

RESULT Process Boiler DG Sets

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m

3

50

80

Scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution

Providing 32 m of stack height to Dispersed into

Atmosphere

Providing 10m of stack height to Dispersed into

Atmosphere Within the Limit

2 Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2 µg/m

3

40

80

Dispersed into Atmosphere


Atmosphere


Atmosphere

Within the Limit

3 Particulate matter (size Less than 2.5µm) µg/m

3

60

100 NA

Providing Cyclone separator followed by bag filter

NA Within the Limit

4 Particulate matter (size Less than 10µm) µg/m

3

40

60 NA

Providing Cyclone separator followed by bag filter

NA Within the Limit

5 Ozone µg/m

3

100

180 NA NA NA -

6 Lead (Pb) µg/m

3

0.50

1.0 NA NA NA -

7 Carbon Monoxide (CO)

02

04 NA


Atmosphere


Atmosphere

Within the Limit

8 Ammonia (NH3) µg/m

3

100

400

Scrubbed by using Chilled water media

NA NA Within the Limit

9 Benzene µg/m

3

05 NA NA NA -

10 Benzo(a) pyrene (BaP)- Particulate Phase only ng/m

3

01 NA NA NA -

11 Arsenic ng/m3 06 NA NA NA -

12 Nickel ng/m3 20 NA NA NA -



D. Fugitive Emissions from Solvents

Various types of solvents are used in the Bulk Drug manufacturing process.

The solvents will be stored in drums and Bulk quantities in storage tanks with

vent condensers. These are handles in closed conditions thereby reducing

the losses in the form of evaporation. The industry will take measures for

reduction of fugitive emissions by providing Chilled brine circulation to the

condensers, which ensures the recovery of 95% and also controlled by closed

operations and handling methods. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce

the workroom concentrations. The chemical reactions in reactor generating

solvent vapors will be controlled by connecting vents to condensers with

receivers.

E. Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials

Raw materials will be received by trucks and tankers .The same will be stored

in storage rooms, it is stored under lock and key in designated storage area.

The chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums, and PP bags.

F. Storage and Transportation of Solvents

Solvents like Toluene, Methanol and Acetone will be received in road tankers. The

same will be stored in storage tanks .Dyke will be constructed around the tankers

with leachate collection system. The tanks will be provided condensers with reflex to

prevent fugitive emissions and flame proof arrestors. The solvents will be transferred

to production blocks through pipelines.

The solvents like Methylene dichloride and others with transforming pumps [low

solution] will be received in drums (MS\HDPE). Such solvents will be stored under

shade and consume as early as possible. The same will be stored on an elevated

platform provided with Concrete floor and leachate collection pits. The solvents will

be transported to production block by means of drum trolley.

All containers or tanks containing waste destined for transportation shall be labeled

with the type of solvent, waste and its hazards. The packing shall be secure enough

to prevent leaks, spills and vaporization during transport. All the storage tanks and

drums storage area will be built as per the norms of the PESO (Petroleum Explosive

Safety Organization.)



10.3.2 NOISE POLLUTION

All the equipment in the plant would be designed to have a total noise level not

exceeding 85-90 dB (A) as per the standards.

NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Compressors, Boilers and DG set will be the major noise generating units in the

plant. Out of these the generator will be functioning only at the time of power failure.

There is no need for the workers to be near this unit continuously. Apart from this the

Generator sets are placed in separate rooms with an acoustic enclosure as

permitted by CPCB.

NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT

The noise levels in the work place environment will be monitored periodically

and if necessary action will be taken in the form of regular maintenance

schedule to reduce noise and vibration in generating sources.

The effects of the vibrations coming out of the base of the body over the

surrounding civil structures are minimized by providing Damping

pads/Resilient mounting at the time of installation.

Under the general health check up scheme as per factory act, the workers will

however be checked up for any Noise induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) by a

trained ENT Doctor.

10.3.3 WATER QUALITY

No impact on water quality is due to no discharge of effluents. Water is essentially

used in Process, Boilers, Cooling towers and for domestic purpose. The total water

required for the plant is drawn from bore wells within the plant premises.

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT

The effluent generation is from process, boiler blow down, DM Plant Regeneration,

Scrubbing system, Floor & Reactor washings and Domestic sections.

Water shall be recycled to reduce the impact on water resource and the

industry will implement the Zero Discharge of Waste water by opting ZLD

treatment system to recycle and reuse the water for plant utilities.

Process effluent will be segregated based on COD & TDS concentration and

collected separately by gravity from all sources into a collection Pit.

Collected waste water from different sourecs will be pumped in to the above

ground level tanks separately.



The unit will provide Wastewater Treatment Plant (ETP) to treat the trade

effluent

Treatment system

The effluent will be neutralized, the HTDS/HCOD effluent will be sent to steam

stripping Column for collection of solvents/Organics which are dissolved in the

waste water stream. After stripping effluent will be sent to Multiple Forced

Evaporation system which contains 3 calendrias. Stripped organics collected

and sent to cement industry/TSDF incinerator.

The concentrate from the MEE System will be sent to ATFD and salts from

the ATFD will be collected and sent to TSDF for safe disposal.

The condensate from MEE followed by ATFD sent to biological system for

Treatment.

The LTDS effluent along with MEE / ATFD condensate will be sent to

Biological treatment, treated effluent sent to RO for water recovery.

The RO permeate will be reused and RO reject will be sent to MEE for further

evaporation.

All the treatment tanks etc. is constructed / installed only with acid proofing

and 1.5 to 2.5 meters above the Ground Level.

Roof Water Harvesting System will be put in practice to recharge the ground

water and to use the same for various requirements and to reduce the ground

water extraction.

Strategic control / Management

Minimizing of water use.

Segregation and collection philosophy for effluent to minimize waste

generation and facilitate treatment as well as recycle and reuse.

Reducing the actual process water consumption by way of improvement in operation of processing units.



FIGURE -10. 2: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF WASTE WATER TREATMENT

TOTAL EFFLUENT WATER

65.33 KLD

LTDS

8.23 KLD DOMESTIC

2.00 KLD

HTDS

55.1 KLD

RO = 70 KLD 8.23+49.59=57.82

MEE – 80 KLD

55.1+23.12=78.22

SOAK PIT

40% REJECT

23.12 KLD 90% CONDENSATE

60% PERMEATE

34.69 KLD

REUSE

ATFD

TSDF

BIOLOGICAL

TREATMENT



FIGURE-10.3: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT HTDS & HCOD



FIGURE-10.4: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT LTDS



10.3.3.1 DETAILS OF ZLD SYSTEM

All the effluent generated from the plant are collected in the Effluent collection pits

and from those pits effluent will be pumped to the above ground storage tanks

through the closed HDPE pipe lines .All these effluent collection pits are lined with

acid proof tiling or HDPE lining.

The Industry will construct the above ground storage tanks to store the collected

effluent from various streams. The tanks consist of 6 Compartments and are used to

store the HTDS and LTDS effluents separately. These tanks can accumulate the 4

days generation.

The HTDS effluent consists of COD will be sent to the Stripping Column and the

COD will be removed here after the removal of COD from the effluent it will be sent

to the MEE system which consists of 3 Calendrias and the condensate will be

collected. After this the balance will be sent to ATFD and the balance condensate

will be collected. We can achieve 90% of the water recovery by this process. The

solid waste generated from the ATFD will be stored securely and will be transported

to TSDF for secure Land Fill.

Now, the Condensate water from the MEE system along with the LTDS effluent will

be sent to the ETP system for the removal of balance COD etc., The ETP system

consists of Aeration and Clarification. After this the effluent is passed through the

Sand Filter, Carbon Filter and Micron Filters and finally through the RO System.60%

of the effluent comes out as RO permeate and will be reused in the plant operations.

Remaining 40% of the water will be sent to MEE system for Evaporation.

FIGURE-5: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT

Effluent Type Treatment Flow

HTDS

Collection Equalization & neutralization Stripper MEE ATFD TSDF MEE/ATFD Condensate sent to Biological Treatment followed by RO.

LTDS

Collection ETP (Biological Treatment) Sand Filter Carbon Filter Cartridge Filter RO Plant RO Reject to MEE. RO Permeate for Reusage.



10.3.3.2 The Technical Details of the Systems are as follows:

MEE System Capacity: 80 KLD

RO System Capacity: 70 KLD

10.3.3.3 MEE Plant Configuration

Part – A: Stripper Unit with Flash Condenser, Re boiler and Recirculation Pump

Part–B: Triple Effect Forced Circulation Evaporation Plant with Thermo Compressor,

Required Equipment & Components.

Part – C: Agitated Thin Film Dryer

10.3.3.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part – A)

1. Feed will enter to the series of Pre heaters of Evaporator P4, P3, P2 and then

P1 using Feed Pump. From Discharge of Feed Pump Feed will be heated

through Series of Pre heater using Vapour from Jacket of respective

Calandria. Feed will be heated to the boiling point and will enter to the

recirculation loop of Stripper.

2. Recirculation Loop of Stripper will comprise of Flash Vessel, Recirculation

Pump and Re boiler.

3. Feed coming out from Pre heater of Evaporation Plant will recirculate through

re boiler and heated up using Steam.

4. Heated Feed will allow flashing in Flash Vessel and by flashing high volatiles

and Water will convert to vapour. Vapour will travel from bottom to top of

Stripping column where feed liquid will flow from top to bottom. Random

packing inside the stripping column provide mass transfer surface to vapor

liquid interface.

5. Rich organic vapour with some water vapour will come out from the top of

Stripper column. This vapour will be condensed in Flash Condenser at the top

of Stripper column.

6. Condensed organic rich liquid will be collected in Reflux pot from condenser.

From Reflux pot partly it will be withdraw according to the desired Water

Vapour/ Organic ratio and remaining will enter to the column as reflux.



10.3.3.5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - B)

1. From Discharge of Stripper recirculation Pump feed will enter to the

Evaporation Plant. Feed will enter to the Evaporation Plant from Discharge of

recirculation pump of Stripper.

2. First Effect is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calandria-1, Vapour

Separator-1 and Recirculation Pump– 1. Liquid will recirculate continuously a

through Calandria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated using Heat of

Condensation of First Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will allow to flash in

Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated.

3. This Flash Vapour will partly recompressed to the Jacket of First Effect using

Thermo compressor which will convert high pressure motive steam to low

pressure and will create suction and take part of the water vapour from

Vapour Separator -1.

4. Condensate from Jacket of First Effect will travel to 2nd Effect using pressure

difference available between these two Jackets.

5. Concentrate will be coming out from 1stEffect will be sent to Balance Tank -2

which will be placed between 1stand 2ndEffect.

6. Second Effect also is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calandria-2,

Vapour Separator-2 and Recirculation Pump– 2. Liquid will recirculate

continuously a through Calandria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated

using Heat of Condensation of Second Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will

allow to flash in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated.

7. Flash Vapour will come out from Vapour Separator -2 and will be utilize as

heating media for 3rd Effect.

8. Condensate from Jacket of 2nd Effect will travel to 3rd Effect using pressure

difference available between these two Jackets.

9. Concentrate coming out from 2nd Effect will be below saturation level and

there will not be any crystallization takes place in 2nd effect.

10. Feed will enter to the Recirculation Loop of 3rd Effect which is forced

Circulation Type comprising of Calandria-3, Vapour Separator-3 and

Recirculation Pump – 3. Liquid will recirculate continuously a through

Calandria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated using Heat of



Condensation of Third Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will allow to flash in

Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated.

11. Condensate coming out from 3rd Effect Jacket is a mixture of Steam utilized in

Thermo compressor and Evaporated Water Vapour from 1st and 2nd effect.

Condensate will be taken out from plant using Condensate Outlet Pump and

send for Storage.

12. Concentrate from Evaporation will be taken out from the Plant using

Concentrate Outlet Pump and send to ATFD.

13. Water Vapour from Last Effect will be condensed in surface type condenser

using Cooling Water as condensing media. Steam Jet Ejectors/ Water ring

Vacuum Pump will maintain vacuum in the plant back to the condenser.

10.3.3.6 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - C)

1. Feed Pump will be gear/ roto type pump to handle viscous Feed. Feed will not

required to preheat as it will come at 85-90 Deg C from the tank. Feed will

enter to the Vertical ATFD first for initial evaporation. Feed will splash to the

Heat Transfer Surface of ATFD using liquid distributor.

2. V-ATFD will be a hollow cylindrical Jacketed Vessel having Agitator and

specially designed Scrapper blades to wipe out the Surface of ATFD all the

time to keep it clean. This will maintain consistent performance of ATFD for a

long time.

3. ATFD Scrapper will rotate at medium RPM using Gear Box for reduction of

RPM which will be govern by Variable Frequency Drive.

4. ATFD Heat Transfer Surface will be heated through Steam in Jacket. Vapour

outlet will be connected with Entrainment Separator to avoid product

contamination in Condensate. Vapour will be condensed in Condenser and

Negative draft will be maintained by Water Ring Vacuum Pump.

5. Product coming out from bottom of Vertical ATFD. Steam will be applied in

Jacket of same to allow the product dry.



10.3.3.7 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION

S. No Particulars M.O.C

Stripper Unit

1

Flash Stripper column

Main Shell SS 304

Packing material SS 316 - IMTP

Baffles SS 316

Flash Vessel SS 316

2

Flash condenser

Main Shell SS 304

End Cover SS 304

Tube Sheet SS 304

Tubes SA 249 TP 304

3

Re-Boiler

Main shell Carbon Steel

End Covers SS 316

Tube sheet SS 316

Tubes SA 213 TP 316

4 Recirculation Pump SS 316

5 Reflux Pot Carbon Steel

Evaporator

6 Calandria

Main Shell SS 316

Top Cover SS 316

Bottom Cover SS 316

Tube Sheet SS 316

Tubes SA 213 TP 316 Seamless

7 Preheater

Main Shell SS 316

Top Cover SS 316

Bottom Cover SS 316

Tube Sheet SS 316

Tubes SA 213 TP 316 Seamless

8 Pumps

Feed Pump SS 316

Recirculation Pumps SS 316

Concentrate outlet Pump SS 316

Condensate/Hot Water SS 304

9 Vapour Separators SS 316

10 Vapour Ducts SS 304 welded

11 Thermo compressor SS 304

12 Process Pipes & Fittings SS 316

13 Condensate & Non-Condensable Pipes & Fittings

SS 304



14 Primary condenser/ Secondary Condenser

Main Shell SS 304

End Cover SS 304

Tube Sheet SS 304

Tubes SA 249 TP 304

15 Steam Jet Ejector SS 304

16 Balance Tank MSRL

Agitated Thin Film Dryer

17 Inner Shell SS 316

18 Jacket Shell Carbon Steel

19 Rotor/ Scrapper SS 316

20 Shaft EN 8

21 Surface Condenser Carbon Steel

22 Steam Jet Ejector SS 304

23 Entrainment Separator SS 316

24 Salt Collection Tank SS 316

25 Condensate Collection Tank Carbon Steel

10.3.3.8 DETAILS OF 80 KLD MEE SYSTEM

S. No Description Unit Unit

1 Feed Quantity Lit/hr 4000

Lit/day 80000

2 Feed Temperature Deg C Ambient

3 Operating Hours Hr. 20

4 Initial Concentration % 3

5 Steam Pressure Kg/Cm2 5.0

6 Cooling Tower Temperature Deg C 32

Part – A: Stripper Unit

S. No Particulars Unit Value

1. Feed to the Stripper Column Kg/hr 2500

2. Total Solids in concentration % 7.0

3. Stripper Top Estimated Kg/hr 250

4. Final Output Kg/hr 2250

5. Motive steam pressure Kg/cm2 5.0

6. Motive steam quantity required Kg/hr 340

7. Cooling water inlet temperature o C 32

8. Cooling water outlet temperature o C 38

9. Cooling water recirculation quantity in flash condenser

m3/hr 27

10. Power Consumption Stripper

KW 5.5



Part – B: Triple Effect Forced Circulation Evaporation Plant

S. No Description Unit Value

1. Feed rate Kg/hr. 2250

2. Evaporation Capacity Kg/hr 2125

3. Initial Solid Concentration % 7.78

4. Concentrate Outlet (40%) Kg/hr 125

5. Motive Steam Pressure Kg/cm2 5.0

6. Motive Steam Consumption Kg/hr 665

7. Cooling Water Inlet Temperature 0C 32

8. Cooling Water Outlet Temperature 0C 38

9. Cooling Water Quantity M3/hr 65

10. Power Consumption (Evaporator) KW 32

Part – C: Agitated Thin Film Dryer

S. No. Description Unit Value

1. Feed Rate Kg/hr 250

2. Evaporation Capacity Kg/hr 140

3. Initial Solid Concentration % 40

4. Concentrate Outlet(With 5-6% Moisture) Kg/hr 110

5. Motive Steam Pressure Kg/cm2 5.0

6. Motive Steam Consumption Kg/hr 165

7. Cooling Water In/ Out Temperature Deg. C 32/38

8. Cooling Water Quantity M3/hr 15

9. Power Consumption KW 11

10. Heat Transfer Area M2 7.5



FIGURE-10.6: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MEE SYSTEM



10.3.3.9 ETP WITH RO PLANT CONFIGURATION

Low TDS ETP system is designed for basic drug industry and used for waste water

having TDS of about 5000 ppm. However can be used for a max TDS of 6000 ppm.

Low TDS ETP storage tank: Low TDS effluent water is to be stored in a neat tank

so as to reduce contamination from other sources.

Aeration system: The system consists of a twin lobe blower – roots blower one

working and one stand by for aeration having a header pipe with diffusers and RCC

bricks with suitable flexible pipes between diffusers and header pipe. Aeration

system is most important for dissolving oxygen in to effluent.

The aeration blower is attached to a 3 HP Crompton greaves motor running at 1440

RPM.

Air blower provides pressurized air, the same is sent through header pipe to diffusers

and oxygen is dissolved in effluent.

For 70 KLD system 32diffusers are required.

This process is to control BOD and COD with certain additives.

Twin lobe blower – roots blower



PP Pump : PP Pump with this system Remi pump 1.5 HP – capable of pumping up

to 5000 liters of effluent per hour, a foot valve is provided at the end of pipe

immersed in ETP tank, Piping provided for this system is UPVC from best of the

manufacturers.

PP Pump

Tube settler : Tube settler is made having two compartments, 2 Mtr X 2 Mtr X 3 Mtr.

(Slant at bottom to collect sludge) It is made of 5mm thick MS plate, welded for leak

proof tests with FRP lining or acid proof coats. This tank is resign coated and is

capable of handling environment corrosions suitable for drug industry. Tube settler is

divided in to two compartments.

The first compartment consists of tube settler media 2 Mtr X 1.7 Mtr X 3 Mtrs and the

second compartment is for collecting pure water. The tube settler is used to arrest

TSS – Total suspended solids. The suspended solids get accumulated at the bottom

of the first compartment. The bottom of the tank from the bottom valve will be

drained once in a week.

Tube settler media – sample



The second compartment receives less TSS effluent water which is collected with

the help of gravity to a raw water storage tank

Proper piping will be provided – CPVC / UPVC for transportation. From the pre – Ro

tank the effluent is now sent to RO plant with the help of a raw water pump.

Reverse osmosis system: RO system in this plant is one of the sub systems and is

very important unit. The process of separation is used to separate dissolved solids

from effluent and provide pure water from RO system. System is designed for 5000

liters per hour capacity for 70 KLD units having 50 % recovery. The reject water is to

be sent to High TDS storage tank for further process.

Reverse Osmosis is the reversal of the natural osmosis process. This process

is used to desalinate aqueous solutions. Using suitable high-performance

membranes it is possible today to remove more than 99% of all salts from an

aqueous solution.

The water coming out of this RO system is very safe and can be used for process of

company or for gardening.



Basic RO system consists of:

20" long Jumbo Housings 2 Nos.

5 Micron Cartridge Filters - 20" Length (Jumbo) – 2 Nos.

Multistage Pressure Pump -() -

FRP Membrane Housings (Pressure Vessels)-

Membranes - 8" (Imported) - Filmtec

Flow Meters - 5000 LPH

Flow Meters - 10000 LPH

Conductivity / TDS Meter Digital Online

Pressure Guages - 2" dia with S S Glesarin

Low Pressure Switch

High Pressure Switch

Complete Control Panel Board with Powder Coated

Powder coated M S Skid with required pipe and valve fittings (appx)

Pre Treatment for Above Unit:

Raw Water Pump - 2 HP (Kirloskar)

Sand Filter - 16610. Capacity

Sand Bags 40nb Filter Multi Port Valve Side Mount

Carbon Filter - 16610. Capacity

Carbon - 40nb Filter Multi Port Valve Side Mount

Dozing pump 6 ltr/hr capacity e dose RV

100 ltr HDPE Tank



10.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Generation of Hazardous / Solid Wastes

The Hazardous / Solid waste generation will be Distillation residue, by products,

spent carbon, spent oil, Coal ash, ETP sludge, Filter material, Coal ash; Ancillary

source will be discarded drums, bags, containers.

Resource Conservation / Waste Minimization

The unit shall also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:

Volatiles in the by-products may be condensed and reused.

Volatile raw materials and solvents can be separated by rectification and

these can be recycled into process.

Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system

easier and less costly. Some of these are as follows:

Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process, and packaging are to

be separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join

effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of

treatment system.

Minimizing Hazardous / Solid Wastes Disposal:

The following points are suggested to facilitate Hazardous / Solid wastes disposal:

Efficient collection and transportation mechanism for disposal of solid

wastes.

Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and

implement such schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility

exists.

Discarded Container / Barrels/ Liners Management

Discarded containers/ barrels/ liners will be kept at a designated place

with paved surface.

These will be decontaminated (washed/ cleaned) and after that will be

stored in the designated area in scrap yard.

Later on these will be sold to the actual users/ recyclers as per the

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2008.



The record of discarded containers/ barrels/ liners stored in scrap yard

shall be maintained and also, inventory of their selling to the registered

recyclers shall be maintained. The same shall be reviewed by the HSE

Department of the project. The contaminated (without wash/cleaned)

containers/barrels/liners will be dispose off to authorized recycler/ reuser.

HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE AND HAZARDOUS WASTE

The Hazardous / solid wastes will be packed in double lined PP bags

and stored in an isolated room, exclusively ear marked for the purpose.

As and when sufficient stock is accumulated, Organic Waste will be

sent to Cement Industry for incineration and Inorganic will be sent to

TSDF for further treatment and safe land fill.

Industry is entered into an agreement with concerned Hazardous Waste

Management unit

TABLE-10.1: HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND

DISPOSAL


In Kg/Day

Method Of Disposal











20 Nos / Day








10.5 EB [ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY]:

The project activity does not require tree cutting during project expansion. Also, the

study zone does not have any ecologically sensitive location and hence, the plant

activities are not expected to have any impact on ecology and biodiversity.

Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to have

some impact on terrestrial ecosystems. However there will be no net increase in air

pollution.

Treated effluent will be incinerated and solid wastes will be collected and disposed of

properly. Hence, negligible impact on ecology is expected.

Developed a greenbelt / green cover is about 33% of its total area and sufficient

number of plants has been planted.

Management

Raw material dispensing stations will be equipped with vacuum duct

hoods with top cover.

Tanker filling stations will be equipped with in-house designed ducting

system with vapor suction hoods.

All waste storage tanks and waste preparation and raw material storage

tanks will be connected to vacuum system and then to Scrubbing through

a fully automated system with no human interface.

All tanks being used for storage of odorous chemicals/ products/

byproducts will be connected to vacuum system. Manometers will be

provided on these tanks. The vacuum will be monitored on daily basis and

actions will be taken accordingly.



10.6 SE [SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS]:

To manufacture bulk drugs is likely to have certain positive impacts on Socio-

Economic Environment

Positive impacts:

Employment generation potential of the project will be for about 35 persons,

wherein the First preference will be given to the Qualified People from within

the Study Area.

Various modes of indirect employment i.e. providing Conveyance,

Transportation, Services & Goods will also increase.

Overall improvement in quality of life of people of the study area will

drastically increase.

10.7 HG [HYDROGEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION]:

The proposed manufacturing unit is located on the divide portion of the catchment

and is over the run off zone. No major streams are passing through the site. The

catchment area of the proposed site is small and recharge conditions are moderate.

However, the buffer zone of 10Kms radius has good catchment and recharge

potential with streams and tanks of considerable storage potential.

All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes of storm

flows during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon season. The width

of the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock

formations. A drainage map of the area around the proposed plant is enclosed as

Plate-2.

Ground Water Conditions

Groundwater occurs in the hard rocks occur under water table conditions in the

weathered zone and semi- confined and confined conditions in fractured zones.

Eight bore wells and two dug wells were inventoried to assess the groundwater

conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 10-15m in dug wells which go

dry in summer while that of bore wells it is reported between 65-100m with limited

yields of 20 – 30 lpm. The quality of water is found to be potable.

As the extent of the proposed site is small, only roof top rainwater harvesting is

suggested for improving recharge to the groundwater. Also, in conjunction with local

government authority’s water harvesting measures like de-silting of tanks, Check



dams and percolation pits are proposed to augment the declining water levels. The

monitoring locations are tabulated below and depicted on the map annexed.

Possible Impact on Groundwater & Mitigation

1) The generation of fly ash from the proposed industry will have sedimentation

affect over the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone

over a period of time affecting the Green cover/ plantation thereby affecting

the growth of plants / crops for which the generation should be arrested at the

origin.

2) The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the proposed industry will

adversely affect the soil, surface and groundwater and the prevention

suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry.

3) All the chemically charged liquid discharges should not be allowed to be in

contact with surface/ groundwater which will have adverse affect on their

quality. As such the contact should be avoided completely at source.

10.8 GEO [GEOLOGY]:

The region of the subject area belongs to the Grey Granite of Archaean Age. This is

correlated with the boulders and sheet rock exposed in the buffer zone and well

inventory data.

10.9 SC [SOIL CONSERVATION]:

One of the adverse impacts of a project may be enhanced soil erosion. Any plan or

activity or action that is capable of preventing soil erosion is capable of conserving

soil. Soil erosion is mainly on account of rain and flood. Soil erosion is due to heavy

rains and floods coupled with improper and unplanned land use. The damage due to

rains and floods can be minimized with appropriate prevention and mitigation

measures. The second asp Plan for conservation of soil is site - specific. Action plan

for soil conservation should take in to account the following criteria and

considerations:

i) Soil: Extent or area of vacant land; topography of soil; slope or gradient;

texture, structure and composition of soil; land use and land cover;

connectivity with the adjacent land mass

ii) Rainfall: Intensity and frequency of rainfall and drainage.



Based on the above, engineering or biological or integrated land, water and

afforestation programme are designed. Measures for prevention of surface runoff

and water conservation are capable of preventing soil erosion.

10.10 RH [RISK & HAZARDS MANAGEMENT]:

All the provisions as per the Factories act, 1948 manufacture, storage and import

of hazardous chemicals [MSIHC] Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and

also, the hazardous waste [Management, Handling and Tran boundary Movement]

Rules,2008 to be followed.

Work environment monitoring as well as noise monitoring is carried out on regular

interval through third party. Dedicated occupational Health center is available with

various facilities. Round the clock Ambulance is available equipped with necessary

first aid facility.

Following hazards may occur during the operation

Fire Hazards

Chemicals handling and Storage

Road accidents

Process hazards

Health hazards

Following procedures will be followed for effective management of any disaster

in the plant.

Identification of disaster risk

Identification of persons at risk

Removal of hazard

Evaluation of the risk

Control measures to be taken

Maintaining assessment records

Management of Occupational Health &Safety of Employees & Visitors

Prefer an integrated approach and make environmental management a part of

overall environmental, health and safety [EHS] management system.

This model EHS system suggests and addresses EMS issues such as:

Management system expectation

Management leadership, responsibilities and accountability



Risk assessment and management

Compliance and other requirements

Personnel, training and contractor services

Documentation and communications

Facilities design and construction

Operation ,maintenance and management

Community awareness and emergency response

EHS performance monitoring and measurement

Incident investigation reporting and analysis

EHS management system audit

Management review and audit

Direct exposure to the Bulk Drugs or raw materials may affect the health of the

employees. Hence direct exposure to the product is eliminated by providing closed

handling facilities with pumps and pipelines in the process plant. Personal protective

equipment viz. Hand gloves, safety goggles, nose masks, and safety helmets are

provided to all the employees working in the plant. Company has a policy of

providing protective equipment for all personnel including contract and casual

workers.

In order to safe guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo

periodic health checkup. All the employees will be trained and educated periodically

about the hazardous nature of chemicals used in the process.

Worker exposure to chemicals can occur during manufacturing when chemicals spill,

leak, or discharge from the process system and contaminate areas where workers

are present. The most frequently reported industrial exposure occurs during the

transfer of materials. The entry of workers into systems, equipment, or enclosures

that are contaminated may occur inadvertently, but routine servicing, nonscheduled

maintenance, and process monitoring appear to be the kind of activities with

potential for significant exposure.

All raw materials, intermediates and finished products are handled in completely

closed system using Pumps, Vacuum systems and Pipelines. All precautions are

taken during design stage itself, to completely eliminate the risk of any kind of



exposure. As an additional safety measure, Personal protective equipment viz. Hand

gloves, safety goggles, nose masks, and safety helmets are provided to all the

employees working in the plant.

10.11 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

10.11.1 OBJECTIVE

The purpose of a green belt around the plant site is to capture the fugitive emissions,

attenuate the noise generated and improve the aesthetics.

Environmental protection has been considered as an important domain for industrial

and other developmental activities in India. Ministry of Environment, Forest and

climate change (MoEFCC) has taken several policy initiatives and promoted

integration of environmental concerns in developmental projects. One such initiative

is the notification on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental

projects issued in 1994 and further revised notification in year 2006 under the

provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 EIA Guidance Manual for building,

construction, townships and area development projects proactively talks about the

importance of greenbelts in such projects.

Greenbelt in India refers to a buffer zone created beyond which industrial activity

may not be carried on. This concept has developed through a long line of cases and

today, greenbelts are present not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas

to maintain ecological balance, but are also be found in urban areas so as to act as a

sink for the harmful gases released by vehicles and industries operating in the city

area. In this regard, comprehensive Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts have been

compiled by the Central Pollution Control Board [Refer Probes/75/1999-2000].

As per the stipulations of MoEF, greenbelt is to be provided all along the boundary

by planting tall, evergreen trees and the total green area including landscaping area

will be 1/3rd (About 33%) of the plant area. This will include Lay down area which will

be later on converted into Green area. Depending on the size, activity and

environmental impacts of the industry; extent of land available, agro climatic

conditions, at least 5 m wide greenbelt of one two rows of tall and evergreen plants

should be grown at the rate of 1500 to 2000 per Ha.



The proposed greenbelt is neither adequate nor it meets the standards of an

industrial greenbelt. It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides of the industry

in an area of about 4.4 Acres (17815.70 SQM). Additional rows of saplings of 1 to 2

year age will be planted at distance of 2 m x 3 m @ 1500 per Ha in the blocks. All

dead trees will be removed and replaced. Work on reinforcement and strengthening

of the greenbelt shall be undertaken soon after the construction of compound wall.

An amount of Rs.3,00,000 /- for greenbelt. The amount will be spent during the

period of five years. First year amount will be Rs.2,55,000 for plantation. Second

year amount will be Rs.1,02,000/- for development of plants. Third year amount will

be Rs. 71,500/- for maintenance and development. Fourth & Fifth year amount will

be Rs. 38,250/- for development. Thereafter, the Environment management cell will

take care of maintenance. In site area 1500 plants will be grown in two rows of

3mx2m all along the boundary besides one row of avenue plantations on either side

of the internal roads at a distance of 5m from plant to plant. A list of plants suitable

for greenbelt and to the local agroclimatic conditions.

A suggested list of plants identified for greenbelt and avenue plantations. (Hamata

grass shall be grown as ground cover under the trees for soil and nutrient

conservation and fodder production) is given in Table 10.2

TABLE -10 .2: LIST OF PLANTS FOR GREENBELT

Botanical name Local or common name Importance

Alstonia scholaris Devil’s tree Ornamental tree

Acacia auriculiformis Australian wattle Avenue tree

Albizia lebbeck Dirisana Shade and timber

Anthocephalus indica Kadamb Shade and timber

Azadirachta indica Vepa or Neem Multipurpose

Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Avenue and timber tree

Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Bamboo products

Grevillea robusta Silver Oak Erect non shedding tree

Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Fibre and timber

Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder and pulp wood

Mangifera indica Mango Edible fruit

Millingtonia hortensis Aakasa malle Ornamental tree

Mimosops elengi Pogada Shade and edible fruit

Muntingia calabura Wild cherry Shade and edible fruit

Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Shade only

Pongamia pinnata Gaanuga Source of biodiesel

Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Majestic tree

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Avenue tree



Samania saman Nidrabhangi Shade, timber & fodder.

Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Ornamental avenue tree

Syzygium cumini Neredu Edible fruits

Tamarindus indica Chinta Tamarind fruit and leaf

Terminalia arjuna Nallamaddi Timber and shade tree

Terminalia catappa Baadam Edible nuts

Stylosanthes hamata Hamata grass Fodder and nitrogen fixing legume

10.12 POST PROJECT MONITORING

Regular monitoring of all significant environmental parameters is essential to check

the compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulation. The objective

of the monitoring will be as follows.

To verify the results of the impact assessment study with respect to the

proposed projects

To study the trend of concentration values of the parameters, which have

been, identified as critical and planning the mitigate measures.

To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment.

To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC)

interwoven with the management system will be created.

EMC will undertake regular monitoring of the proposed pollution control

system and conduct yearly audit of the environmental performance of the

system. It will also check that the stipulated measures are being satisfactory

implemented and operated.

A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that has been prepared for the

purpose of implementation in the proposed for manufacturing bulk drug industry by

the EMC is described below.

9.12.1 AIR POLLUTION MONITORING

The Stack emissions from the DG Sets shall be monitored once in a month for PM10,

NOX & SO2. The ambient air at the plant site shall be monitored once in a month for

PM10, NOX & SO2. The Fugitive Emissions like VOCs shall be monitored in

Production block, Raw Material and Finished goods section.



10.12.2 WASTE WATER MONITORING

The quantity of waste generated from ETP unit will be regularly measured using flow

meters. Wastewater samples will be collected and analyzed for critical parameters

like pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Oil and Grease, Chlorides, Sulphates etc., The frequency

of monitoring will be daily.

9.12.3 GROUND WATER MONITORING

Ground water quality of bore well will be regularly monitored preferably once in / 12

months.

10.12.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MONITORING

Hazardous / Solid waste generated from the plant will be monitored once in a month

/ change of the product.

TABLE- 10.3: THE DETAILS OF THE MONITORING PROGRAM

S. No Type of

Monitoring

Location of Monitoring

station

Frequency of

Sampling

Duration of

Sampling Instrument

Parameters to be test

1 Ambient Air

3 Places at 120o

angle Once in a month

8 hrs/24 hrs

RDS PM10, SO2, NOX

2 Work room concentration

Production Block, Store rooms, Solvent Yard

Once in 3 Months

--- Personal Sampler

VOC’S & Solvents

3 Stack Monitoring

Boilers, D. G. Sets, Scrubber vents

Once in a month

--- Stack Monitoring Instrument

PM10, SO2, NOX and Scrubbing gases.

4

Noise Levels

D. G. Sets, Compressors, Chillers, Boiler section, Production block, Admin. block, ETP area, Open area etc.

Once in a month

--- Noise meter Day – Night Noise levels in Leq

5

Effluent

Raw HTDS & LTDS effluent, Condensate, Treated wastewater

Daily --- Lab

Physical and Chemical Parameters

6 Ground water

Nearest Bore well

Once in six months

---

7 Solid Waste

Sludge from Process, ETP

Once in six months

---



All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve

the following purposes.

Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area.

Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels

and verification of the implementation status

Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem has

been corrected.

Suitably responds to emergency situations

The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary

monitoring parameters. Qualified staff has been appointed for the purpose of

Operation and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are

provided to all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.

10.13 MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC INTERESTS

10.13.1OBJECTIVE

To assure the neighbouring communities that the promoters and management have

high consideration for the welfare of this region, the following commitments are made

by the project promoters.

10.13.2 PREFERENCE TO LOCAL POPULATION

For the recruitment of semi-skilled and unskilled workers preference will be given for

the local people.

10.13.3 HEALTH CAMPS

Health camps will be organized along with the local administration, voluntary

organizations like Red Cross, Rotary Club etc. in the surrounding villages.

10.13.4 PUBLIC AMENITIES

The management will support the local administration with funds and other forms of

assistance for the development of public amenities in this region.

10.13.5 PUBLIC RELATIONS The management will set up a public relations office to maintain to good line of

communication between the management and the public on matters of

environmental concern.



10.14. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

M/s. S.M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III proposes to manufacture 10 products Products

details are given below Table10.4.

TABLE- 10.4: LIST OF PRODUCTS

(MANUFACTURING CAPACITY WITH THERAPEUTIC CATEGORY)

S. No Name of the Product Therapeutic category

1 5-Cyano Pthalamide Drug Intermediate

2 Atorvastatin Calcium Lipid-lowering agent

3 Escitalopram Oxalate Antidepressant.

4 Lamivudine Antiretroviral

5 Lansoprazole Antiulcer


Antihistamine

7 Losartan Potassium Antihypertensive

8 Metformin Hydrochloride Hypoglycemic

9 Sildenafil Citrate Anti-erectile dysfunction agent

10 Zidovudine Antiretroviral

Total

10.15 PROJECT DETAILS



Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State.

The industry proposes to establish unit in an area of 7.4 Acres (30068.0SQM) with

investment of 12.98 Crores. The Industry is having its administrative office at Plot

No: C-5, IDA, Moula-Ali, Hyderabad.

Machanpally village is at a distance of 850 meters in W Direction from the

site

Bhongir is a Town; it is at a distance of 4.5KMs in W side from the project site.

Site is at a distance of 22 KMs from state capital Hyderabad in SW direction.

Nearest State Highway from the site is SH-17 (Praganpur - Bhongir road) at a

distance of 5.9 KMs in E side from the project site.

Nearest National Highway from the site is NH-202 (Hyderabad-Warangal) at a

distance of 10 KMs in SE side from the project site.

The co-ordinates of the proposed location are Latitude: 17034’18.32” North

and Longitude: 78047’6.91” East.



10.16. PROCESS PLANT AND MACHINERY

The Plant and Machinery consists of Process Reactors, Centrifuges, Condensers,

Heat exchangers, Packing materials and Laboratory equipment required for the

plant. The Plant will be designed to meet the requirements of GMP and all the

required ventilation facilities will be provided.

10.17 AUXILIARY PLANTS

In addition to the above process plant, the unit will have auxiliary plants like water

demineralization plant, steam boiler, cooling water system, diesel generators,

wastewater collection tanks, etc. to support the process operations.

9.18 RESOURCES AVIALABLE WITH THE PROJECT 10.18.1 LAND AREA

The proposed plant is having site in an area of 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM). The plant

area falls at the intersection of Latitude: 17034’18.32” North and Longitude:

78047’6.91” East. The nearest railway station is Bhongiri Railway Station which is

around 13 KMs from the unit and the major railheads are Secunderabad &

Hyderabad. The National Highway NH-202 connecting Hyderabad with Warangal is

around 10 KMs (SE) from the plant site. Industry proposing to provided more than

33% area (recommended by MoEFCC) for Greenbelt development with various

species.

TABLE 10.5: LAND USE DETAILS OF PLANT SITE

S. No Description Area

(SQM)




Total 30068.00



10.18.2 WATER REQUIREMENT

The total water requirement of the Plant is 128.56 KLD. The breakup of water required is given here under. Industry will be drawn the water from Bore Wells.

TABLE- 10.6: WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS


In KLD

1 Process 43.06

2 Washings 3.00


4 Cooling towers Make up 24.00

5 DM Plant 2.00



8 Gardening 5.00

Total 128.56




TABLE- 10.7: WATER CONSUMPTION – PRODUCT WISE IN PROCESS

S. No

Product Name

Production Capacities

Kg/Day

Water Input

In Liters


666.67 24000.00

2 5-Cyano Pthalide 333.33 333.33

3 Atorvastatin Calcium 66.67 1658.67

4 Lansoprazole 100.00 2537.00

5 Sildenafil Citrate 66.67 566.67

6 Zidovudine 66.67 3033.33


66.67 2366.67

8 Escitalopram Oxalate 66.67 1033.33

9 Lamivudine 66.67 4533.33

10 Losartan Potassium 100.00 3000.00

Total 1600.00 43062.33



10.18.3 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT

The raw materials of the plant are the chemicals, solvents and the fuels. The

chemicals required for the process are bought from the local market. The list of the

chemicals required with their quantity, physical nature is given in Chapter-II. Coal is

used in the boilers and is sourced from the local traders. The Coal consumption is

about 20 TPD. High Speed diesel is used in D.G. Sets, which is about 80 Liters /hr

and D.G. Sets is operated only during power failures.

Some solvents will be stored in HDPE drums on raised platform under roof and few

solvents will be stored in storage tanks. The other raw materials will be stored in the

store room as the per the safety norms.

STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS

Raw materials will be received by trucks and tankers .The same will be stored in

over storage rooms it is stored under lock and key in designated storage area. The

chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums, and PP bags.

10.18.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS

Power requirement of the plant is proposed to be 850 KVA.

Two numbers of 250 KVA DG sets are proposed which will be used during

power failures.

10.19 PROCESS DETAILS 10.19.1 PROCESS DESCRIPTION AND MATERIAL BALANCE Process description and Material Balance for all the products are given in Chapter II.

10.20 POLLUTION LOADS

10.20.1 AIR POLLUTION LOADS

10.20.1.1 PROCESS EMISSIONS

Process emissions are which is liberated from manufacturing process of

proposed products.

SO2, NH3, HCl, CO2, H2, N2, liberated from the process. In these Process

emissions, some gaseous emissions are polluting and some emissions are

none polluting.

SO2 (190.0 Kgs/day) emissions scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution, NH3 (5.0

Kgs/Day) & HCl (13.0 Kgs/day) emissions are scrubbed by using chilled water

media.



Non polluting gases like CO2 (17.0 Kgs/day) & N2 (9.0 Kgs/day) emissions will

be dispersed into atmosphere. H2 (3.0 Kgs/day) emissions diffused by using

Nitrogen through Flame arrestor.

Product wise Process Emissions & fugitive emissions are given in table 10.9 &10.10

TABLE- 10.8: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS











TABLE- 10.9: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS PRODUCT WISE

10.20.2 PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM a) No. of scrubbers and capacity : 2 No. scrubbers installed.

1 No: 300mm X 4 meter

1 No: 300 mm X 3 meter

b) Type of scrubber : ID with water circulation

C). Chemical used in scrubber : Water/Alkali/ solution


in Kgs / Day

Quantity of Gases Kgs Per Day

CO2 SO2 H2 HCl NH3 N2


666.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2 5-Cyano Pthalide 333.33 0.00 137.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3 Atorvastatin Calcium 66.67 0.00 0.00 2.67 0.00 0.00 0.00

4 Lansoprazole 100.00 0.00 22.00 0.00 13.00 0.00 0.00

5 Sildenafil Citrate 66.67 0.00 6.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6 Zidovudine 66.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.97 0.00


66.67 16.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00


66.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

9 Lamivudine 66.67 0.00 22.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

10 Losartan Potassium 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.69

Total 1600.00 16.33 189.35 2.67 13.00 4.97 8.69



FIGURE- 10.7: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

10.20.3 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

Various types of solvents are used in the Bulk Drugs manufacturing process. The

solvents are stored in storage tanks with vent condensers. These are handled in

closed conditions. The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions

by providing chilled brine circulation to the condensers which, ensures the recovery

of 95% .Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.

The reactor generating solvent vapors will be connected to condensers with reflux

system. Dyke walls will be provided to the solvent storage yards. A product wise

solvent detail is given in the Table 10.10.

The solvents like. Acetone, Ethyle acetate, THF, n- Hexane, Iso Propyl alcohol,

Methanol and Toluene will be recovered up to 95 % by using distillation.



TABLE- 10.10: FUGITIVE EMISSIONS DETAILS – PRODUCT WISE


in Kgs/Day

Solvent Details-Quantity Kgs/Day

Solvent Name Solvent

Input

Solvent Recovery

Solvent Loss

Solvent to waste water

Solvent to

Residue


666.67 Xylene 10333.33 10000.00 333.33 0.00 0.00

Methanol 2933.33 2733.33 146.67 33.33 20.00

Total

13266.67 12733.33 480.00 33.33 20.00

2 5-Cyano Pthalide 333.33 Toluene 3333.33 3133.33 166.67 3.33 30.00

Total

3333.33 3133.33 166.67 3.33 30.00

3 Atorvastatin Calcium 66.67 Methanol 677.33 628.67 36.67 0.00 12.00

Acetone 93.33 86.67 3.33 0.00 3.33

Toluene 493.33 453.33 24.67 4.00 11.33

IPA 480.00 446.67 24.00 0.00 9.33

Total

1744.00 1615.33 88.67 4.00 36.00

4 Lansoprazole 100.00 MIBK 130.00 120.00 6.00 0.00 4.00

Toluene 460.00 430.00 20.00 0.00 10.00


175.00 167.00 8.00 0.00 0.00

IPA 250.00 230.50 10.00 2.50 7.00

Chloroform 465.00 436.75 23.25 0.00 0.00

Acetone 125.00 110.75 6.25 0.00 6.00

Total

1605.00 1495.00 73.50 2.50 27.00



5 Sildenafil Citrate 66.67 MDC 200.00 186.67 10.00 0.00 3.33

t-Butanol 200.00 186.67 10.00 1.33 2.00

Acetone 200.00 188.67 10.00 0.00 1.33

Total

600.00 562.00 30.00 1.33 6.67

6 Zidovudine 66.67 1,4-Dioxane 466.67 440.00 23.33 0.00 3.33

Toluene 2413.33 2268.00 119.33 4.67 21.33

Methanol 1000.00 942.00 50.00 2.67 5.33

DMSO 400.00 373.33 20.00 3.33 3.33

Ethyl acetate 866.67 810.00 43.33 0.00 6.67

Total

5146.67 4833.33 256.00 10.67 40.00


66.67 Toluene 1066.67 988.00 53.33 5.33 20.00

MDC 1100.00 1036.67 54.67 0.00 8.67

Methanol 266.67 246.67 13.33 6.67 0.00

Acetone 66.67 56.00 6.67 0.33 3.67

DMF 66.67 58.00 3.33 3.67 1.67

Total

2566.67 2385.33 131.33 16.00 34.00

8 Escitalopram Oxalate 66.67 Toluene 466.67 440.00 23.33 1.00 3.00

IPA 333.33 313.33 16.67 0.00 3.33

MDC 800.00 753.33 40.00 0.00 6.67

Acetone 300.00 282.00 14.67 0.00 3.33

Total

1900.00 1788.67 94.67 1.00 16.33

9 Lamivudine 66.67 Cyclohexane 733.33 703.33 30.00 0.00 0.00

Toluene 673.33 636.67 30.00 0.00 6.67



n-Hexane 286.67 260.00 13.33 0.00 13.33


733.33 700.00 33.33 0.00 0.00

Ethyl acetate 100.00 86.67 6.67 0.00 6.67

DMF 36.00 26.67 6.67 2.67 0.00

Total

2562.67 2413.33 120.00 2.67 26.67

10 Losartan Potassium 100.00 Toluene 400.00 370.00 20.00 2.00 8.00

MDC 800.00 750.00 40.00 0.00 10.00

Methanol 1300.00 1208.00 55.00 6.00 16.00

Ethyl acetate 200.00 185.00 10.00 0.00 5.00

IPA 300.00 268.00 15.00 2.00 0.00

Total

3000.00 2781.00 140.00 10.00 39.00

Total Solvents of all products

1600.00

35725.00 33740.67 1580.83 84.83 275.67



10.20.4. EMISSIONS – UTILITIES

For generation of Steam, the industry proposes two numbers of 4.0TPH Coal fired


authorized sources.

The industry proposes two numbers of 250 KVA DG Sets during power failures. The

emission details are presented in below table No.10.11&10.12

TABLE- 10.11: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF BOILER

Particulars Units 4.0 TPH Coal fired Boiler



Ash Content % 47



No. of Stacks No 1






gm/sec 0.27



Pollution control Equipment -

TABLE- 10.12: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF DG SETS

Capacity In KVA

Emission of SPM

in mg/Nm3

Emission Of SO2

in mg/Nm3

Emission of NOx

In mg/Nm3

Stack dia. In m

Flue Gas Temp. in

OC

Stack Height in m

Flue gas Velocity In m/sec.

250 KVA 65.0 110.0 135.0 0.30 220 10 18.50



10.20.4 WASTEWATER LOADS

TABLE- 10.13: WASTEWATER GENERATION

EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS


1 Process 45.33

2 Washings 3.00





7 Domestic 2.00

Total 65.33

HTDS & LTDS DETAILS

S. No Purpose HTDS In KLD

LTDS In KLD

Effluent In KLD

Disposal Method

1 Process 44.10 1.23 45.33 HTDS Effluent sent to ETP with MEE system. LTDS effluents treated in ETP-RO Rejects to MEE system and RO permeate to reuse, Condensate from MEE to reuse and MEE residue to ATFD.

2 Washings 0.00 3.00 3.00



0.00 4.00 4.00


2.00 0.00 2.00

6 Scrubbing system

2.00 0.00 2.00

7 Domestic 0.00 2.00 2.00

Septic tank followed by Soak pit

Total 55.10 10.23 65.33

The pollution loads for various pollutants viz., TDS, Inorganics, Organics; COD for

individual products was worked out based on the material balance. The total

wastewater pollution load is presented in the following table.



TABLE- 10.14: WASTEWATER GENERATION - PRODUCT WISE


in Kgs/Day

Effluent Details-Quantity Kgs/Day

Water Input

Water Effluent

COD

TDS

Total Effluent


666.67 36.00 36.00 0.05 1.34 37.39

2 5-Cyano Pthalide 333.33 1.00 1.00 0.01 0.47 1.48

3 Atorvastatin Calcium 66.67 24.88 24.94 0.34 0.10 25.38

4 Lansoprazole 100.00 25.37 26.02 0.03 2.02 28.06

5 Sildenafil Citrate 66.67 8.50 8.71 0.03 0.28 9.02

6 Zidovudine 66.67 45.50 45.47 0.21 1.25 46.92

7 Levocetirizine Dihydrochloride

66.67 35.50 35.80 0.04 1.83 38.18


66.67 15.50 17.39 0.02 0.94 18.34

9 Lamivudine 66.67 68.00 68.83 0.50 1.13 70.45

10 Losartan Potassium 100.00 30.00 30.17 0.10 1.93 32.20

Total 1600.00 290.25 294.31 1.31 11.29 307.41

10.20.5 STAGEWISE EFFLUENT CHARACTERSTICS

The stage wise effluent characteristics have been arrived for the proposed products

based on the material balance, which is given in Chapter-II

10.21 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE

The detail of the Hazardous/Solid waste generation is listed in the following table.

TABLE- 10.15: HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE & HAZARDOUS WASTE

GENERATION, DISPOSAL DETAILS


In Kg/Day

Method Of Disposal








7 Used oils 1.2 KL / SPCB Authorized Agencies for



Annum Reprocessing/Recycling


20 Nos / Day






Hazardous/Solid waste will be segregated. Detoxified containers, HDPE

Drums/Bags will be stored in the covered and raised platform with Leachate

collection system and disposed to authorized parties. Non incinerabale solid waste

will be disposed to TSDF for secured landfill.

The Hazardous/Solid waste should be disposed off through 6-copy manifest system

within 90 days from the generation. All records will be maintained properly.

The Hazardous/Solid waste generated per day product wise is given below

TABLE- 10.16: HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE GENERATION – PRODUCT WISE


in Kgs/Day

Solid Waste Generation Details

Organic Solid waste in Kgs

Inorganic Solid waste in Kgs

Spent Carbon in Kgs


666.67 0.23 0.00 0.07

2 5-Cyano Pthalide 333.33 0.26 0.00 0.00

3 Atorvastatin Calcium 66.67 1.12 0.00 0.02

4 Lansoprazole 100.00 0.78 0.00 0.03

5 Sildenafil Citrate 66.67 0.16 0.20 0.00

6 Zidovudine 66.67 1.58 0.00 0.05

7 Levocetirizine Dihydrochloride

66.67 1.01 0.00 0.20

8 Escitalopram Oxalate 66.67 0.42 0.00 0.10

9 Lamivudine 66.67 0.47 0.63 0.10

10 Losartan Potassium 100.00 0.84 0.00 0.15

Total 1600.00 6.88 0.83 0.72



10.21.1 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE CHARACTERISTICS

Estimated Hazardous/solid waste characteristics as following table

S. No Parameters Unit Organic Residue

Inorganic solid waste

ETP Sludge

Spent Carbon

1 pH - 6.0 -7.5 8.0 - 8.5 7.0 -7.5 7.0 -8.5

2 Bulk density g/cc 1.12 1.05 1.0-1.5 -

3 Calorific value K.cal/kg 2500 - 3500

< 250 < 250 >2500

4 Flash point 0C <65 >65 >65

5 Loss on drying at 111-1050C

%W/W 18-20 20-25 40-70 -

6 Loss on Ignition 5500C (Dry Basis)

%W/W 50-80 16-20 10-15 -

7 Water Soluble Compounds

%W/W <10 >10 >10 -

8 Oil and Grease (As n-Hexane Extractable)

%W/W >10 <10 <10



10.22 ROOF WATER HARVESTING

To augment the declining ground water levels and water harvesting is the need of

the hour.

Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using. A

rainwater harvesting system comprises various stages – flow of rainwater through

pipes or drains, filtration and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. There are five

components in rainwater harvesting namely catchment, conveyance, filtration,

storage and recharge.

Roof top area is considered for harvesting rainwater for this project and other areas

are excluded due to possibility of chemical contamination .Roof top rainwater

harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/

storage in urban areas where natural recharge is considerably reduced due to

increased urban activities and not much land is available for implementing any other

artificial recharge measure. Roof top rainwater harvesting can supplement domestic

requirements in rural areas as well.

Design of Roof Water Harvesting Structure

Quantity of Rain water collection and recharging depends upon

Average rainfall

Catchment area

Run-off coefficient

Infiltration rate

Evapo Transpiration

Porosity

Permeability

Generally used Rain water harvesting structures are like Recharge Pits, Invert Well,

Surface storage pond (where areas are large and Optimum rainfall), Check Dams,

Nalla Bunds.

The rain water from the Roof top will be collected through PVC pipes and transferred

to the proposed rainwater harvesting pits through steps of eliminating suspended

particles, oil & grease through finally to the ground.

Science the area of harvesting is small the above parameters are not studied in

detail and only applicability as to conserve and harvest the available quantum is

considered and suitable structure suggested.



Based on the Directorate of Economics & Statistics Data for Bommalramaram Mandal, Normal Annual Rainfall = 689.89 mm (0.689 m)

TABLE-10. 17: AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING

Description Area (m2) Rainfall

(m/Annum)

Runoff

coefficient

Total Rainwater

(m3/Annum)

Roof Area 1854.86 0.689 0.8 1022.39

Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 1020

Details of Rainwater harvesting pits:

Number of pits 01 No.

Size of pits 5m x 3m x 3m

Size of Bore 350 mm dia.

Size of pipe 150 mm dia.

FIGURE-10.9: ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE



10.23 INVESTMENT

The proposed total gross investment in Buildings and Plant & Machinery will be

approximately Rs. 12.98 Crores and the unit has been registered under SSI

Category. Industry will allocate an amount of about Rs. 200 Lakhs for

Environmental Protection measures. Recurring cost will be about Rs. 16.5 Lakhs

per annum.

10.23.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION

The management will be set aside adequate funds in its annual budget to fully meet

the stated objectives of the environmental policy. The capital equipment for

environmental management include effluent treatment plants, pipelines and channels

for waste water discharge, green belt development and the environment laboratory.

TABLE- 10.18: BUDGETS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

S. No Particulars Proposed

Capital Cost (Rs. Lac)

Recurring Cost (Rs. Lac)

Per Annum

1 Pollution Control Equipment 10.0 2.0

2 ZLD System 180.0 8.0

3 Rain Water Harvesting 3.0 0.0

4 Green Belt Development 3.0 2.5

5 Health & Safety 4.0 2.0

6 Environmental Monitoring 0.0 2.0

Total 200 16.5

10.24 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ASPECTS

There will be few gaseous emissions generated or released from the manufacturing

process. The industry will be provided the efficient scrubbers for controlling the

gaseous emissions and plant will be well ventilated to improve the work zone

environment and layout is worked out in such a way that the workman works in a

comfortable atmosphere by using adequate personal protective equipment. Industry

will be taking all precautions to minimize the fugitive emissions on handling of

various solvents and chemicals etc. Sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrants will

be provided in the plant to handle any emergency.

Full-Fledge Treatment and MEE system will be provided for treating the effluents

generated from the proposed activity. Full-Fledge Treatment facility will be

constructed above ground level to prevent seepage.



First aid kits will be provided in all the departments and training on First aid will also

provide to all the employees for early treatment.

Candidates to be recruited to work in the factory shall be subjected to pre

employment medical checkup. Only those certified to be medically fit should be

recruited. Candidates on recruitment safety training will be given for one week on

handling of chemicals

M/s. S.M Labs Pvt. Ltd Unit-III will strictly follow the safety norms as per the

guidelines of the National Safety Council for a process industry and will provide all

the necessary safety equipment for the protection of the Industrial establishment as

well as the personnel working in the plant premises. Personnel Protective Equipment

will be provided to all its employees who are involved in the handling of hazardous

activities. The storage and handling of various chemicals will be according to the

norms of MSDS and the Inspector of Factories. Personnel involved in the production

will be provided with protective clothing, helmets, goggles, masks, gloves, etc.

These handling operations will be carried out under the strict supervision of the

trained and highly skilled personnel. Supervision will be provided to ensure the

usage of these PPE’s. Necessary fire fighting facilities like extinguishers, sand

buckets, etc. will be provided to meet the on-site emergencies. A detailed On-site

Emergency plan will be prepared and implemented complying the provisions of

Factories Act. An agreement with a nearest hospital for treating the employees due

to unforeseen emergencies will be entered into.

10.25 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

Socio-Economic Development activities will be implementing in coordination with the

NGOs, Village Panchayats, and other Governmental Entities.

A. Social Activities:

Health check up camps and Medical facilities to Infants and senior citizens,

free medicine supply etc., will be provide on regular basis.

Help Implement and Run a Safe Drinking Water in Machapally Village where

the project site is located to facilitate Healthy Water for both Drinking &

Cooking Purposes.

Contribution towards any developmental activity useful for village

development.



B. Economic Activities:

The company will give preference to the local people for employment.

The company will be giving contract works like civil, machine repair,

transportation, canteen, etc. to the local people / parties.

The proposed project will create jobs for at least 35 persons.



10.26 WASTE MINIMIZATION / RESOURCE CONSERVATION 3 R Concept (Reduce /Reuse / Recycle)

All efforts will be made by the industry to carryout R&D on the isolated by-

products/wastes to Reduce / Reuse / Recycle of by products / waste wherever

possible. However, R&D is a continuous process, where improvements in the

processes adopted by the industry, waste minimization etc. can be worked out as the

project progresses.

Reduce /Reuse / Recycle mechanisms for generated waste by selling to

appropriate users to implement Conservation strategy.

FIGURE- 10.10: 3 R CONCEPT

The units shall also implement the waste minimization circle including:

Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly.

Roof water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh water requirement.

Cleaner production technology may be adopted for the resource conservation and pollution control.



10.27 CREP ACTION POINTS FOR PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRIES

S. No GUIDELINES COMPLIANCES

Segregation of waste streams: Waste streams should be segregated into high COD waste ,toxic waste, low COD waste, inorganic waste etc, for the purpose of providing appropriate treatment

Effluent is segregated in HTDS from process and washings, HTDS from scrubbers & utilities streams and sent to ETP- ZLD accordingly. HTDS effluent is sent to steam stripper first to remove low boiling solvents which is further distilled and sent to authorized cement industries for incineration Steam stripper outlet is sent to MEE and condensate is sent to ETP for further treatment and reuse Segregation of HCOD is from process and LCOD is from Non process.

Detoxification and treatment of high COD waste streams High COD streams will be detoxified and treated in ETP.

High COD waste streams are collected along with the HTDS/HCOD stream and sent to steam stripper to separate HCOD effluent. This HCOD effluent is distilled out to remove moisture and moisture free HCOD stream mainly consists of unrecoverable mixed solvents which will be sent to Authorized cement industries as per CPCB guidelines

3

Hazardous solid waste Management Proper facilities should be provided for handling and storage of hazardous waste. For final disposal of hazardous waste, recycling and reuse should be given priority, either within the premises or outside with proper manifest system. In case of incinerable waste, property designed incinerator should be installed within the premises or outside as a common facility.

Covered raised platform with leachate collection pit will be provided for storage of Hazardous waste. Hazardous waste will be segregated as organic waste, inorganic waste and recyclable waste like waste / used oils etc. Organic waste like process residue, spent carbon, distillation residue, spent mixed unrecoverable solvents etc., will be stored and sent to SPCB Authorized cement industries. Inorganic waste like process inorganic waste, ETP sludge, evaporation salts etc., will be sent to HWMP- TSDF for landfill. Industry



will obtain membership after obtaining CFE and enter into agreement with TSDF after obtaining CFO since facility will require sample for analysis for acceptance by HWMP - TSDF

4

Minimum scale of production to afford cost of pollution control For new industries which are not connected with CETP & TSDF and which do not have the economics to install treatment facilities may not be considered for granting consent to establishment. Industry association shall submit proposal to SPCB/CPCB

Membership with CETP is not required for this unit as industry is proposing for ETP – ZLD system for reusing the treated water into cooling towers. Organic hazardous waste is proposing to send to authorized cement industries for using as alternate fuel. Industry is proposing to take membership with HWMP- TSDF for sending the inorganic waste for landfill. Project proponent is proposing new Bulk Drug industry with an overall investment on pollution control equipment of Rs. 10.0 Lakhs and recurring cost Will be about Rs.1.0 Lakhs per annum.

5

Long term strategies for reduction in waste

Consent for establishment and consent for operation under the Water Act will be based on pollution load and concentration of pollutants. Each industry will submit pollution load, concentration of final discharge along with water balance to SPCB/CPCB for formulation of strategy

Pollution load, concentration of pollutants is given in the chapter 2 of this EIA report. All the provisional control methods under R&D to reduce the minimization of Air & water pollution load

6

Control of air pollution Industry will take up in priority the control of hazardous air pollutants (such as benzene carbon tetrachloride 1-4 dioxane, methanol, toluene, methyl chloride etc). And odorous compounds (mecaptans & hydrogen sulphide).

Solvents will be stored under controlled conditions in tanks and drums. Handling of these solvents will be made through dedicated pipelines from storage tanks to day tanks and as per SOP for the remaining Solvent recovery with fractional distillation system with two stage condensers for recovering the solvent to the maximum extent possible will be obtained.

7 Self – regulation by Industry through regular monitoring and environmental auditing

Detailed Environmental monitoring program has been developed for the proposed project and incorporated



Industries on their will carry out monitoring environmental parameters, audit it at regular interval and submit the same to SPCB.

in this chapter.

8

Organizational restructuring and accreditation of Environmental Manager of Industry

(a) Environment management cell will be created for each industry reporting to CEO directly- Implementation by June2003. (b) There should be a certification system for the environmental managers at individual level and common facility level.

The project proponent will create Environment, Health and Safety [EHS] cell which will be headed by PG with 12 years experience in similar industry. Training will be provided to all the newly recruited employees including regular training /mock drills.

9

Optimizing the inventory of hazardous chemicals

The Information shall be submitted to SPCB regularly along with rational- action plan

Proposed inventory based on the production quantities. Research for alternative processes for production will be carried out regularly and progress if any will be notified to SPCB/MoEFCC. Maximum storage will be about 10 days other than some liquid raw materials which will be stored maximum of 10KL.

10.28 CONCLUSION

Proposed Project Management having a broad view to develop his state and

industrially backward district, correctly decided to setup the manufacturing unit. The

infrastructure like water and regular supply of power, availability of adequate skilled,

semi-skilled man power at reasonable salaries and wages, local amenities at

reasonable cost, has encouraged the technocrat.

Importantly, the helping hand extended to the most experienced and reputed person

in the bulk manufacturing industrial belt, by the state Government in meeting the

needs of the aspirant.

The likely adverse effects due to the operations of the proposed unit are very

marginal and negligible. More over the residential area is far away. However, the

effective implementation of the recommended Environment Management Plan and

Monitoring Program, all the negative effects on the environment will be mitigated. As

the industry has to obtain Environment Clearance prior to operation, has submitted

this application.

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

[SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT]

CHAPTER -XI


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 1

CHAPTER – XI

PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III is a proposed Bulk drugs & Intermediate

manufacturing unit with the production capacity of 48.00 MT/Month respectively.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

S. No Contents Details

1 Name of the Project:

M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit-III

Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village, Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State

2 Details of Applicant

G. Manikya Reddy (Executive Director) E-mail: [email protected] [email protected] Web site: - Landline No: 040-23812956, 040-23075699, 40126589. Mobile No: -

3 Status proposed Bulk Drugs & Intermediate manufacturing unit

4 Type of Land & Status Single crop Land Site area : 7.4 Acres (30068.0 SQM)

5

Capital Investment of the Project, Rs. in Crores

12.98 Crores

6 Capital Investment for EMP, Rs. in Lakhs

200.0 Lakhs

7

Recurring cost for EMP, Rs. in Lakhs

16.5 Lakhs

8 Employment opportunity 50 persons

9 Green belt Development It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides of the industry in an area of about 4.4 Acres (17815.70 SQM)


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 2

10

Pollution control

Effluent water disposal

Flue gas emission control

Process gas emission control

Hazardous waste management

ZLD System Adequate stack height of 32 mts. For wider dispersion of pollutants For SPM control, provided cyclone separator followed by bag filter Two stage scrubbers installed for process gas emissions Vent condensers to the storage tanks and reactors Solvents and chemicals are handling in closed system All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed to TSDF as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Tran boundary Movement) Rules, 1989 as Amended in 2008, same as current practice.

11 Annual Expenditure for CSR activities

Rs. 65 Lakhs for five years

11.2 CONCLUSIONS

It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient

operation of existing environmental management systems and after the implementation of the

proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project activities

during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely have reversible

impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be beneficial to surrounding

communities and the region.

DISCLOSURE OF

CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

CHAPTER -XII

ENCLOSURES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT –

POLLUTION LOAD DETAILS

Water In

Effluent

Inorganics

In Water

Organics

in waterTDS COD HTDS LTDS

Total

EffluentOrganic Inorganic

Spent

Carbon

Total

solid

waste

Process

Emissions

Details

Fugitive

Emissions

Details

Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day Kg/Day

1Metformin Hydrochloride

666.67 24000.00 24000.00 890.00 33.33 890.00 50.00 24923.33 0.00 24923.33 153.33 0.00 46.67 200.00 0.00 480.00

2 5-Cyano Pthalide 333.33 333.33 333.33 157.07 3.33 157.07 10.40 493.73 0.00 493.73 86.43 0.00 0.00 86.43 137.83 166.67

3 Atorvastatin Calcium 66.67 1658.67 1662.53 6.80 22.80 6.80 57.04 461.07 1231.07 1692.14 74.60 0.00 1.33 75.93 2.67 88.73

4 Lansoprazole 100.00 2537.00 2602.00 201.80 2.50 201.80 6.00 2806.30 0.00 2806.30 78.20 0.00 3.00 81.20 35.00 77.50

5 Sildenafil Citrate 66.67 566.67 580.80 18.61 1.67 18.61 4.07 601.08 0.00 601.08 10.92 13.33 0.00 24.25 6.93 32.00

6 Zidovudine 66.67 3033.33 3031.00 83.40 13.67 83.40 29.03 3128.07 0.00 3128.07 105.43 0.00 3.33 108.76 4.97 256.00

7Levocetirizine Di

Hydrochloride66.67 2366.67 2386.53 122.33 2.67 122.33 7.59 2545.00 0.00 2545.00 67.33 0.00 13.33 80.66 16.33 128.00

8 Escitalopram Oxalate 66.67 1033.33 1159.05 62.38 1.00 62.38 3.12 1222.43 0.00 1222.43 28.31 0.00 6.67 34.98 0.00 94.67

9 Lamivudine 66.67 4533.33 4588.40 75.01 33.33 75.01 38.99 4696.75 0.00 4696.75 31.43 42.00 6.67 80.10 22.59 120.00

10 Losartan Potassium 100.00 3000.00 3017.00 193.28 10.00 193.28 20.04 3220.28 0.00 3220.28 83.83 0.00 15.00 98.83 8.69 140.00

Total 1600.00 43062.33 43360.64 1810.68 124.30 1810.68 226.28 44098.04 1231.07 45329.11 719.81 55.33 96.00 871.14 235.01 1583.57

Prodn/Month

Water Input

Total Effluent

Organic

Inorganic

Spent carbon

Evaporation

salts

Emissions Details

Consolidtaed statement of M/s.S.M.Labs Pvt.Ltd.(Unit-III)

Water

Input

Effluent Details Hazardous waste detailsProduction

CapacitiesProduct NameS.No

LAND DOCUMENT

NEWS PAPER ADVATISEMENT

[PUBLIC HEARING]

Company Name: M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd, Unit-III Public Hearing Notification Date: Indian Express, Dt: 23 April 2016 Public Hearing Date: 25.05.2016 Location: Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village, Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State.

Company Name: M/s. S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd, Unit-III Public Hearing Notification Date: Namasthey Telangana, Dt: 23 April 2016. Public Hearing Date: 25.05.2016 Location: Survey Nos: 1058 & 1059, Machanpally village, Bommalramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District, Telangana State.

MINUTES OF THE MEETING

[PUBLIC HEARING]

COMPLIANCE OF

THE MINUTES

Compliance Report

Page 1

S. M. Labs Pvt. Ltd. Unit – III.

Compliance on the issues raised in the public Hearing

S. No Name of the Person & Comments

Compliance

1

Sri Krishna, Sarpanch, Machanapalli, he welcomed the setting up of the industry in the village, as the industry is providing employment not only to the village but also to the surrounding villages; assisting and partaking in the development of the village. As narrated by the industry in their deliberations, he wanted the industry to implement measures to protect the environment, villager, agriculture lands, tanks and ponds without any hindrance form the generation of chemicals. Similarly, the industry shall ensure necessary protection against the toxic emissions such as SO2 and the possibility of adverse impact on oxygen supply in the atmosphere, consequential impact on the health of people and also on the flora and fauna. He wanted the industry to earmark 5% funds under CSR for the development of village as enunciated by the Hon’ble Prime Minister for the planting of trees to replenish the depleted forest cover in the surrounding villages, which was destroyed to meet the selfish ends. He cited the depletion of ground water and wanted that rain harvesting pits could be taken up similarly. He welcomed the setting up of the industry, subject to the provision of employment to the locals. He was of the view that the local people would oppose the provision of employment to the people from outside. He thanked the authority for providing opportunity to speak out his views.

Thanked him for his valuble suggestions and for the support for the proposed Industry. It is also informed that the CSR funds will be spend in that area and particularly preference will be given for the development of the plantations and for the Swatch bharath in the surrounding areas. Also assured him that all the fugitive emissions will be scrubbed properly. The major preference is for the local people for the employment. It is also informed that the industry will share its hands in rain water harvesting pits in the surrounding areas apart from the pits in the proposed site area.

2

Sri Seera Satyanarayana, Sarpanch, Maryal Village,

he supported the setting up of industry, as several people are going to Hyderabad in search of employment from the surrounding villages by starting early in the morning and returning by night. Though Hyderabad city is nearer, it is also equally troublesome. He expressed his happiness for setting up of the industry. Though, the industry is located in Machanpally village, the road connecting the industy falls in Maryala village. Therefore, he urged that equal opportunity shall be given to Maryala village which is a bigger one and expects them to extend facilities to Maryala village also. He stated that he could not follow the deliberations of TSPCB officials, as this became the first meeting of this type attended by him. He expressed confidence on Mr. Malla Reddy and Mr. vasu. He sought employment to the local people. Though the management hails from

Thanked him for his support for the industry. It is explained to him that the industry will place its hands in the area development. And also assured him that the maximum preference in the employment will be given to local people only.

Compliance Report

Page 2

Hyderabad, he expected them to feel part of the Maryala village and shoulder the responsibility of developing the villages by planting trees and other development activities. He sought assurance from the officers in respect of employment and shall pave the way for setting up several other industries in the surrounding villages.

3

Sri B. Thirupathi Reddy, president- mandl Praja Parishad, Bommalaramaram, he thanked all the

people who attended the public hearing. The people have reservations for setting up of chemical unit in the Mandal. He stated that the same can be overcome by implementing pollution abatement measures for protection of land and environment without circumventing the implementation of Environment Management Plan. Since the area is covered with hilly terrain, it is welcome to establish the industry whch shall provide employment to people of the Mandal only and opposed to provide employment to the outsiders, an expression of all people of the area. He expressed confidence in Sri Malla Reddy and Sri Vasu to ensure all round development of the area by moving in the right direction with local farmers and others, thereby gaining confidence of all. He concluded on positive note and thanked the authority for giving opportunity to express his views.

Thanked him for his support for the proposed industry. It is informed that the maximum possible employment will be given to the surrounding area people.

4

Sri M. Krishna Reddy, Husband of Smt. Jayamma, ZPTC Member, Bommalaramaram, though, the Mandal is situated at a distance of 22 to 23 kms from Hyderabad; no big industry has ever been established there to cater use for employment to local people. There are one or two small industries in the Mandal, generating pollution problems at smaller level intermittently and no restrictions have ever been imposed on them by the authorities to control the problem of pollution. Several times the problem of pollution was brought to notice of the concerned authority. He hoped that such situation would not arise in the case of M/s S.M. Laboratories as the promoters are from the local area and held a hope that they will not cause any harm to environment , He hoped that employment would be provided to all local people. He stated that the Chairman of the industry promised to look into the matter of employment as they have 7 to 8 other units. He requested the management not to bring workers from other districts or from other states as adequate skilled workers, graduates and technologists are available in the Mandal, who can be interviewed and preference shall be given to them.

Thanked him for his support for the proposed industry. Assured him that the maximum possible employment will be given to the local people only. Apart from that it is explained that the company is going to establish ZLD system and there will not be any pollution problem from the proposed industry.

Compliance Report

Page 3

5

Sri Moku Madhusudan Reddy, Single Window Chair man, Bommalaramaram, he welcomed to positive aspect of setting up of the industry as there is not a single industrial unit in the vicinity of 5 to 6 villages. He appreciated that Sri Malla Reddy who came forward to set up the pharmaceutical unit by acquiring land. He cited the apprehensions among people on account of frequent press reports on discharge of effluents that resulted in the deaths of sheep, goats and birds after consumption of the untreated effluent water. However, the booklet circulated by the industry states that there is difference between old and new industrial policies and the new policy clearly stipulates the financial commitments made to the each item including pollution control measures. The new policy clears all the doubts on the commitment of industry in respect of abatement of pollution. He sought 100% increase in financial allotment for raising tree plantations and such step will help to contain the pollution at large. It is imperative on the part of TSPCB officials to ensure100% enhancement in the allocation for raising tree cover which will bring positive change in the minds of the people before commissioning of the project itself. He also stressed for construction of rain harvesting structures in the surplus land available with the industry as enunciated by the Government which can be fed with the treated water generated from the industry itself. He hoped that this step will resolve the problem of discharge of waste water. He is confident that the project promoter being a local entrepreneur, will ensure pollution free environment by taking necessary measures and hoped that the officials of PCB will enforce the implementation of various pollution control measures as indicated in the document. He concluded his views with a hope that all steps needed to contain the pollution will be taken up by the promoter of the project.

Thanked him for his valuable suggestions and for the support for the proposed Industry. It is also informed that the CSR funds will be spend in that area and particularly preference will be given for the development of the plantations and for the Swatch bharath in the surrounding areas. Also assured him that all the fugitive emissions will be scrubbed properly. The major preference is for the local people for the employment. It is also informed that the industry will share its hands in rain water harvesting pits in the surrounding areas apart from the pits in the proposed site area.

6

Sri S. Nagasena Reddy, Environmental activist, he is

an environmental activist for the last 20 years and belongs to Nalgonda area and participated in all public hearings held in this area. He stated that several cases have been filed in High Court as well as in Human Rights Commission and hearings are going on regularly; involved in maintaining the centre for the welfare of HIV affected children for the last 11 years. There are two children from Bibinagar and Bommalaramaram Mandal in that centre. The present PH held in connection with the eliciting of views, suggestions, opinion and objections if any also serves as a meeting platform with the people gathered at the venue to discuss the issue

Thanked him for his support and suggestions.

Compliance Report

Page 4

for setting up the proposed unit. He explained the provisions of EIA Notification, 1994 wherein it was decided to hold PH to elicit the views of the public affected by the impacts of the proposed industry. Amendments have been made in 2006 to the said Notification; wherein it was stipulated to video graph the proceedings for onward submission to Mo EF, New Delhi. The PH is held in the presence of the District Collector or any other officer authorized by him to record the statements views/ opinion of the people and is in the nature of an open agreement between project proponent and the Government on various issues connected to it. The management of the industry also furnished a report prepared by the consultants where in the details of the products proposed to be manufactured and cost of the project including pollution control measures with cost on various items are indicated. As a social activist, with years of experience of attending PHs, he has to examine the entrepreneurial capacity of the management and expertise of consultant in assessment of impacts of environment on behalf of the people. It is similar to the assessment for selecting a candidate for particular task by the management who include Sri Malla Reddy and Sri Manikya Reddy. But the previous speakers spoke in favor of management, at the same time questioning the management on various issues .with investment of Rs.13 cores the unit is proposed, the area is quite nearer to Hyderabad, but there is no discernible development in this area. There are resources; youth having requisite technical expertise are available development in this area. There are resources, youth having requisite technical expertise are available in this area, unfortunately, the State ever thought earlier to set up any such unit. Neither any company came up, nor gave any thought in that direction. The people can see the development in the State and changes in past two years and still several changes need to come. Some of the participants have expressed apprehensions over the industry proposed there. It may be noted that nobody declares war against their own mother land and nobody thinks about destroying their own mother land. If Sri Malla Reddy and Sri Manikya Reddy think about profits, there is no need for them to come to this village, they own some industries. Recently, they established an industry at Choutuppal and operating the industries in Hyderabad. They may increase the production capacities of their existing units to increase the profit margins. There is no need to conduct this PH and stand before them. He gave out the inference of his discussion with Sri

Compliance Report

Page 5

Manikya Reddy who invested his effort as investment over a period of 20 to 30 years and attained the present level. He has shown employment to several people in his units and running his establishment from Hyderabad. He has the necessary accreditation and technical knowledge and expertise in running the enterprises. They are running the industries in Hyderabad, Medak and Choutuppal, but the satisfaction of extending service in their native village or area is eluding. It led to the decision of proposing up a unit at the present location. As prelude, they purchased the lands about 7 to 8 years back. Due to unfavorable conditions, the industry could not be established here. The report furnished by the proponent contains several technical words like zero discharge, which cannot be understood properly in Telugu language. Zero discharge means all the treated effluent will be collected and recycled without waste or discharge and the present company will be established using the same technology. As per the report about Rs. 2.0 Crores will be invested on Pollution control measures like Medipool operating System / scrubbers /bag filters or other equipment having different names will be acquired. An extent of3.5 acres of land out of total land of 7.5 acres is earmarked for raising green belt. Raising green belt in the hilly terrain is herculean task, which is known to all here. They not only committed to raise the green belt but also allocated necessary funds. Keeping the capabilities of management and expertise of consultant, the people should welcome the proposal. Regarding CSR, the Sarpanch of the village seems to have not understood properly, however, the issue is relevant. The CSR is implemented in the areas where their units are located. Funds are being earmarked for social and community activities. He felt that there would be no necessity to ask Fri Mall Reddy in this aspect. He stated that several companies be long t o people from other states. They invested Rs.4 an earned Rs.40 in return. There is a company manufacturing cement in Nalgonda District in huge quantities, but carrying out CSR in Bheemavaram by investing crores of rupees and dust and other wastes are here and there is no response from them on this issue. But the case of people who come to serve the mother land is different they tend to spend at least rs. 1/- out of Rs. 4/- He cited the examples of Choutuppal and Hyderabad and he could not think that this area would be ignored. With the above comments, the speaker concluded his views with a request to forward the proposal for clearance to MoEF & CC.

Compliance Report

Page 6

7

Sri M. Saidi Reddy, NGO, Green Cop Society, he

welcomed the proposal for setting up of the industry. He expressed his happiness after formation of Telangana State several changes have taken place. There use to be instances of industrialists demonstrated for want of power to run the industry. From 6 hours to 10 hours, the Hon’ble CM Sri KCR took a decision to provide power to the industries. Now several industrialists are happier. Now industrialists from outside are also coming forward to set up industries after considering the favorable climate of Hyderabad or topographical or location advantage in Telangana or stable seismic conditions and good nature of Telangana people contributed for the setting up of industries. One should be proud of these positive developments. People are fortunate that Government intend to accord permission to various industries under TSIPASS. Regarding this industry, Sri Malla Reddy, Sri Manikya Reddy and Sri Madhukar Reddy are broad hearted and it is not out of praise to them. Investment in industry and its profitability is one angle but spending on CSR activities whether 2% or 5% from the profits is something special which will remain over a longer period in the minds of people. People expressed their gratitude for solving the problems related to water supply, education facilities and for conducting health camp on account of setting up the industry. He felt the satisfaction derived from spending 3-5% of profit on CSR activities is more than 95 % profit earned by them. The project proponents are expected to keep the same by way of implementing good management practice. The industries plant the tress and tend to forget about its maintenance. He stressed that the need of the hour is not raising the battalions, but requires green battalions. He cited the example of M/s SM Labs, who would employ 1 or 2 persons. Similarly, big industry like M/s Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories should engage 10-20 members exclusively for planting the trees. If a battalion of 500-1,000 members from one green battalion under the control of District Collector and in co-ordination with the PCB and Forest Department. Such planting can be taken up wherever possible in the District and shall be entrusted with the surrounding people for subsequent possible in the District and shall be entrusted with the surrounding people for subsequent maintenance. In that way only, it is possible to protect the environment. Due to foresight of the Hon’ble CM, the diversion of Krishna and Godavari river waters became possible otherwise the fate of transporting the water through trains becomes a necessary, as is being done in the case of Maharashtra


Compliance Report

Page 7

State. He concluded his remarks by reminding the responsibility of protecting the environment and hoped the industries like M/s SM Labs shall take initiative further.

8

Sri D. Mahender, Malamahanadu, Bommalaramaram,

welcomed the industry in Machanpally village of Bommalaramaram Mandal and is something special. He hoped that, with the establishment of the proposed industry, the lives of the unemployed youth will improve. He assured full cooperation.

Thanked him for his support and cooperation.

9

Sri Surkanti Venkat Reddy, NGO-Choutuppal, he is

of the opinion that the PH is conducted to elicit opinion on four issues. Public hearing is on environment matters, industrial development and driving out unemployment. He stated that one of their units is located adjacent to his land on 7 acres plot. Sri Malla Reddy and Sri Manikya Reddy carried out their operations and they paid attention towards development and environment protection equally. He is known as gentlemen and has inclination towards local people and pay due respect to local youth also. They have not polluted the environment earlier. In case one or two incidents occurred previously, previously, they paid the compensation to the adjacent farmers. At present two units are under operation where employment has been provided to the workers from Telangana only. Workers are natives of Nalgonda or from Gajwel of Medak districts as Sri Manikya Reddy is from Medak District. At present they engage the people from Telangana area only. He cited the incident of one SC person, whose wife was studying B.Ed and money was not there to pay the fees. He assured to make payment and after enquiry, he sent the accountant and paid Rs.10,000/- as fees after ascertaining the fact. The management is liberal in extending the help depending on the fact of the request. They won’t tolerate lies. There is no need for them to establish this unit as they earned sufficiently. The unit is established with the sole purpose of helping the local people by providing employment. It is something boon to the local people. Moreover, the protection of environment is the common responsibility of all. Nalgonda district is experiencing high temperatures ranging to 510 C and reduction in rainfall. Rainfall pattern is getting altered and rainfall is occurring during summer season whereas drought is prevailing in rainy season due to lack of rains. While exhorting the people on the protection of environment, he stated that 100 demonstrations and ballets were held from Mattampally to Choutuppal in the district. Hon’ble CM is implementing Harithaharam, percolation pits and de-

Thanked him for his support.

Compliance Report

Page 8

silting and restoration of tanks. There is no water even after going down to 1000 feet. He has stated that people are responsible for degradation of environment as they won’t grow trees and indulge in cutting the trees. The neighbors won’t interfere while trees are felled. The people indulge in selling the trees and they cut and take the products. Trees are to be grown to provide fresh air for breathing, for rains and instead of rains the people curse the CM and the PM. He questioned emphatically whether them are responsible are not responsible for the present condition. He appealed to the people from this venue to plant a t least 10-20 trees per head every year. Environment will improve automatically. By raising trees on 7 acres coverage will not go up to 30 % coverage will touch only if plant trees on massive scale, then only monsoon rains will occur helping the crops resulting in the welfare of the people. Companies to be established to provide employment and planting of trees are common responsibility of every citizen and save water in percolation tanks. While doing on their part, the people should request others to follow the same thereby protecting the environment. Then he appealed to the gathering that Sri Malla Reddy is an old man only young people like Sri Madhukar Reddy visit this place or their representatives usually come to this place. It is not proper to seek their help for small things. For major common facilities, the help of the management may be sought to complete the works. With the above, he requested the chair to forward the proposal to the MoEF & CC for clearance. At this juncture, the DRO interfered in the discussion and requested the speakers to limit their opinion to the issue of setting up the chemical unit and the remaining issues could be discussed in other forums. The discussions should be limited to main issue whether to permit the industry or not only. The speakers are expected to offer their opinion views in case of setting up the industry. In case of opposing the setting up unit, the speaker’s should come up with reasons for opposition. By restricting the speech, more number of persons can be given a chance to express their opinion on the matter.

10

Sri Venkatesham Goud, INTUC President,Coutuppal, he stated that the industrial development is essential for area development. Hence, he requested the Government to accord necessary permissions for the establishment of the unit. He desired that the employment should be provided to the locals depending on their qualification and suitability and to encourage them further. Employment is essential to all and

Thanked him for his support and suggestions on CSR activity.

Compliance Report

Page 9

employment shall be provided to the educated as well as to the un-educated people. He complimented the management of the industry for covering their factory area with trees which resembles like a garden. Local educated students who secured ranks are provided with cash assistance and scholarships and free distribution of books and extending assistance to meet the requirements of the Choutuppal village. He concluded the speech with a request to issue necessary permissions required for setting up of the unit.

11

Sri Y. Krishna Reddy, General Secretary, Samachara Hakku Sashana Samithi, Nalgonda , he stated that the speakers from the local area brought out the issues related to employment. He observed that the villages are located far away and there is a temple in the vicinity of the village. He hoped that M/s SM Labs Pvt Ltd would undertake protection works by allotting some funds to the temple. He also wished that the management of the industry would be regarded as super management and requested the authorities to accord necessary permissions to the industry. The DRO stated that he is calling the people as per the

list furnished to him and assured the people to continue the proceedings till the completion of the last speaker offered his views and opinion.


12

Sri G. Madhu Kumar, President, Samachara Hakku Sadhana Samithi, Nalgonda, he lauded the support extended to the setting up of the proposed industry by the people and the industry is expected to reciprocate in the similar manner to extend full support to the people and development of area. With the above, he suggested to the authorities to forward the proposal for according necessary permissions to the industry.


13

Sri Srisailam, Vice- MPP, Bommalaramaram, he

expressed his thanks for setting up the industry in Machanpally village which is a dry area and located beyond the astream flowing at shamirpet. He justified his statement after considering the development activities undertaken by the industries in the adjacent areas. He expected that the industry should implement standard pollution control measures to avert any causality due to emission of gases or by drinking effluents and also due to consumption of forage affected by dust. He requested to extend assistance to the development of village and sought employment to the people of the Mandal. He also exhorted the local unemployed villagers to create a feeling of good workmanship so that the management would get impressed and engage them to work in their new

Thanked him for his support and informed him that the maximum possible employment will be given to the local people.

Compliance Report

Page 10

industry. He concluded the remarks with the appeal to the people to extend cooperation to the management of the industry.

14

Sri Mylaram Jangaiah, CPIM Mandal President, Bommalaramaram, he welcomed the setting up of the

proposed industry as the proponents are from local area and area good natured people. Though the Mandal is within the proximity of Hyderabad, there is no development and remained, hence the proposal is welcome. As a labour leader, he wanted to bring the facts regarding employment position of un-skilled people from the Mandal. Though the Mandal is on the path of development, but only few persons are engaged in their industries due to lack of interest shown by the managements of the industry. He cited the example of rangapuram village, which is the last village and lying adjacent to the neighboring RRR District where an industry using paralysis technique burning the types. The emission of odour became unbearable, since the Government accorded NOC for setting up such unit without conducting PH and tried to bring to the notice of the chair. At this juncture, the DRO, who was in chair requested the participants in PH to discuss the issues during the indoor meeting and the participants were expected not to use this forum to vent their views in respect of other industries or other issues. If there are any grievances, the people are at liberty to bring the matters to the notice of the District Collector, grievances cell or the PCB Executive Engineer concerned. The matter will be follow on all such matters. The speaker sought regular monitoring of the industries by the Task Force constituted for this purpose. Though the pollution is generated in the adjacent village, the impact is felt in this village also. He concluded his speech with a request for employment to the local people and pollution –free environment.

Thanked him for his support and assured him that the maximum possible employment will be given to the local people.

15

Sri G. Janardhan Reddy, NGO, while welcoming the

setting up of the 3rd unit, he stated that the present management had expertise in running the industry. The track record of the company is good as the treated effluents from their existing units are sent for further treatment to JETL as stipulated. He expects the industry to follow the same pattern in respect of this unit also. He requested that the funds available under CSR shall be spent in that particular village/ area only instead of diverting the funds to other areas like Miryalaguda, and kodad areas. He cited the recent decision of the District Collector on allotment of CSR funds collected from the


Compliance Report

Page 11

industry near Choutuppal, who contributed Rs5.0 lakhs each towards CSR, which was diverted to one village known as peddapuram for the establishment of water treatment plant and for providing street lights. He requested the DRO to take action as he is opposed to the move of spending the amount at places not affected by pollution by collecting the funds under CSR. He requested the EE, PCB to check the dumping of effluent from nearly 400 tankers plying illegally in Musi River. He requested the EE to constitute a task force committee to prevent dumping of effluent by the industries. On enquiry it was found that the tankers were coming from the industries located in Mahabubnagar and Medak districts. He also cited the example of travelling from Vidamarti where obnoxious smell started emanating on both sides of the road due to illegal dumping of effluent. If this thing is continued, there is a possibility of local manufacturing units getting bad name. He concluded his speech with a request to the DRO to constitute a task force committee to look into the issues of illegal dumping of effluent in Musi River.

16

Sri H. Madhu Babu , Reehas, NGO, he stated that his organization was involved in creating awareness among people in 7 southern states. He stated that industrialization is essential for economic development of the people. He is giving suggestions to the PCB as well as to the industry on the adoption pollution control measures. In that direction, e-mails were sent to the MD of the project as well as to the RO, PCB and also to the Right source Consultants. He requested the industry to implement the suggestions made by him thereby protecting the protecting the environment. He concluded the speech with a hope that the management would implement the suggestions made by him.

Thanked him for his support and assured him all the necessary precautions will be taken to protect the environment.

17

Sri P. Venkatesham Goud, Sarpanch, Malyala, he

welcomed the setting up of the industry in Machanpally village. This area is considered to be a remote village and officials developed aversion and considered the working in this area as punishment. He felt the establishment of industry is a positive sign and thanked the management on their initiative. He felt that several companies are operating in this area, but no employee in those companies is from this area. He opposed employment to outsiders. He sought that all companies should invariably engaged 90% local people and outsiders should be engaged only in the case of non-availability of local skilled personnel. He concluded the PH with a request to clear the project by the Government of India.


18 Sri K. Damodar Goud, Ex-MPTC, Maryala, he opined It is explained that the

Compliance Report

Page 12

that the setting up this industry is beneficial to Machanpally and detrimental to Maryala village. He reasoned his argument by citing the problem of pollution of two tanks in Maryala village which were repaired at a cost of 70 and 80 lakhs respectively the Government to cater to the needs of agriculture. He felt the industry would invariably pollute the waters of the tanks by discharging the effluent into the tanks. He wanted to know the remedial measures to be taken up by the management to prevent pollution of tanks. The farmers and mainly SC beneficiaries who are cultivating ceiling lands will get affected. He concluded the speech with a request to examine this aspect by the DRO.

industry is going to establish ZLD system and there will not be any discharge outside the industry and there is no chance to pollute the tanks nearby.

19

Sri V. Sunandha Reddy, Dharithiri NGO, he is probably one NGO who supported the establishment of industries. He toured so far 9 states and wherever the dispute arises only between local Panchayat and industry over the setting up of the industry as it is feared that lives of the villagers get affected on account of pollution. The other important factor is every year a crore of people (un-employees ) of new people are entering into job market, where as the Government sector caters to 5 to 6 lakhs people only. The industries cater to the remaining 95 lakhs. Unemployment is the biggest pollution and pollution to air, water and land can be controlled by adopting suitable measures by the industry and it is hoped that the management will consider the suggestions made by her. The average rainfall in this region is around 700 ml and the land owned by the industry is7.4 acres. The estimated quantum of water received through rain is about 2.5 crore liters. About 1 crore liters percolates into the land, but the annual consumption of water by the industry is indicated as 4 crore liters. Fortunately there is a hillock adjacent to the site where they yield of water through rain is about 17 crore liters. If the industry divert entire quantum to water harvesting structure, there will not be any chance of complaint in future from the surrounding farmers or environmentalists on consumption of water. He suggested to the industry to utilize the funds under CSR budget and with the cooperation of the Government, funds can also be mobilized from NRGS as part of providing employment of 100days to the local people. A coordinated effort of all these agencies is required and he hoped that this suggestion will be taken in good stride. He congratulated the management for taking up plantation on 4 acres of land. Usually industries provide 30 % of the total area under green belt where as the management provides more than 50% under green belt. Usually ordinary plants are planted. It

Thanked him for his support and suggestions on plantation.

Compliance Report

Page 13

is preferable to plant fruit yielding varieties and plants having medicinal value to add value and esthetics. Avenue plantation all along the road between Bhongir and Bommlaramaram may be taken up, which will give a feeling of greenery all the way to the project site. The management should take up village plantation on priority basis to show the commitment towards village. he has also suggested that a committee may be formed with officers drawn from Government, village Sarpanch and other ward members to make allotment of funds available for different works and this step will enhance the confidence levels and trust worthiness of management commitment to the development of villages. This step will pave the way for demand oriented work instead of target oriented work. There is limited scope for employment in the industry instead they go for skill development so that the youth get opportunity to improve their skills to enable them to get employment in other industries / fields also. While congratulating the management for their will to establish the industry as part of development of Telangana State, he informed that 45-50 PHs were held in AP and 20-30 phs in Telangana state after separation. He concluded speech with a hope that the management as well as the region get developed by taking co-operation of the people at the same time protecting the environment to ensure all round development.

20

Sri S.Peddulu R/o Maryala, he expressed apprehension over the setting up the chemical unit which is detrimental to the land and animals. He feared that there would be loss of crops and animals may be affected due to chemical pollution. He requested the Government to assure them that there would be no pollution on account of this chemical unit. On their part they cooperate with the management subject to the assurance of the Government over the impacts of pollution on their lands and animals.

It is explained that the unit is going to take care all necessary precautions regarding the mitigation of the pollution and there will not be any problem to the environment because of the industry.

21

Sri S. venkatesham jalasadhanan Samithi, President, Alair (M) & Journalist, he felt sorry

regarding setting of polluting industries. His dreamt that .Alair constituency should be free from polluting industries. One unit after another unit have started coming to Alair. In fact, the impacts of such units will be on the local people. Meanwhile, some organizations springs up initiates agitations but disappear afterwards and the adverse impacts will be felt by the local people. Alair constituency is affected by fluorosis. Every company assures to provide employment at the time of inception. When people approach them, they take people on contract only that to from outside. He cited

Noted all his concerns and explained about the all the mitigation measures going to establish by the industry to control the pollution problem.

Compliance Report

Page 14

the examples of factories at Challur near Rajapet. The animals and public are subjected to pollution. He questioned the industrialists from Telangana for not setting up pollution free industries. He stated that he was the first person to erect the statue of “Telugu Talli”. He cited the examples of patancheru and Choutuppal which became cancerous on account of polluting industries. He felt that the area lacks representation to question the loss experienced by the area due to setting up of polluting industries. He felt agitated due to setting up of several new polluting industries here. As the area is in the proximity of Hyderabad, the marketing and logistic costs are comparable less resulting in profits to the managements. He stated that Bhongir has a history of flghters who ran agitations against injustice met to them. He wanted setting up of pollution free industries. He concluded with the opposition to the setting up of polluting industries.

22

Sri Raja Malla Reddy, Mandal JAC Convener, Bommalaramaram, he expressed his opinion positively on the setting up of industries. He welcomed the management being sons of soil of Telangana and makes it as role model industry for other industries by providing employment to the local people and also by protecting the environment. He expected people not to seek money for festivities like ‘Bonallu’.he wanted the people to seek assistance for solving drinking water problem and should stand as a model. He congratulated the three industrialists from Telangana for their commitment. After formation of telangana two industries have been established in this region. He expressed apprehension on Andhra managements; consequently the people did not cooperate earlier. The industrialists are from telangana, hence people are confident over the provision of employment to an extent of 99% to the local people. He concluded his speech with a request to take forward this area by providing employment.


23

Sri G. Prudhvi Raju, Editor, Sama Samajam, he introduced himself as an editor and social activist. He stated those multi-national companies (MNCs) and this type of industries benefits to the managements but detrimental to the ordinary beings and agriculturists. He stated that several people in the guise of representing the voluntary organizations have supported threshold levels. The industry and express the opinion in their favour in contravention to the usual opposition. All these organizations are supporting unequivocally to the management. This meeting turned out to be a congratulatory one of meeting instead of bringing out the adverse impacts of setting up this type of units.

Noted all his comments and it is explained about the measures taken by the industry in control of pollution.

Compliance Report

Page 15

Chemical units should be established to the limited extent only. Effluent is dumped in open spaced in Nalgonda. There are no comments on this point. Recently, information was sought on number of polluting industries and inspection carried out by them through RTI route. They expressed their inability due to lack of staff on conducting inspections. The staff in PCB office is not taking the complaints seriously and officers are not serious about the complaints made by the applicants. The pollution is relentlessly increasing beyond threshold levels. The present condition looks more like destroying the once own existence as environment is getting spoiled beyond life supporting levels. He felt that each district should be allowed only 4 to 5 chemical industries only. He felt that even after the establishment of several pharmaceutical industries the cost of medicines is increasing. There is no benefit to the common man on account of setting up of several industries except increase in the threat of pollution to the people. Despite our apprehensions, the permission will come and the factory will come up. It is expected that pollution control measures will be implanted to protect to environment from further degradation. He felt that these chemical industries will bring disaster ultimately to the earth. Only two members opposed the setting up the chemical industries will bring disaster ultimately to the earth. Only two members opposed the setting up the chemical units. He concluded his speech with the above comments.

24

Sri Krishnaiah, Paryavarana Parirakshana Samithi, he supported the previous speaker and advised him to move the supreme court of India by filing a case at a cost of Rs.1/- against the industry as well as officers responsible for this pollution. He stated that there will be enquiry against the concerned. There is no use by thinking in this manner. He stated that un-employees need to be provided with employment as per Law & Occupation Law. They should give an agreement in writing before the establishment of the factory. At this juncture, the DRO interfered and requested the speakers to confine themselves the proposal mentioned in the report i.e. M/s S.M Laboratories. They are not supposed to pass comments against others and clearly informed in the meeting that this is not free dais to express their remarks about others. The speakers continued his speech stating that he is not supporting the industry or person. The PH is meant for the establishment of new industry. The management has two other units and operating with permissions. Industrial development is essential to ensure overall

Noted his comments and the industry will spend 5% of the project cost towards the ESR Budget.

Compliance Report

Page 16

development of the country. But the management should invariable follow certain principles in order to negate any type adverse impacts on students, farmers or local people. The same is stipulated in Industrial Act. Country needs industrial development and several industrial agitations were held earlier. The speaker concluded his speech with on cautionary note that there should be social responsibility on management and earnings without social responsibility should be considered as heinous which would result injustice to the society.

25

26.

Sri B. Shyam Sundar Goud, he opined that the chemical industry means destruction and considered similar to cancer. He cited the examples of other places in Telangana districts such as polepalli in Palamur district, Choutuppal in Nalgonda district, Ranga Reddy and Medak districts. He cited the Supreme Court orders against the establishment of any new chemical industries with capacities exceeding 45 tones. He questioned the veracity of permissions accorded to the new ones in Choutuppal in Nalgonda District and polepalli in Mahabubnagar District. He alleged that wild animals in Nallanmala forests were dying due to establishment of chemical factories in choutuppal area. He concluded his speech with a request to the DRO, Nalgonda not to recommend for permission under any circumstances to the proposed unit keeping in view the adverse impacts which were comparable to the cancer. At this juncture, the DRO sought to know whether

anybody interested to express views. As no one has turned up, the DRO stated that about 26 persons spoke so far and a representation was also received. Then the DRO requested the management of the proposed project to give clarifications to the issue raised by the speakers. Sri M.Malla Reddy, Managing Director- M/s S.M.Labs Pvt Ltd, gave replies to the issues raised by the

speakers. He stated that his career was started with Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited in 1980. After coming to Hyderabad in 2000 he associated with the executive Director Mr. Manikya Reddy, who has more than 26 years of working experience in various bulk drug & pharma industry and accordingly they set up units at Moula-Ali as per standards. Though they had a unit Choutuppal, they sold it owing to power scarcity then. After formation of Telangana state and aftermath power availability, they envisaged an industry at the present location as they have purchased the land in the year 2007. He maintained that their unit in Moula- Ali is

The issues raised by him are about the proposed industry and noted his opinion.

Compliance Report

Page 17

equipped with 100% local employment. Right from the beginning they were extending services for the welfare of the student’s viz. fans to all the schools, financial assistance to meritorious student, imparting education among the students recommended by the sarapanch. About 10% of his salary Rs.1.50 lakhs is invested towards implementing welfare activities. He assured that latest and most efficient pollution control equipment will be installed in the proposed unit. Chemical industry, in general, warrants qualified persons to handle various types of chemicals, acids and their reactions. He cited an example, wherein a blast was occurred due to a minor mistake of an un-qualified person in their factory. As a result, they incurred loss to the tune of Rs.5.0 crore. Only qualified persons could operate such type of industry. He added that they would provide 100 % employment to the locals if the desired qualified persons are available in the vicinity. He gave an open offer to the people gathered at the venue. He admitted that the proposed chemical industry would facilitate various ancillary industries as the required infrastructure will be made available. He assured that they would construct a state of art industry on a par with a three-star hotel. There would not be any sort of environmental pollution as such he wanted the people to remove their apprehensions. EE, TSPCB stated that about 26 persons expressed

their views and some representations were also received in respect of the proposed unit. The management of the proposed project gave rejoinders to the issues raised by the speakers. He then requested the Revenue Divisional Officer Bhongir to address the gathering. The Revenue Divisional Officer- Bhongir recalled his

experiences with Bommalaramaram mandal while he working as Mandal Revenue officer. He requested the management of the proposed project to implement all the pollution control systems as promised during the hearing. He wanted the project to be pollution-free. He also requested the management to facilitate basic amenities in the village as part of corporate social responsibility. EE, TSPCB requested the DRO to summarize the public hearing programme. The DRO stated the most of the people gathered at the

venue were able to elicit their concern with regard to the proposed unit. Some of the speakers spoke for it and

Compliance Report

Page 18

some against and some for it suggesting certain control measures. The managing director of the firm has also offered their replies to the issues raised and commitment towards implementing the pollution control measures. The DRO than spoke briefly on the procedure being followed after the public hearing. The minutes were prepared conspicuously reflecting the views of the people gathered at the venue. Consolidated minutes of the meeting along with the representations received from the people would be communicated to the MoEF & CC, Government of India, after the approval from the District Collector, of taking further course of action. AEE, TSPCB proposed vote of thanks and concluded the public hearing programme.

Statement of representations received w.r.to Environmental Public Hearing

(EPH) held on 25.05.2016 for proposed for setting up of a new Bulk Drug &

Intermediates Manufacturing Unit of M/s. S.M Labs Pvt Ltd., Unit –III

Sy.No.1058 & 1059, Machanapally (V) Bommalaramaram (M), Nalgonda District.

S.No Representation given by Date of receipt

Content of the representation

1 Sri Allam Prabhakar Reddy, Chairman, Jilla Grandhalaya Samstha, Nalgonda.

25.05.2016

He extended his co-operation to proposed project as the industry management assured that they will run the industry without cause any pollution and they will adopt latest technologies for control of pollution,

2 Sri G. Kumara Swamy , State President, Dalitha Bahujana Medhavula Sangam, Hyderabad.

25.05.2016

He extended his co-operation to proposed project and requested the management provide jobs to Machanpally villagers.

3 Sri Chintha Krishna, President Environment Protection Organization, Nalgonda .

25.05.2016

He extended his co-operation to proposed project and requested the management provide jobs to physically challengers.

Compliance Report

Page 19

4

Sri G. Madhu Kumar, President Samachara Hakku Sadhana Samithi, Nalgonda.

25.5.2016 He extended his co-operation to proposed project if the industry is not caused pollution to surrounding villages and requested the management provide jobs to surrounding villagers.

5

Sri Y. Krishana Reddy , General Secretary Samachara Hakku Sadhana Samith, Nalgonda.

25.05.2016 He extended his co-operation to proposed project if the industry is not caused pollution to surrounding villages and requested the management provide jobs to surrounding villagers.

6

Manava Vanarula& Vikalangula Sankshema Sangam, Hyderabad

25.05.2016 He extended his co-operation to proposed project and requested the management develop the greenbelt in surrounding villagers.

7

Sri Manne Sridhar & Others, Maryala(V),Bommalaramaram(M), Nalgonda District.

25.05.2016 They requested not to accord permission to the industry due to pharma industry the surrounding agriculture land and ground water will pollute.

8

Sri Manne Sridhar, Sneha Youth Association, Maryala(V), Bommalaramaram (M), Nalgonda District.

25.05.2016 He requested not to accord permission to the industry due to pharma industry the surrounding agriculture land and ground water will be pollute.

9

Smt. Indira, Peddula,Mptc Member, Maryala,Pilligundlathanda, Bommalaramaram(M), Nalgonda District.

25.05.2016 She requested not to accord permission to the industry due to pharma industry the surrounding agriculture land and lakes will be pollute.

10 Sri A. Krishna Swamy & Others, Maryala(V) Bommalaramaram(M), Nalgonda District.

25.05.2016 They opposed proposed project.

11

Sri Hussain Naidu, State Prisdent, Rastra Paryavana Parirakshana Graminaabivrudi Vedika, Musirabad, Hyderabad

25.05.2016 He welcomed proposed project and requested the management to provide all infrastructure and take

Compliance Report

Page 20

developmental activities in surrounding villages.

12

Sri Ravi Kumar Nandipati, President, Sputhy Rural Development And Social Service Society, Machanapally (V),Bommalaramaram (M) Nalgonda District.

25.05.2016 He welcomed proposed project.

13

Sri A Mattaiah, President,Mother Organization, Miryalaguda (M), Nalgonda District.

25.05.2016 He welcomed proposed project and requested the management to run the industry as per norms.

14

Sri. Gora Shyam Sunder Goud, Founder President, Telangana Vanarula Parirakshana Committtee.

27.05.2016 He requested the PCB, Nalgonda conduct once again Public Hearing Before sending the minutes to Government.

GROUND WATER

PERMISSION

GOVERNMENT OF TELANGANA GROUND WATER DEPARTMENT

From:- G.Sambaiah, MSc., M.Sc(Tech), DIRECTOR, Ground Water Department, Chintal Basthi, Khairathabad Hyderabad – 500 004. Office Phone: 040-23314978 Fax No.040-23314950 Email ID:[email protected]

To The Commissioner of Industries, Chirag Ali Lane, Abids, Hyderabad.

Letter No.4038/GP/TS i PASS/MBNR/2016-17, Dated:15.07.2016.

Sir,

Sub:- Telangana State Ground Water Department – Permission for withdrawal of Ground Water - Ground Water Investigation Report submitted – Reg.

Ref:- 1. M/s SM Labs Pvt, Ltd, Machanpally/Maryala Village, Bommala Ramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District. Unique ID No. MED00800011847

Pre-Scrutiny completed dated: 06.07.2016.

2. LR.No.DDN/GWD/182/T/2016-17, dt:13.07.2016 of the Deputy Director, Ground Water Department, Nalgonda.

<><><>

With reference to the subject and reference cited above, it is to inform that, the Deputy Director, Ground Water Department, Nalgonda has conducted groundwater investigations in the extent of 7.00 acres land of M/s SM Labs Pvt, Ltd, Machanpally/ Maryala Village, Bommala Ramaram Mandal, Nalgonda District to study the feasibility for extraction of 128.56 KLD of ground water and submitted the report to the undersigned vide reference 2nd cited.

After scrutiny of the report, the permission is hereby accorded for withdrawal

115.2 KLD of ground water from 2 existing borewells against the requirement of 128.56 KLD for the firm, subject to the following terms and conditions.

The firm is permitted to draw the 115.2 KLD of water from the 2 existing

borewells. Rainwater Harvesting Structures must be constructed at proposed locations in

the premises to augment rainwater. The Government of Telangana reserves the right to stop from using of ground

water during emergencies or wherever the plant deviates the terms and conditions.

The party must conduct pump test once in every half-year and preserve the data.

The party must establish observation wells and they should monitor the water levels once in a month (last week of a month) and quality twice a year (Pre and Post monsoon periods) and record the data for further technical use.

The party must send half yearly reports on the above studies regularly to the Deputy Director, Ground Water Department, Nalgonda.

The effluents must be treated properly and must be free from all toxic materials. Colour and turbidity harmful to human beings, plants and animals.

The effluents before or after treatment must not be let out into any surface or groundwater bodies. Used water must be recycled for reuse.

Officers of Ground Water Department must be allowed to inspect the wells, plant area, and data whenever found necessary by the Department.

TSWALTA Authority / Government reserve the right to take over the wells during emergency.

The investigation report is herewith uploaded in to the TSiPASS web portal for necessary further action. As per TSiPASS webportal payment of Rs.18500/- is paid by online, but not yet received to this office. Yours faithfully,

Sd/G.Sambaiah DIRECTOR.

Copy to Deputy Director, Ground Water Department, Nalgonda.

GOVERNMENT OF TELANGANA GROUNDWATER DEPARTMENT

REPORT ON THE GROUND WATER INVESTIGATIONS CONDUCTED FOR

M/s SM LABS PVT LTD, MACHANPALLY VILLAGE, BOMMALARAMARAM

MANDAL, NALGONDA DISTRICT, TELANGANA

DEPUTY DIRECTOR GWD, NALGONDA

REPORT ON THE GROUND WATER INVESTIGATIONS CONDUCTED FOR M/s SM LABS PVT LTD, MACHANPALLY VILLAGE, BOMMALARAMARAM MANDAL,

NALGONDA DISTRICT, TELANGANA

INTRODUCTION: - As per the letter No.E-mail,Dated:06/07/2016 from the Director, Groundwater

Department, Hyderabad and as per the instructions of Deputy Director , Groundwater Department, Nalgonda

Sri K. Ramoji rao Assistant Geophysicist Office of the Deputy Director GWD Nalgonda had taken up

Groundwater investigations in the factory premises of M/s SM LABS PVT.LTD, Machanpally village,

Bommalaramaram Mandal, Nalgonda district on 11-07-2016 , for feasibility of bore wells.

The total area under investigation is about 7.00 Acers bearing Sy. No.s 1058 & 1059 The industry has

requested for identification of bore well sites to meet its total requirement of 128.56 kilo liters of groundwater

per day, for industrial usage.

LOCATION: - The investigated area is located at a distance of about 1.3 Km North East of the Machanpally

village, Bommalaramaram Mandal. The area lies between geo-graphical co-ordinates of 17 0-34’17.2” and

17 0-34’22.8”, North latitudes and 780 47’03.8” and 78 0 47’12.9” East longitudes falling in Survey of India

Topo sheet No.56 K/14

SOILS: - The investigated area is covered with Red loamy soils. Thickness varies from 0.5 m to 1.00 mts and

followed by weathered granites ranging from 5 to 10meters.

GEO-MORPHOLOGY: - The study area is characterized by the undulatory topography with gently sloping

towards North-East direction. The drainage pattern is dendritic to sub dendritic. The actual rainfall of the

Bommalaramaram Mandal is 301.0 mm upto May 2016 as against the Normal rainfall of 689.8 mm, with a

deficit of 56%

STATUS OF GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT-.The area falls in the NG-D-47-Bommalaramaram

watershed and groundwater development as per GEC 2010-11 is 62% and categorized as Safe.

HYDROGEOLOGY: - The investigated area is covered with Red loamy soil underlain by grey granites of

Archean age., with medium to fine grained texture. Ground Water occurs under unconfined and semi confined

conditions, in weathered and fractured zones. The interpreted results of geophysical surveys and also

observations made from the bore wells existing in and around the area under investigation shows that the

subsurface is fractured up to a depth of 100 m and above.

The total depths of bore wells existing around the premises of the proposed area is reported as

ranging from 80 to 150 mts. and depth to water level is about 15.15 m below ground level. The yields are

ranging from 100 to 175 lpm. In and around the premises and irrigating about 1.0 to 2.0 acres with paddy and

ID crops.

RECOMMENDATIONS: - Two existing bore wells are recommended in the proposed area and permitted

to withdraw 115.2KLD. The details of recommendations are given in Statement- l (sketch enclosed).

STATEMENT –I

RECOMMENDATION OF SITE FOR BOREWELLS IN PREMISES OF M/s SM LABS PVT LTD, MACHANPALLY VILLAGE, BOMMALARAMARAM MANDAL, NALGONDA

DISTRICT, TELANGANA

Total requirement of the industry is 128.56 KLD

Yield Recommended through two existing bore wells (14,400lph*8 hrs)=115200 LPD

Permitted to draw 115.2 KLD only

Sl.No Geo-Co-ordinates Type of

well Dia(in Inches)

Depth of the Borewell (in

Mtrs)

Yield in (lpm)

1 17 0 34’19.1”- 780 47’03.8” Existing

Bore well

6.5 125 150

2 17 0 34’19.2”- 780 47’12.9” Existing

Bore well

6.5 110 90

SUGGESTIONS:

1. The above recommendations hold good under normal rainfall conditions.

2. Artificial recharge structures capable of recharging twice the quantum of groundwater extracted by the

Plant must be constructed in or on the upstream side of the plant area.

3. The Government of TS/ GWD reserves the right to stop the plant from using groundwater during

Emergencies or whenever the plant deviates the terms and conditions

4. Rain water harvesting Structure must be constructed at recommended location in the premises to

Augment groundwater

5. The effluents must be treated properly and free from all toxic material, color odor and turbidity harmful

to human beings, plants and animals. The effluents before or after treatment should not be let out into

any surface or Groundwater bodies.

6. As far as possible the water must be recycled. Officer of the Groundwater Department must be allowed

to inspect the well , plant area, recharge structure and data whenever found necessary by then (GWD)

the recommendations hold good subject to normal rainfall condition and state of Groundwater

Development in the area.

7. The party has to give their consent to the above terms and conditions within a month of receipt of the

report/recommendation.

Sd/-S.JITENDRA DEPUTY DIRECTOR

G W D, NALGONDA

STATEMENT-II

DETAILS OF EXISTING WELLS INVENTORIED IN AND AROUND THE AREA OF M/s SM LABS PVT LTD, MACHANPALLY VILLAGE, BOMMALARAMARAM MANDAL,

NALGONDA DISTRICT, TELANGANA

Sl.No Name of the Owner

Type of Well Depth (m) Dia (Innches)

Mode of lift/HP

Yield in LPM

Remarks

1 SM LABS PVT. LTD Bore well

105

6 ½

SMP/5 175

Observed pumping in the sump

2

SM LABS PVT. LTD

Bore well 110

6 ½

90

As reported by the farmer who

cultivated earlier (Present not in use)

3

Bal Raj

Bore well

105

6 ½

SMP/5 100 As reported by the farmer (Irrigating 1.5 acre paddy)


G W D, NALGONDA

STATEMENT- III

STATEMENT SHOWING THE INTERPRETED RESULTS OF GEO-PHYSICAL DATA

Ves No. and location(Geo-co-

ordinates) ᵨ 1

H1 ᵨ

2

H2 ᵨ

3

H3 ᵨ

4

H4

H

Remarks

V1

17 0

34' 17. ”

78

0 47' 10.4"

80

3.2

240

12.0

∞

∞

-

-

15.2

-

V2

17 0 ' . ”

78

0 47' 11.9"

45 3.5 315 15 ∞ ∞ - - 18.5 -

V3

17 0

34' . ”

78

0 47' 12.9"

85 8 240 10 425 80 ∞ ∞ 98 Feasible for

borewell

SKETCH SHOWING THE VES AND EXISTING WELLS INVENTORIED IN AND AROUND THE AREA OF M/s SM LABS PVT LTD, MACHANPALLY VILLAGE,

BOMMALARAMARAM MANDAL, NALGONDA DISTRICT, TELANGANA

N

W2 v3 V2 240 m V1

W1 W3 Index: 1. W1- 3, Bore well inventoried

2. W1&2 Existing bore wells recommended

3. V1-3 VES Conducted


G W D, NALGONDA

m/s. s. m. labs pvt. ltd. unit-iii. rightsource industrial solutions

Documents